Skip to main content

Full text of "Oglethorpe University Bulletin, 2002-2004"

See other formats


.iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiih,    ^^    g  jj 

!I!IIIII,IIIUIII!I1  MM/t£/*fln/%M4#%0 

Hill  vyu^i^nvrpty 

U       ^T      I         V         E         R         S     *\         T         Y 

ATLANTA 


2002-2004  BULLETIN 

for  the 

Traditional  Undergraduate  Program 

and 

Master  of  Arts  in  Teaching-Early  Childhood  Education 


For  evening  undergraduate  and  MBA  programs  for  working  adults, 
please  see  the  University  College  Bulletin. 


Oglethorpe  University  is  accredited  by  the  Commission  on  Colleges  of  the 
Southern  Association  of  Colleges  and  Schools  (1866  Southern  Lane,  Decatur, 
Georgia  30033-4097;  telephone  (404)  679-4501)  to  award  bachelor's  degrees 
and  master's  degrees.  The  undergraduate  and  graduate  teacher  education 
programs  are  approved  by  the  Georgia  Professional  Standards  Commission. 


Oglethorpe  makes  no  distinction  in  its  admission  policies  or  procedures  on  grounds  of  age,  race,  gender, 
religious  belief,  color,  sexual  orientation,  national  origin,  or  disability.  This  Bulletin  is  published  by 
the  Office  of  the  Provost,  Oglethorpe  University.  The  information  included  in  it  is  accurate  for  the 
2002-2004  academic  years  as  of  the  date  of  publication,  August  2002;  however,  the  programs,  policies, 
requirements,  and  regulations  are  subject  to  change  as  circumstances  may  require.  The  listing  of  a 
course  or  program  in  this  Bulletin  does  not  constitute  a  guarantee  or  contract  that  it  will  be  offered 
during  the  2002-2004  academic  years.  Final  responsibility  for  selecting  and  scheduling  courses  and 
satisfactorily  completing  curriculum  requirements  rests  with  the  student. 


Directory  of  Correspondence 


Oglethorpe  University,  4484  Peachtree  Road,  N.E.,  Atlanta,  Georgia  30319-2797 

(404)261-1441 


General  College  Policy 

Academic  Policy 

Adult  Education 

(Evening  Classes  /  MBA  Program) 

Alumni  Relations 

Business  Affairs  /  Financial  Planning 
Campus  Safety 

Enrollment 

Fundraising  and  Gifts 

Public  Information  /  Public  Relations 

Student  Admission 

Student  Financial  Aid/  Scholarships 

Student  Records/  Transcripts 

Student  Services  (Residence  Life, 

Food,  Health,  Counseling,  Career  Services) 

Student  Tuition  /  Fees 

Visitors 


Larry  D.  Large 
President 

Christopher  Ames 
Provost 

Karen  S.  Carter 

Director  of  University  College 

Kelei  G.  Sabatino 
Director  of  Alumni  Relations 
and  Annual  Giving 

James  T  Hakes 
Vice  President  for  Business  and  Finance 

Rus  Drew 

Director  of  Campus  Safety/ Assistant  Dean 
of  Student  Affairs 

Dennis  T  Matthews 

Vice  President  for  Enrollment 

Victoria  L.  Weiss 

Vice  President  for  University  Relations 

Rebecca  A.  Whicker 

Director  of  Marketing  and  Public  Relations 

Barbara  B.  Henry  '85 
Director  of  Admission 

Patrick  N.  Bonones 
Director  of  Financial  Aid 

Susan  A.  Bacher 
Registrar 

Artie  L.  Travis 

Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs 

Connie  L.  Pendley  '94 

Director  of  the  Business  Office 


Oglethorpe  University  welcomes  visitors  to  the  campus  throughout  the  year.  To  be 
sure  of  seeing  a  particular  staff  or  faculty  member,  visitors  are  urged  to  make  an  appoint- 
ment in  advance.  Administrative  offices  are  open  from  8:80  a.m.  to  5:00  p.m.  on  week- 
days. In  addition,  appointments  are  available  on  Saturday. 

All  of  the  offices  of  the  University  can  be  reached  by  calling  Atlanta  (404)  261-1441 
(switchboard).  The  Public  Relations  Office  (404)  364-8446  is  available  for  assistance.  The 
Admission  Office  can  be  reached  directly  by  calling  (404)  364-8307  in  the  Atlanta  calling 
area  or  (800)  428-4484  outside  of  Atlanta. 


Table  of  Contents 


Academic  Calendar 4 

Mission 7 

History 11 

Campus  Facilities 17 

Admission 25 

Financial  Assistance 35 

Tuition  and  Costs 49 

Student  Affairs 55 

Academic  Regulations  and  Policies 67 

Educational  Enrichment 79 

The  Core  Curriculum 91 

Programs  of  Study 97 

Board  of  Trustees 195 

President's  Advisory  Council 198 

National  Alumni  Association  Board  of  Directors  ...200 

The  Faculty 202 

University  Officers  and  Staff 207 

Campus  Map 216 

Index 218 


Academic  Calendar 


Fall  Semester,  2002 


F-Tu 

August  23-27 

Sat 

August  24 

M-Tu 

August  26-27 

Wed 

August  28 

Mon 

September  2 

Wed 

September  4 

Mon 

October  14 

Fri 

October  18 

M-F 

November  11-15 

W-Sun 

November  27- 

December  1 

Mon 

December  2 

Mon 

December  9 

Tu 

December  10 

W-F 

December  11-13 

M-Tu 

December  16-17 

Orientation  for  New  Students 

Opening  of  Residence  Halls  for  Returning  Students 

Registration 

First  Day  of  Classes 

Labor  Day  Holiday 

Last  Day  to  Drop  or  Add  a  Course; 

End  of  Late  Registration 
Columbus  Day  Holiday 
Mid-Term;  Last  Day  to  Withdraw  from  a  Course 

with  a  "W"  Grade 
Pre-Registration  for  Spring  Semester,  2003 
Thanksgiving  Holidays 

Classes  Resume 
Last  Day  of  Classes 
Reading/ Preparation  Day 
Final  Examinations 
Final  Examinations 


Spring  Semester,  2003 


Mon 

January  13 

Tu 

January  14 

Wed 

January  15 

Mon 

January  20 

Wed 

January  22 

Wed 

February  12 

Fri 

March  7 

Sat-Sun 

March  15-23 

Mon 

March  24 

M-F 

April  7-11 

Wed 

April  16 

Tu 

April  29 

Wed 

April  30 

Th-F 

May  1-2 

M-W 

May  5-7 

Sat 

May  10 

Opening  of  Residence  Halls  and  Orientation 

Orientation  and  Registration 

First  Day  of  Classes 

Martin  Luther  King,  Jr.  Holiday 

Last  Day  to  Drop  or  Add  a  Course; 

End  of  Late  Registration 
Oglethorpe  Day  Convocation 
Mid-Term;  Last  Day  to  Withdraw  from  a  Course 

with  a  "W"  Grade 
Spring  Holidays 
Classes  Resume 
Pre-Registration  for  Summer  and  Fall 

Semesters,  2003 
Honors  and  Awards  Convocation 
Last  Day  of  Classes 
Reading/Preparation  Day 
Final  Examinations 
Final  Examinations 
Commencement 


Fall  Semester,  2003 


F-M 

August  22-25 

Sat 

August  23 

Mon 

August  25 

Tu 

August  26 

Mon 

September  1 

Wed 

September  3 

Mon 

October  13 

Fri 

October  17 

M-F 

November  10-14 

W-Su 

November  26-30 

Mon 

December  1 

Mon 

December  8 

Tu 

December  9 

W-F 

December  10-12 

M-T 

December  15-16 

Orientation  for  New  Students 

Opening  of  Residence  Halls  for  Returning  Students 

Registration  for  all  Students 

First  Day  of  Classes 

Labor  Day  Holiday 

Last  Day  to  Drop  or  Add  a  Course; 

End  of  Late  Registration 
Columbus  Day  Holiday 
Mid-Term;  Last  Day  to  Withdraw  from  a  Course 

with  a  "W"  Grade 
Pre-Registration  for  Spring  Semester,  2004 
Thanksgiving  Holidays 
Classes  Resume 
Last  Day  of  Classes 
Reading/Preparation  Day 
Final  Examinations 
Final  Examinations 


Spring  Semester,  2004 


Mon 

January  12 

Tu 

January  13 

Wed 

January  14 

Mon 

January  19 

Wed 

January  21 

Wed 

February  1 1 

Fri 

March  5 

Sat-Sun 

March  13-21 

Mon 

March  22 

M-F 

April  5-9 

Wed 

April  14 

Tu 

April  27 

Wed 

April  28 

Th-F 

April  29-30 

M-W 

May  3-5 

Sat 

May  8 

Opening  of  Residence  Halls  and  Orientation 

Orientation  and  Registration 

First  Day  of  Classes 

Martin  Luther  King,  Jr.  Holiday 

Last  Day  to  Drop  or  Add  a  Course; 

End  of  Late  Registration 
Oglethorpe  Day  Convocation 
Mid-Term;  Last  Day  to  Withdraw  from  a  Course 

with  a  "W"  Grade 
Spring  Holidays 
Classes  Resume 
Pre-Registration  for  Summer  and  Fall 

Semesters,  2004 
Honors  and  Awards  Convocation 
Last  Day  of  Classes 
Reading/Preparation  Day 
Final  Examinations 
Final  Examinations 
Commencement 


Courses  also  are  offered  during  several  summer  sessions.   For  dates  and  course 
offerings,  contact  the  Registrar's  Office. 


2002 

JULY 

AUGUST 

SEPTEMBER 

s 

M 

T      W 

T 

F 

S 

S 

M 

T      W       T 

F 

S 

S 

M 

T      W       T 

F      S 

1 

2        3 

4 

5 

6 

1 

2 

3 

1 

2 

3        4       5 

6       7 

7 

8 

9      10 

11 

12 

13 

4 

5 

6        7       8 

9 

10 

8 

9 

10      11      12 

13     14 

14 

15 

16      17 

18 

19 

20 

11 

12 

13      14     15 

16 

17 

15 

16 

17      18     19 

20     21 

21 

22 

23      24 

25 

26 

27 

18 

19 

20      21     22 

23 

24 

22 

23 

24      25     26 

27     28 

28 

29 

30      31 

25 

26 

27      28     29 

30 

31 

29 

30 

OCTOBER 

NOVEMBER 

DECEMBER 

S 

M 

T      W 

T 

F 

S 

S 

M 

T      W       T 

F 

S 

S 

M 

T      W       T 

F      S 

1         2 

3 

4 

5 

1 

2 

1 

2 

3        4       5 

6       7 

6 

7 

8        9 

10 

11 

12 

3 

4 

5        6       7 

8 

9 

8 

9 

10      11      12 

13     14 

13 

14 

15      16 

17 

18 

19 

10 

11 

12      13     14 

15 

16 

15 

16 

17      18     19 

20     21 

20 

21 

22      23 

24 

25 

26 

17 

18 

19      20     21 

22 

23 

22 

23 

24      25     26 

27     28 

27 

28 

29      30 

31 

24 

25 

26      27     28 

29 

30 

29 

30 

31 

2003 

JANUARY 

FEBRUARY 

MARCH 

s 

M 

T      W 
1 

T 
2 

F 
3 

S 
4 

S 

M 

T      W       T 

F 

S 

1 

S 

M 

T      W       T 

F      S 

1 

5 

6 

7        8 

9 

10 

11 

2 

3 

4        5       6 

7 

8 

2 

3 

4        5       6 

7       8 

12 

13 

14      15 

16 

17 

18 

9 

10 

11       12     13 

14 

15 

9 

10 

11       12      13 

14     15 

19 

20 

21      22 

23 

24 

25 

16 

17 

18      19     20 

21 

22 

16 

17 

18      19     20 

21     22 

26 

27 

28      29 

30 

31 

23 

24 

25      26     27 

28 

23 
30 

24 
31 

25      26     27 

28     29 

APRIL 

MAY 

JUNE 

S 

M 

T      W 

T 

F 

S 

S 

M 

T      W       T 

F 

S 

S 

M 

T      W       T 

F      S 

1         2 

3 

4 

5 

1 

2 

3 

1 

2 

3        4        5 

6       7 

6 

7 

8        9 

10 

11 

12 

4 

5 

6        7       8 

9 

10 

8 

9 

10      11      12 

13     14 

13 

14 

15      16 

17 

18 

19 

11 

12 

13      14     15 

16 

17 

15 

16 

17      18     19 

20     21 

20 

21 

22      23 

24 

25 

26 

18 

19 

20      21     22 

23 

24 

22 

23 

24      25     26 

27     28 

27 

28 

29      30 

25 

26 

27      28     29 

30 

31 

29 

30 

JULY 

AUGUST 

SEPTEMBER 

S 

M 

T      W 

1        2 

T 

3 

F 
4 

S 

5 

S 

M 

T      W       T 

F 
1 

S 

2 

S 

M 

1 

T      W       T 

2        3       4 

F       S 

5       6 

6 

7 

8        9 

10 

11 

12 

3 

4 

5        6       7 

8 

9 

7 

8 

9      10     11 

12     13 

13 

14 

15      16 

17 

18 

19 

10 

11 

12      13     14 

15 

16 

14 

15 

16      17     18 

19     20 

20 

21 

22      23 

24 

25 

26 

17 

18 

19      20     21 

22 

23 

21 

22 

23      24     25 

26     27 

27 

28 

29      30 

31 

"31 

25 

26      27     28 

29 

30 

28 

29 

30 

OCTOBER 

NOVEMBER 

DECEMBER 

S 

M 

T      W 

1 

T 
2 

F 
3 

S 

4 

s 

M 

T      W       T 

F 

S 

1 

S 

M 

1 

T      W       T 

2        3       4 

F      S 

5       6 

5 

6 

7        8 

9 

10 

11 

2 

3 

4        5       6 

7 

8 

7 

8 

9      10     11 

12     13 

12 

13 

14      15 

16 

17 

18 

9 

10 

11       12     13 

14 

15 

14 

15 

16      17     18 

19     20 

19 

20 

21      22 

23 

24 

25 

16 

17 

18      19     20 

21 

22 

21 

22 

23      24     25 

26     27 

26 

27 

28      29 

30 

31 

23 

li3 

24 

25      26     27 

28 

29 

28 

29 

30      31 

2004 

JANUARY 

FEBRUARY 

MARCH 

s 

M 

T      W 

T 

F 

S 

S 

M 

T      W       T 

F 

S 

S 

M 

T      W       T 

F      S 

1 

2 

3 

1 

2 

3        4       5 

6 

7 

1 

2        3       4 

5       6 

4 

5 

6        7 

8 

9 

10 

8 

9 

10      11      12 

13 

14 

7 

8 

9      10     11 

12     13 

11 

12 

13      14 

15 

16 

17 

15 

16 

17      18      19 

20 

21 

14 

15 

16      17      18 

19     20 

18 

19 

20      21 

22 

23 

24 

21 

22 

23      24     25 

26     27 

25 

26 

27      28 

29 

30 

31 

22 

23 

24      25     26 

27 

28 
29 

28 

29 

30      31 

APRIL 

MAY 

JUNE 

S 

M 

T      W 

T 
1 

F 

2 

S 
3 

S 

M 

T      W       T 

F 

S 

1 

S 

M 

T      W       T 

1        2       3 

F      S 

4       5 

4 

5 

6        7 

8 

9 

10 

2 
9 

3 

10 

4        5       6 
11       12     13 

7 
14 

8 
15 

6 

7 

8        9     10 

11      12 

11 

12 

13       14 

15 

16 

17 

16 

17 

18      19     20 

21 

22 

13 

14 

15       16      17 

18     19 

18 

19 

20      21 

22 

23 

24 

23 

24 

25      26     27 

28 

29 

20 

21 

22      23     24 

25     26 

25 

26 

27      28 

29 

30 

30 

31 

27 

28 

29      30 

Mission 


Oglethorpe  derives  its  institutional  purpose  from  an  awareness  and  apprecia- 
tion of  the  University's  heritage  and  from  an  analysis  of  the  needs  of  contempo- 
rary society.  The  goals  of  the  educational  program  and  of  other  component  parts 
of  the  University  are  based  on  this  sense  of  institutional  purpose. 


The  Oglethorpe  Tradition 


Oglethorpe  University  was  established  in  1835  and  named  after  General  James 
Edward  Oglethorpe,  the  founder  of  Georgia.  The  University  was  patterned  on 
Corpus  Christi  College,  Oxford,  General  Oglethorpe's  alma  mater.  Although  in- 
fluenced by  other  conceptions  of  higher  education,  Oglethorpe  University  has 
been  shaped  principally  by  the  English  tradition  of  collegiate  education,  which 
many  observers  believe  is  the  finest  type  produced  by  Western  civilization. 

Briefly  stated,  four  characteristics  have  made  this  kind  of  college  widely  ad- 
mired: 

1.  Colleges  in  the  English  tradition  emphasize  broad  education  for  intelli- 
gent leadership.  They  recognize  that  this  is  a  more  useful  undergraduate 
education  for  the  able  young  person  than  technical  training  for  a  specific 
job. 

2.  Colleges  such  as  Oglethorpe  stress  the  basic  academic  competencies  -  read- 
ing, writing,  speaking,  and  reasoning  -  and  the  fundamental  fields  of  knowl- 
edge -  the  arts  and  sciences.  These  are  essential  tools  of  the  educated 
person. 

3.  Close  relationships  between  teacher  and  student  are  indispensable  to  this 
type  of  education.  A  teacher  is  not  merely  a  conveyor  of  information  -  the 
invention  of  the  printing  press  and  advances  in  information  technology 
have  made  that  notion  of  education  obsolete.  Rather,  the  most  important 
function  of  the  teacher  is  to  stimulate  intellectual  activity  in  the  student 
and  to  promote  his  or  her  development  as  a  mature  person. 

4.  A  collegiate  education  is  far  more  than  a  collection  of  academic  courses.  It 
is  a  process  of  development  in  which  campus  leadership  opportunities, 
residential  life,  athletics,  formal  and  informal  social  functions,  aesthetic 
experiences,  and  contact  with  students  from  other  cultures,  in  addition  to 
classroom  exercises,  all  play  important  roles.  Versatility  and  ability  to  lead 
are  important  goals  of  this  type  of  undergraduate  education. 

Another  aspect  of  Oglethorpe's  tradition  was  contributed  by  Philip  Weltner, 
President  of  the  University  from  1944  to  1953.  Oglethorpe,  he  said,  should  be  a 
college  that  was  "superlatively  good."  Only  at  a  college  with  carefully  selected 
students  and  faculty,  he  believed,  could  young  persons  achieve  their  fullest  intel- 
lectual development  through  an  intense  dialogue  with  extraordinary  teachers.  Thus, 
a  commitment  to  superior  performance  is  an  important  element  of  the  Oglethorpe 
tradition. 

Purpose:  Education  for  a  Changing  Society 

While  an  institution  may  take  pride  in  a  distinguished  heritage,  it  is  also  es- 
sential that  its  educational  program  prepare  young  people  to  function  effectively 


8 


in  a  complex  and  rapidly  developing  society,  which  places  a  premium  on  adapt- 
ability. People  in  positions  of  leadership  must  be  able  to  function  effectively  in 
changing  circumstances.  The  broadly  educated  person,  schooled  in  fundamental 
principles,  is  best  equipped  to  exercise  leadership  in  a  world  that  is  being  trans- 
formed by  high  technology  and  new  information.  Oglethorpe  emphasizes  the 
preparation  of  the  humane  generalist  -  the  kind  of  leader  needed  by  a  complex 
and  changing  society. 

The  location  of  the  University  in  the  dynamic  city  of  Atlanta  offers  unique 
opportunities  for  students  to  experience  first-hand  the  relevance  of  their  educa- 
tion to  the  exciting  changes  that  are  a  part  of  modern  development.  Students  are 
encouraged  to  explore  the  connections  between  their  educational  experiences  on 
campus  and  the  challenges  that  face  a  city  today.  Atlanta  offers  a  multitude  of 
opportunities  for  students  to  see  the  process  and  result  of  change  and  innovation 
in  areas  such  as  government,  business,  education,  cultural  affairs,  artistic  endeav- 
ors, international  exchanges,  transportation,  recreation,  medical  services,  science, 
and  technology. 

Oglethorpe  University  provides  a  superior  education  in  the  liberal  arts  and 
sciences  and  selected  professional  disciplines  in  a  coeducational,  largely  residen- 
tial, small-college  environment  within  a  dynamic  urban  setting.  Oglethorpe's  aca- 
demically rigorous  programs  emphasize  intellectual  curiosity,  individual  attention 
and  encouragement,  close  collaboration  among  faculty  and  students,  and  active 
learning  in  relevant  field  experiences.  Oglethorpe  is  committed  to  supporting 
the  success  of  all  students  in  a  diverse  community  characterized  by  civility,  caring, 
inquiry,  and  tolerance.  Oglethorpe's  talented,  self-reliant,  and  motivated  gradu- 
ates are  prepared  to  make  a  life  and  to  make  a  living,  to  grow  as  life-long  learners, 
and  to  be  energetic  and  intelligent  contributors  in  a  rapidly  changing  world. 

Goals 


Educators  at  Oglethorpe  expect  their  graduates  to  display  abilities,  skills,  in- 
tellectual attitudes,  and  sensitivities  that  are  related  to  the  University's  purpose. 
The  curriculum  and  extracurricular  life  are  designed  to  develop  the  following: 

1.  The  ability  to  read  critically  -  to  evaluate  arguments  and  the  evidence, 
and  to  draw  appropriate  conclusions. 

2.  The  ability  to  convey  ideas  in  writing  and  in  speech  -  accurately,  gram- 
matically, and  persuasively. 

3.  Skill  in  reasoning  logically  and  thinking  analytically  and  objectively  about 
important  matters. 

4.  An  understanding  of  the  most  thoughtful  reflections  on  right  and  wrong 
and  an  allegiance  to  principles  of  right  conduct,  as  reflected  by 
Oglethorpe's  Honor  Code. 

5.  The  willingness  and  ability  to  assume  the  responsibilities  of  leadership 
in  public  and  private  life,  including  skill  in  organizing  the  efforts  of  other 
persons  on  behalf  of  worthy  causes. 

6.  An  inclination  to  continue  one's  learning  after  graduation  from  college 
and  skill  in  the  use  of  books,  information  technology,  and  other  intellec- 
tual tools  for  that  purpose. 

7.  A  considered  commitment  to  a  set  of  career  and  life  goals. 


8.  An  awareness  of  the  increasingly  international  character  of  contempo- 
rary life  and  skill  in  interacting  with  persons  of  diverse  cultural  back- 
grounds. 

In  its  dedication  to  a  broad,  comprehensive  liberal  education  for  each  stu- 
dent, Oglethorpe  has  created  a  common  set  of  core  courses  that  invites  students 
to  be  thoughtful,  inquisitive,  and  reflective  about  the  human  condition  and  the 
world  surrounding  them.  These  core  courses  work  together  with  students'  experi- 
ences in  advanced  courses  in  their  chosen  disciplines  to  encourage  the  lifelong 
"habit  of  mind"  that  is  extolled  in  John  Henry  Newman's  "The  Idea  of  a  Univer- 
sity." Students  are  thus  urged  to  consider  carefully  what  they  see,  hear,  and  read, 
to  examine  questions  from  more  than  one  point  of  view,  and  to  avoid  leaping 
quickly  to  conclusions. 

All  undergraduate  programs  also  require  the  student  to  develop  a  deeper 
grasp  of  one  or  more  fields  of  knowledge  organized  coherently  as  a  major.  The 
student's  major  may  be  pursued  in  a  single  field,  such  as  biology,  economics,  or 
English,  or  it  may  cut  across  two  or  more  traditional  fields  (as  an  interdisciplinary 
or  individually  planned  major). 

The  success  of  Oglethorpe  alumni  and  students  in  their  subsequent  educa- 
tion, a  wide  variety  of  careers,  and  community  life  attests  to  the  soundness  of  this 
approach  to  education. 


10 


History 


Old  Oglethorpe  University  began  in  the  early  1800s  with  a  movement  by  Geor- 
gia Presbyterians  to  establish  in  their  state  an  institution  for  the  training  of  minis- 
ters. For  generations,  southern  Presbyterian  families  had  sent  their  sons  to  Princeton 
College  in  New  Jersey,  and  the  long  distance  traveled  by  stage  or  horseback  sug- 
gested the  building  of  a  similar  institution  in  the  South. 

Oglethorpe  University  was  chartered  by  the  state  of  Georgia  in  1835,  shortly 
after  the  centennial  observance  of  the  state.  The  college  was  named  after  James 
Edward  Oglethorpe,  the  founder  of  Georgia.  Oglethorpe  University,  which  com- 
menced actual  operations  in  1838,  was  thus  one  of  the  earliest  denominational 
institutions  in  the  South  located  below  the  Virginia  line.  The  antebellum  college, 
which  began  with  four  faculty  members  and  about  25  students,  was  located  at 
Midway,  a  small  community  near  Milledgeville,  then  the  capital  of  Georgia. 

Throughout  its  antebellum  existence  the  Oglethorpe  curriculum  consisted 
primarily  of  courses  in  Greek,  Latin,  classical  literature,  theology,  and  a  surprising 
variety  of  natural  sciences.  Oglethorpe's  president  during  much  of  this  period  was 
Samuel  Kennedy  Talmage,  an  eminent  minister  and  educator.  Other  notable 
Oglethorpe  faculty  members  were  Nathaniel  M.  Crawford,  professor  of  mathematics 
and  a  son  of  Georgia  statesman  William  H.  Crawford;  Joseph  LeConte,  destined 
to  earn  world  fame  for  his  work  in  geology  and  optics;  and  James  Woodrow,  an 
uncle  of  Woodrow  Wilson  and  the  first  professor  in  Georgia  to  hold  the  Ph.D. 
degree.  Oglethorpe's  most  distinguished  alumnus  from  the  antebellum  era  was 
the  poet,  critic,  and  musician  Sidney  Lanier,  who  graduated  in  1860.  Lanier  re- 
mained as  tutor  in  1861  until  he,  with  other  Oglethorpe  cadets,  marched  away  to 
war.  Shortly  before  his  death,  Lanier  remarked  to  a  friend  that  his  greatest  intellec- 
tual impulse  was  during  his  college  days  at  Oglethorpe  University. 

Old  Oglethorpe  in  effect  "died  at  Gettysburg."  During  the  Civil  War  its  stu- 
dents were  soldiers,  its  endowment  was  lost  in  Confederate  bonds,  and  its  build- 
ings were  used  for  barracks  and  hospitals.  The  school  closed  in  1862  and  afterward 
conducted  classes  irregularly  at  the  Midway  location.  In  1870  the  institution  was 
briefly  relocated  in  Georgia's  postbellum  capital  of  Atlanta,  at  the  site  of  the  present 
City  Hall.  Oglethorpe  at  this  time  produced  several  educational  innovations,  ex- 
panding its  curriculum  to  business  and  law  courses  and  offering  the  first  evening 
college  classes  in  Georgia.  The  dislocation  of  the  Reconstruction  era  proved  insur- 
mountable, however,  and  in  1872  Oglethorpe  closed  its  doors  for  a  second  time. 

Oglethorpe  University  was  rechartered  in  1913,  and  in  1915  the  cornerstone 
to  the  new  campus  was  laid  at  its  present  location  on  Peachtree  Road  in  north 
Atlanta.  Present  to  witness  the  occasion  were  members  of  the  classes  of  1860  and 
1861,  thus  linking  the  old  and  the  new  Oglethorpe  University.  The  driving  force 
behind  the  University's  revival  was  Dr.  Thornwell  Jacobs,  whose  grandfather,  Pro- 
fessor Ferdinand  Jacobs,  had  served  on  the  faculty  of  Old  Oglethorpe.  Thornwell 
Jacobs,  who  became  the  Oglethorpe  president  for  nearly  three  decades,  intended 
for  the  new  campus  to  be  a  "living  memorial"  to  James  Oglethorpe.  The  distinc- 
tive Gothic  revival  architecture  of  the  campus  was  inspired  by  the  honorary  alma 
mater  of  James  Oglethorpe,  Corpus  Christi  College,  Oxford.  The  collegiate  coat- 
of-arms,  emblazoned  with  three  boar's  heads  and  the  inscription  Nescit  Cedere  ("He 
does  not  know  how  to  give  up"),  replicated  the  Oglethorpe  family  standard.  For 
the  college  athletic  teams,  Jacobs  chose  an  unusual  mascot  -  a  small,  persistent 
seabird,  which  according  to  legend,  had  inspiredjames  Oglethorpe  while  on  board 


12 


ship  to  Georgia  in  1732.  The  Oglethorpe  University  nickname  "Stormy  Petrels"  is 
unique  in  intercollegiate  athletics. 

Although  Presbyterian  congregations  throughout  the  South  contributed  to 
the  revival  of  Oglethorpe  University,  the  school  never  re-established  a  denomina- 
tional affiliation.  Since  the  early  1920s  Oglethorpe  has  been  an  independent  non- 
sectarian  co-educational  higher  educational  institution.  Its  curricular  emphasis 
continued  in  the  liberal  arts  and  sciences  and  expanded  into  professional  pro- 
grams in  business  administration  and  education.  From  the  1920s  through  the 
1940s,  the  institution  received  major  contributions  from  several  individuals.  Some 
of  the  most  prominent  benefactors  were:  John  Thomas  Lupton,  Coca-Cola  bottler 
from  Chattanooga,  Tennessee;  Atlanta  business  community  members  Harry 
Hermance  and  Mrs.  Robert  J.  Lowry;  and  publisher  William  Randolph  Hearst. 
The  latter  gave  to  Oglethorpe  a  sizable  donation  of  land.  In  the  early  1930s  the 
Oglethorpe  campus  covered  approximately  600  acres,  including  30-acre  Silver  Lake, 
which  was  renamed  Lake  Phoebe  after  the  publisher's  mother,  Phoebe  Apperson 
Hearst. 

During  Thornwell  Jacobs'  tenure  he  launched  several  projects  which  brought 
national  and  even  international  repute  to  Oglethorpe  University.  In  1923  Jacobs 
discovered  the  tomb  of  James  and  Elizabeth  Oglethorpe  in  Cranham,  England. 
For  about  a  decade  Oglethorpe  University  was  involved  in  major  college  athletics, 
and  the  Stormy  Petrels  fielded  football  teams  that  defeated  both  Georgia  Tech 
and  the  University  of  Georgia.  Perhaps  Oglethorpe's  most  famous  athlete  was 
Luke  Appling,  enshrined  in  the  Major  League  Baseball  Hall  of  Fame.  Dr.  Jacobs 
in  the  1930s  became,  however,  one  of  the  earliest  and  most  articulate  critics  of 
misplaced  priorities  in  intercollegiate  athletics,  and  Oglethorpe  curtailed  devel- 
opment in  this  area.  In  the  early  1930s  Oglethorpe  attracted  widespread  attention 
with  its  campus  radio  station,  WJTL,  named  after  benefactor  John  Thomas  Lupton. 
Oglethorpe's  University  of  the  Air  was  a  notable  experiment,  which  lasted  about 
five  years,  that  broadcast  college  credit  courses  on  the  air  waves.  Oglethorpe  Uni- 
versity was  one  of  the  first  institutions  to  confer  honorary  doctorates  on  national 
figures  in  order  to  recognize  superior  civic  and  scientific  achievement.  Among 
Oglethorpe's  early  honorary  alumni  were  Woodrow  Wilson,  Walter  Lippman, 
Franklin  Roosevelt,  Bernard  Baruch,  Amelia  Earhart,  and  David  Sarnoff. 

Perhaps  the  best  known  of  all  of  Jacobs'  innovations  was  the  Oglethorpe 
Crypt  of  Civilization,  which  he  proposed  in  the  November  1936  issue  of  Scientific 
American.  This  prototype  for  the  modern  time  capsule  was  an  effort  to  provide, 
for  posterity,  an  encyclopedic  inventory  of  life  and  customs  from  ancient  times 
through  the  middle  of  the  20th  century.  The  Crypt,  sealed  in  the  foundation  of 
Phoebe  Hearst  Hall  in  1940,  is  not  to  be  opened  until  8113  A.D.  It  has  been  hailed 
by  the  Guiness  Book  of  World  Records  as  "the  first  successful  attempt  to  bury  a 
record  for  future  inhabitants  or  visitors  to  the  planet  earth." 

In  1944  Oglethorpe  University  began  a  new  era  under  Philip  Weltner,  a  noted 
attorney  and  educator.  With  a  group  of  faculty  associates,  Dr.  Weltner  initiated  an 
exciting  approach  to  undergraduate  education  called  the  "Oglethorpe  Idea."  It 
involved  one  of  the  earliest  efforts  to  develop  a  core  curriculum,  with  the  twin 
aims  to  "make  a  life  and  to  make  a  living."  The  Oglethorpe  core,  which  was  ap- 
plauded by  The  New  York  Times,  aimed  at  a  common  learning  experience  for  stu- 
dents with  about  one-half  of  every  student's  academic  program  consisting  of  courses 
in  "Citizenship"  and  "Human  Understanding."  After  World  War  II,  Oglethorpe 


13 


University  emphasized  characteristics  it  had  always  cultivated,  notably  close  per- 
sonal relationships,  in  order  to  be,  in  Dr.  Weltner's  words,  "a  small  college  super- 
latively good."  From  1965  through  part  of  1972  the  institution  was  called 
Oglethorpe  College.  But  the  historical  identity  of  Oglethorpe  University  was  so 
strong  that  in  1972  the  original  chartered  name  was  re-established.  Oglethorpe 
continued  toward  its  goals  and  in  the  late  1960s  began  a  facilities  expansion  pro- 
gram, which  created  a  new  part  of  the  campus,  including  a  modern  student  center 
and  residential  complex. 

By  the  1980s  the  Carnegie  Foundation  for  the  Advancement  of  Teaching  had 
classified  Oglethorpe  in  the  category  of  Liberal  Arts  I  (after  referred  to  as  Bacca- 
laureate Colleges  -  Liberal  Arts).  These  highly  selective  undergraduate  institu- 
tions award  more  than  half  of  their  degrees  in  the  arts  and  sciences.  By  the  1990s 
the  University  was  listed  favorably  in  the  Fiske  Guide  to  Colleges,  The  Princeton  Re- 
view Student  Access  Guide,  Barron 's  300  Best  Buys  in  College  Education,  National  Re- 
view College  Guide  -  America's  Top  Liberal  Arts  Schools  and  many  other  guides  to 
selective  colleges.  Oglethorpe  is  currently  a  member  of  the  Annapolis  Group,  an 
organization  of  the  100  most  selective  liberal  arts  colleges. 

The  student  body,  while  primarily  from  the  South,  has  become  increasingly 
cosmopolitan;  in  a  typical  semester,  Oglethorpe  draws  students  from  about  30 
states  and  30  foreign  countries.  The  University  has  established  outreach  through 
its  evening-weekend  degree  programs;  teacher  certification  and  a  graduate  pro- 
gram in  education;  a  graduate  program  in  business  administration;  and  the 
Oglethorpe  University  Museum  of  Art.  The  University  is  also  home  to  the  Geor- 
gia Shakespeare  Festival. 

As  Oglethorpe  University  enters  the  21st  century,  it  has  demonstrated  contin- 
ued leadership  in  the  development  and  revision  of  its  core  curriculum,  with  ef- 
forts funded  by  the  National  Endowment  for  the  Humanities.  The  historic  district 
of  the  100-acre  campus  has  been  designated  in  the  National  Register  of  Historic 
Places.  Enrollment  is  about  1,300  with  the  plans  for  controlled  growth  to  about 
1,500.  Oglethorpe  remains  on  the  forefront  of  educational  innovation,  with  a  cur- 
riculum that  features  interactive  learning.  The  University  uses  a  variety  of  effec- 
tive pedagogical  techniques:  perhaps  most  notable  are  the  peer  tutoring  program, 
classroom  learning  that  is  actively  connected  to  contemporary  experience  through 
internships  and  other  opportunities  for  experiential  education,  and  a  unique  pro- 
gram in  urban  leadership  that  invites  students  to  consider  ways  in  which  they  can 
become  community  leaders  for  the  future.  Reflecting  the  contemporary  growth 
of  the  city  of  Atlanta,  Oglethorpe  has  recently  developed  a  distinctive  interna- 
tional dimension.  Students  at  the  University  may  complement  their  campus  pro- 
grams with  foreign  studies  at  sister  institutions  in  Argentina,  China,  Ecuador, 
France,  Germany,  Japan,  Mexico,  Monaco,  the  Netherlands,  and  Russia.  As 
Oglethorpe  University  continues  to  grow,  academically  and  materially,  it  is  ever 
mindful  of  its  distinguished  heritage  and  will  still  remain,  in  the  affectionate  words 
of  poet  and  alumnus  Sidney  Lanier,  a  "college  of  the  heart." 


14 


Presidents  of  the  University 


Carlyle  Pollock  Beman,  1836-1840  Donald  Charles  Agnew,  1958-1964 

Samuel  Kennedy  Talmage,  1841-1865  George  Seward,  Acting,  1964-1965 

William  M.  Cunningham,  1869-1870  Paul  Rensselaer  Beall,  1965-1967 

David  Wills,  1870-1872  Paul  Kenneth  Vonk,  1967-1975 

Thornwell  Jacobs,  1915-1943  Manning  Mason  Pattillo,  Jr.,  1975-1988 

Philip  Weltner,  1944-1953  Donald  Sheldon  Stanton,  1988-1999 

James  Whitney  Bunting,  1953-1955  Larry  Denton  Large,  1999- 
Donald  Wilson,  1956-1957 


15 


Campus  Facilities 


Oglethorpe  University's  facilities  are  generally  accessible  to  physically  impaired 
students.  All  buildings  on  campus  are  equipped  with  either  ramps  or  ground- 
floor  entry.  With  the  exception  of  Lupton  Hall,  the  primary  classroom  and  office 
buildings  have  elevators  to  all  floors.  Appointments  with  faculty  members  or  ad- 
ministrators with  inaccessible  offices  are  scheduled  in  accessible  areas.  Only  three 
classrooms  are  not  accessible  to  those  physically  impaired.  When  appropriate,  classes 
are  reassigned  so  all  classes  are  available  to  all  students.  All  residence  halls  include 
accessible  housing  space. 

Smoking  is  prohibited  in  all  campus  buildings  at  Oglethorpe  University.  This 
includes  classrooms,  offices,  labs,  meeting  rooms,  lounge  areas,  restrooms,  corri- 
dors, stairwells,  the  Library,  the  Field  House,  the  Schmidt  Center,  the  Student 
Center,  and  any  other  interior  spaces  in  buildings.  An  exception  to  the  rule  is 
provided  for  residents  in  the  privacy  of  their  residence  hall  rooms. 

Conant  Performing  Arts  Center 

This  new  performing  arts  center,  completed  in  1997,  is  a  four-story  facility 
located  adjacent  to  the  Philip  Weltner  Library.  It  provides  a  permanent  home  for 
the  Georgia  Shakespeare  Festival  and  for  classes  in  theatre  and  music  for 
Oglethorpe's  undergraduate  liberal  arts  students.  It  houses  a  mainstage  theatre 
with  seating  for  500,  a  lobby,  rehearsal  and  dressing  rooms,  an  area  for  receptions, 
offices,  and  shipping  and  receiving  facilities. 

Dorough  Field  House 

The  Dorough  Field  House  is  the  site  of  intercollegiate  basketball  and  volley- 
ball and  large  campus  gatherings  such  as  concerts  and  commencement  exercises. 
Built  in  1960,  the  structure  underwent  major  renovation  in  1979.  The  building  is 
named  for  the  late  R.  E.  Dorough,  a  former  Trustee  of  the  University. 

Emerson  Student  Center 

The  Emerson  Student  Center  is  named  in  honor  of  William  A.  and  Jane  S. 
Emerson,  benefactors  of  the  University.  As  the  hub  of  campus  life,  the  Emerson 
Student  Center  houses  the  dining  hall,  the  student  association  office,  the  student 
newspaper  and  yearbook  offices,  the  radio  station,  the  student  post  office,  a  lounge, 
television  area,  and  a  snack  bar/game  room.  The  administrative  offices  of  the 
Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs,  the  Director  of  the  Student  Center,  the  Direc- 
tor of  Residence  Life,  the  Center  for  Counseling  and  Health  Services,  and  the 
Director  of  Musical  Activities  are  also  located  here.  An  outdoor  swimming  pool  is 
adjacent  to  the  building. 


Goodman  Hall 


Goodman  Hall  was  built  in  1956  and  renovated  in  1970,  when  it  was  trans- 
formed from  a  men's  into  a  women's  residence  hall.  In  1997  it  was  again  reno- 
vated to  provide  support  services  for  students  such  as  the  Academic  Resource 


IS 


Center,  Career  Services,  the  Learning  Resources  Center,  a  resource  center  for 
study  abroad,  the  Oglethorpe  Cafe,  and  a  computer  laboratory.  Also  located  in 
the  building  are  the  University's  Network  Services  Office  and  the  administrative 
offices  of  University  College,  which  offers  accelerated  degree  programs  for  adult 
students. 

Goslin  Hall 

Goslin  Hall,  named  in  honor  of  Dr.  Roy  N.  Goslin,  the  late  Professor  Emeri- 
tus of  Physics,  was  completed  in  1971  and  houses  the  Division  of  Natural  Sci- 
ences. Lecture  halls  and  laboratories  for  biology,  chemistry,  and  physics  are  located 
in  the  building.  A  new  physics  laboratory,  made  possible  by  a  grant  from  the  Olin 
Foundation,  was  opened  in  1979.  All  laboratories  were  renovated  in  1985  and 
again  in  2001  when  major  reconstruction  was  completed  in  the  interior  of  the 
building  with  the  assistance  of  the  Robert  W.  Woodruff  Foundation  and  other 
major  foundations,  as  well  as  a  bequest  from  Eugene  W.  Ivy  '49.  A  computer 
laboratory  is  also  available  for  student  use. 

Hearst  Hall 

Phoebe  Hearst  Hall  was  built  in  1915  in  the  handsome  neo-Gothic  architec- 
ture that  dominates  the  Oglethorpe  campus.  The  building  is  named  in  honor  of 
Phoebe  Apperson  Hearst,  the  mother  of  William  Randolph  Hearst,  Sr. 

It  was  renovated  in  the  fall  of  1972  as  a  classroom  and  faculty  office  building. 
Most  classes,  with  the  exception  of  science  and  mathematics,  are  held  in  this  build- 
ing, which  is  located  directly  across  from  Lupton  Hall.  Newly  equipped  multi- 
media classrooms  in  2001  include  the  Georgia  Power  Model  Classroom. 

The  dominant  feature  of  the  building  is  the  beautiful  Great  Hall,  the  site  of 
many  traditional  and  historic  events  at  Oglethorpe.  Located  on  the  lower  level  of 
the  building  is  the  University  Bookstore  and  the  much-publicized  Crypt  of  Civili- 
zation. The  capsule  was  sealed  on  May  28,  1940  and  is  not  to  be  opened  until  May 
28,8113. 

Lowry  Hall  -  Philip  Weltner  Library 

The  Philip  Weltner  Library  is  a  recently  remodeled  and  expanded  facility, 
which  includes  a  formal  reading  room  with  an  atrium  and  an  after-hours  reading 
room.  In  addition,  there  are  numerous  study  rooms  and  carrels,  computers  for  on- 
line usage,  and  a  film  viewing  room.  The  Library  of  Congress  classification  is 
used  in  an  open-stack  arrangement  allowing  free  access  to  users  on  all  three  floors. 

The  collection  of  over  150,000  volumes  includes  books,  periodicals,  and  mi- 
croforms, as  well  as  audio-visual  and  machine-readable  materials.  More  than  730 
periodical  subscriptions  provide  a  diversified  range  of  current  information. 

The  library  has  an  on-line  catalog  and  a  computerized  circulation  system  to 
aid  the  library  patron.  The  library  is  a  member  of  the  library  consortium  of  the 
Atlanta  Regional  Consortium  for  Higher  Education,  and  participates  in  Galileo,  a 
statewide  information  network. 

The  library  is  open  seven  days  a  week  during  the  regular  academic  year. 

19 


Lupton  Hall 


Lupton  Hall,  built  in  1920  and  named  in  honor  of  John  Thomas  Lupton,  was 
one  of  the  three  original  buildings  on  the  present  Oglethorpe  University  campus. 
Renovated  in  1973  and  1996,  it  contains  primarily  administrative  offices,  faculty 
offices,  classrooms,  and  an  auditorium  for  300  persons.  Administrative  offices 
located  in  Lupton  Hall  include  the  President,  Vice  President  for  Business  and 
Finance,  Provost,  Vice  President  for  Enrollment,  Vice  President  for  University  Re- 
lations, Admission,  Financial  Aid,  and  the  Registrar. 

The  cast-bell  carillon  in  the  Lupton  tower  has  42  bells,  which  chime  the  quar- 
ter hours. 

Oglethorpe  University  Museum  of  Art 

Oglethorpe  University  Museum  of  Art,  occupying  the  entire  third  floor  of 
the  Philip  Weltner  Library,  opened  in  the  spring  of  1993  after  extensive  renova- 
tions of  the  previous  Oglethorpe  University  Art  Gallery.  The  museum,  covering 
7,000  square  feet,  has  a  comfortable,  intimate  environment  that  includes  two  spa- 
cious galleries,  the  Museum  Gift  Shop,  and  offices.  It  is  considered  an  important 
cultural  addition  to  Atlanta's  growing  art  scene,  drawing  thousands  of  visitors 
each  year. 

In  addition  to  the  permanent  collection,  three  exhibitions  are  held  each  year, 
which  feature  artwork  that  is  international,  representational,  often  figurative  and 
spiritual  in  nature. 

Recent  exhibitions  such  as  The  Mystical  Arts  of  Tibet:  Featuring  Personal 
Sacred  Objects  of  the  Dalai  Lama  and  The  Grand  Tour:  Landscape  and  Veduta 
Paintings,  Venice  and  Rome  in  the  18th  Century  have  garnered  national  media 
attention  and  brought  international  art  experts  from  around  the  world  to  lecture 
on  campus. 

For  Museum  hours  and  exhibit  information,  call  (404)  364-8555. 

J.  Mack  Robinson  Hall 

Newly  renovated  in  2001,  J.  Mack  Robinson  Hall  is  a  state-of-the-art  classroom 
and  faculty  office  building,  which  also  houses  art  studios,  a  darkroom,  video  edit- 
ing facilities,  and  a  slide  library. 

Steve  Schmidt  Sport  8c  Recreation  Center 

Dedicated  in  1995,  the  Schmidt  Center  is  a  22,000  square-foot  addition  to 
Dorough  Field  House.  The  Center  has  basketball  and  volleyball  courts,  a  running 
track,  seven  offices,  a  conference  room,  locker  rooms,  a  weight  room,  handball 
courts,  a  training  room,  and  an  entrance  lobby.  The  facility  is  used  primarily  for 
recreation  and  intramural  sports.  The  Center  is  named  for  Stephen  J.  Schmidt, 
Oglethorpe  University  alumnus  of  the  class  of  1940  and  long-time  member  of  the 
Board  of  Trustees,  who  personally  led  the  fund-raising  effort  for  the  addition. 

20 


Sheffield  Alumni  Center 


The  Sheffield  Alumni  Center,  which  is  adjacent  to  the  main  campus,  was  first 
built  as  a  home  for  Oglethorpe's  presidents.  It  served  in  this  role  from  1968-1999, 
through  the  tenures  of  Presidents  Vonk,  Pattillo,  and  Stanton.  Trustee  and  former 
Alumni  Association  president  O.K.  Sheffield,  Jr. '53  saw  a  need  for  a  visible  alumni 
presence  at  Oglethorpe,  welcoming  alumni  back  and  illustrating  to  students  that 
their  current  status  is  just  the  beginning  of  a  lifelong  relationship  with  the  Univer- 
sity. He  advocated  for  the  addition  of  an  alumni  center,  and  his  generosity  made 
possible  the  conversion  of  the  former  presidents'  home  to  this  use.  The  Sheffield 
Alumni  Center  officially  opened  and  was  named  in  honor  of  Mr.  Sheffield  in 
March  2001.  It  provides  space  for  alumni  gatherings  as  well  as  for  meetings  of 
student  and  faculty  groups. 


Traer  Residence  Hall 


Built  in  1969,  Traer  Hall  is  a  three-story  women's  residence  which  houses  168 
students.  Construction  of  the  building  was  made  possible  through  the  generosity 
of  the  late  Wayne  S.  Traer,  Oglethorpe  University  alumnus  of  the  class  of  1928. 
The  double  occupancy  rooms  arranged  in  suites,  open  onto  a  central  plaza  court- 
yard. 


Upper  Residence  Quadrangle 


Five  residence  halls  are  situated  around  the  upper  quadrangle.  Alumni, 
Dempsey,  Jacobs,  Schmidt,  and  Trustee  Halls,  constructed  in  1968,  house  both 
men  and  women.  All  rooms  on  the  first  and  second  floors  are  suites  with  private 
entrances  and  baths.  Rooms  on  the  third  floor  are  traditional  residence  hall  floors 
with  a  common  bathroom. 


New  Residence  Hall 


Opened  in  the  spring  of  1996,  the  new  residence  hall  is  coed,  non-smoking, 
and  accommodates  73  students.  It  is  designed  as  a  more  traditional  facility  with  a 
central  entrance.  The  rooms  consist  of  two-,  three-,  and  four-person  suites  off 
central  hallways. 


Greek  Row 


Greek  Row  consists  of  six  houses  devoted  to  two  sororities  -  Chi  Omega  and 
Sigma  Sigma  Sigma  -  and  four  fraternities  -  Chi  Phi,  Delta  Sigma  Phi,  Kappa 
Alpha  Order,  and  Sigma  Alpha  Epsilon.  Each  house  features  one-bedroom  doubles 
with  a  shared  bathroom  and  kitchen  facilities.  The  houses  on  Greek  Row  were 
constructed  in  1994. 


21 


Computer  Facilities  and  Services 


Every  residence  hall  room,  faculty  office,  and  appropriate  staff  office  has  a 
connection  to  the  Oglethorpe  computer  network  and  through  that  intranet  to  the 
greater  world  of  the  Internet  with  all  its  resources.  Access  is  also  available  to 
students  through  computers  located  in  the  library,  Goslin,  and  Goodman  Halls. 
Through  the  OUNet  users  can  also  connect  to  the  Voyager  Library  System,  which 
provides  access  to  the  library's  catalog  and  to  Galileo,  the  Georgia  Library  Learn- 
ing Online  services  of  the  University  System  of  Georgia.  The  Galileo  system  pro- 
vides access  to  databases  containing  bibliographical  information,  summaries,  and 
in  many  cases,  access  to  full  text  of  articles  and  abstracts. 

E-mail  and  Computer  Use  Policy 

A  policy  has  been  established  to  ensure  the  proper  use  of  Oglethorpe 
University's  computer,  network  and  telecommunication  resources  and  services  by 
its  students,  employees,  independent  contractors,  and  other  computer  users.  All 
individuals  have  the  responsibility  to  use  computer  resources  in  an  efficient,  effec- 
tive, ethical,  and  lawful  manner.  The  policy,  rules,  and  conditions  apply  to  all 
users  of  computer,  network  and  telecommunication  resources  and  services,  wher- 
ever the  users  are  located.  Violations  of  this  policy  may  result  in  suspension  with- 
out notice  of  privileges  to  use  the  resources  and  services,  disciplinary  action, 
including  possible  termination,  and/or  legal  action. 

Oglethorpe  University  has  the  right,  but  not  the  duty,  to  monitor  any  and  all 
aspects  of  the  computer  and  network  systems,  including  employee  and  student 
e-mail,  to  ensure  compliance  with  this  policy.  The  University  has  the  right  to  use 
information  gained  in  this  way  in  disciplinary  or  criminal  proceedings.  The  com- 
puters and  computer  accounts  in  use  by  employees  and  students  are  to  assist  them 
in  the  performance  of  their  jobs  and  in  attaining  their  educational  goals.  Employ- 
ees and  students  should  not  have  an  expectation  of  privacy  in  anything  they  cre- 
ate, send,  or  receive  on  their  network-attached  computers.  The  computer,  network 
and  telecommunication  systems  belonging  to  Oglethorpe  University  are  for  Uni- 
versity business  and  educational  purposes.  Any  other  use  in  conflict  with  these 
purposes  is  not  permitted. 

Computer  users  are  governed  by  the  following  provisions,  which  apply  to  all 
use  of  computer  and  telecommunication  resources  and  services.  Computer  and 
telecommunication  resources  and  services  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  the  fol- 
lowing: host  computers,  file  servers,  workstations,  standalone  computers,  laptops, 
software,  and  internal  or  external  communications  networks  (Internet,  commer- 
cial online  services,  bulletin  board  systems,  and  e-mail  systems)  that  are  accessed 
directly  or  indirectly  from  Oglethorpe  University's  computer  facilities.  This  policy 
may  be  amended  or  revised  periodically  as  the  need  arises. 

The  term  "users,"  as  used  in  this  policy,  refers  to  all  employees,  students, 
independent  contractors,  and  other  persons  or  entities  accessing  or  using 
Oglethorpe  University's  computer,  network  and  telecommunication  resources  and 
services. 

1.    Users  must  comply  with  all  copyrights  laws  and  fair  use  provisions,  soft- 
ware licenses,  and  all  other  state  and  federal  laws  governing  intellectual 


22 


property.  Inappropriate  reproduction  and/or  distribution  of  copyright 
music,  movies,  computer  software,  text,  images,  etc.  is  strictly  prohibited. 

2.  The  electronic  mail  system  shall  not  be  used  for  "broadcasting"  of  unsolic- 
ited mail  (unless  authorized  by  the  department  chair  or  unit  head)  or  for 
sending  chain  letters.  Fraudulent,  harassing,  obscene,  or  other  unlawful 
material  may  not  be  sent  by  e-mail  or  other  form  of  electronic  communica- 
tion or  displayed  on  or  stored  in  Oglethorpe  University's  computers. 

3.  Users  should  use  the  same  care  in  drafting  e-mail  and  other  electronic  docu- 
ments as  they  would  for  any  other  written  communication.  Anything  cre- 
ated on  the  computer  may,  and  likely  will,  be  reviewed  by  others. 

4.  Users  may  not  install  software  onto  their  individual  computers  (faculty  and 
staff),  lab  computers  or  the  network  without  first  receiving  express  authori- 
zation to  do  so  from  Network  Resources. 

5.  Users  shall  not  forward  e-mail  to  any  other  person  or  entity  without  the 
express  permission  of  the  sender. 

6.  Users  should  not  alter  or  copy  a  file  belonging  to  another  user  without  first 
obtaining  permission  from  the  owner  of  the  file.  The  ability  to  read,  alter  or 
copy  a  file  belonging  to  another  user  does  not  imply  permission  to  read,  alter 
or  copy  that  file. 

7.  The  computer,  network  and  telecommunication  resources  and  services  of 
Oglethorpe  University  may  not  be  used  for  the  transmission,  creation  or 
storage  of  commercial  activity,  personal  advertisements,  solicitations,  pro- 
motions, destructive  programs  (viruses  and/or  self-replicating  code),  po- 
litical material,  or  any  other  unauthorized  or  personal  use. 

8.  Users  are  responsible  for  safeguarding  their  passwords  for  the  system.  Indi- 
vidual passwords  should  not  be  printed,  stored  online,  or  given  to  others. 
Users  are  responsible  for  all  transactions  made  using  their  passwords. 

9.  A  user's  ability  to  connect  to  other  computer  systems  through  the  network 
does  not  imply  a  right  to  connect  to  those  systems  or  to  make  use  of  those 
systems  unless  specifically  authorized  by  the  operators  of  those  systems. 

10.  Entry  into  a  system,  including  the  network  system,  by  individuals  not  spe- 
cifically authorized  or  attempts  to  circumvent  the  protective  mechanisms  of 
any  University  system  are  prohibited.  Deliberate  attempts  to  degrade  system 
performance  or  capability,  or  attempts  to  damage  systems,  software  or 
intellectual  property  of  others  are  prohibited. 

1 1 .  Any  network  activity  that  impedes  the  flow  of  network  traffic  or  diminishes 
the  availability  of  resources  to  other  users  is  strictly  prohibited. 

12.  Oglethorpe  University  is  not  responsible  for  the  actions  of  individual  users. 
Use  of  Oglethorpe's  computer,  network  and  telecommunication  resources 

and  services  constitutes  acceptance  of  this  E-mail  and  Computer  Use  Policy. 


23 


Admission 


The  admission  policy  of  Oglethorpe  University  is  based  on  an  individual  se- 
lection process.  Throughout  its  history,  Oglethorpe  has  welcomed  students  from 
all  sections  of  the  country,  as  well  as  from  abroad,  as  candidates  for  degrees.  It  is 
the  policy  of  the  Admission  Committee  to  select  for  admission  to  the  University 
applicants  who  present  strong  evidence  of  purpose,  maturity,  scholastic  ability, 
and  probable  success  at  Oglethorpe.  Applicants  wishing  to  enroll  in  the  evening 
credit  program  may  refer  to  a  brief  description  of  University  College  in  the  Pro- 
grams of  Study  section  of  this  Bulletin  or  consult  the  University  College  Undergradu- 
ate and  Graduate  Bulletin  available  from  the  University  College  Office  (404) 
364-8383. 


Freshman  Applicants 


Admission  to  the  undergraduate  division  of  the  University  may  be  gained  by 
presenting  evidence  of  successful  completion  of  secondary  school  work  in  the 
form  of  results  from  the  College  Entrance  Examination  Board's  Scholastic  Assess- 
ment Test  (SAT)  or  the  results  from  the  American  College  Testing  Program  As- 
sessment (ACT);  and,  by  submitting  a  letter  of  recommendation,  and  completing 
an  application  essay. 

Arrangements  to  take  the  SAT  or  ACT  may  be  made  through  a  secondary 
school  guidance  counselor  or  by  writing  directly  to  one  of  the  testing  agencies. 
For  SAT  write  to  College  Board,  Box  592,  Princeton,  New  Jersey  08540,  or  Box 
1025,  Berkeley,  California  90701.  For  ACT  write  to  American  College  Testing 
Program,  P.O.  Box  451,  Iowa  City,  Iowa  52240.  It  is  to  the  applicant's  advantage  to 
take  one  of  the  tests  in  the  junior  year  of  high  school. 

Applicants  should  normally  have  or  be  in  the  process  of  completing  a  second- 
ary school  program  including  appropriate  courses  in  English,  social  studies,  math- 
ematics, and  science.  While  an  admission  decision  is  typically  based  on  a  partial 
secondary  school  transcript,  a  final  transcript  must  be  sent  to  the  Admission  Of- 
fice by  the  candidate's  school,  showing  evidence  of  academic  work  completed  and 
official  graduation. 

The  Oglethorpe  application  contains  a  recommendation  form  and  a  list  of 
other  materials,  which  must  be  submitted  by  the  applicant.  No  application  will  be 
considered  and  acted  upon  until  the  items  indicated  have  been  received. 

Students  may  choose  from  either  Early  Action  or  Regular  Decision  admis- 
sion. 


Application  Procedure 


All  correspondence  concerning  admission  should  be  addressed  to  the  Admis- 
sion Office,  Oglethorpe  University,  4484  Peachtree  Road  N.E.,  Atlanta,  Georgia 
30319-2797  or  via  e-mail  at  admission^oglethorpe.edu.  Comprehensive  admission 
information  can  also  be  found  at  wwiu.oglethorpe.edu/admission.  After  receiving  an 
application  form,  the  applicant  should  complete  and  return  it  with  an  application 
fee  of  $35.  Students  may  also  apply  online.  Links  to  application  procedures  and 
the  online  application  may  be  found  at  wwiu.oglethorpe.edu/admissioii. 

Entering  freshmen  must  submit  the  following:  an  application  essay,  official 
high  school  transcripts,  standardized  test  scores  (SAT/ ACT),  and  a  recommenda- 


20 


tion  form  completed  by  a  high  school  counselor  or  teacher.  Achievement  tests, 
portfolios,  or  videos  are  not  required  for  admission  purposes  but  will  be  consid- 
ered if  submitted.  Home  Schooled  applicants  should  contact  the  Home  School 
Advisor  for  portfolio  requirements.  Interviews  and  campus  visits  are  strongly 
recommended.  If,  upon  review  of  an  applicant's  file,  it  is  felt  that  further  informa- 
tion would  be  helpful  (i.e.  mid-year  grades),  the  student  will  be  notified. 

Transfer  students  must  submit  the  completed  application  form,  essay  and  rec- 
ommendation form  with  the  $35  application  fee,  official  transcripts  from  each 
college  attended,  and  certification  of  good  academic  standing  at  the  most  recent 
or  present  college.  High  school  transcript  and  test  scores  are  also  required  if  less 
than  24  semester  hours  of  college  credit  have  been  completed. 

When  a  student  has  completed  the  application  process,  the  Admission  Com- 
mittee will  review  the  application.  If  accepted  the  student  will  be  required  to 
submit  an  enrollment  deposit  to  reserve  accommodations  for  the  appropriate  se- 
mester. Residence  hall  students  submit  a  deposit  of  $300,  commuters  $100.  While 
the  deposit  is  not  refundable,  it  is  applicable  toward  tuition  and  fees. 


Early  Action 


Early  Action  allows  students  who  have  a  strong  interest  in  the  University  to 
apply  early  and  receive  a  quick  response.  Completed  applications  with  supporting 
materials  must  be  postmarked  by  December  5.  Notification  letters  will  be  mailed 
no  later  than  December  20  unless  the  Admission  Committee  requires  additional 
information.  Early  Action  students  who  are  admitted  and  indicate  an  interest  in 
scholarships  will  be  considered  prior  to  Regular  Decision  candidates.  (Please 
note  that  early  action  is  non-binding).  A  non-refundable  deposit  is  due  by  May  1. 


Regular  Decision 


Regular  Decision  enables  students  to  apply  at  any  time.  Applications  will  be 
reviewed  on  a  rolling  basis  beginning  immediately  after  Early  Action  reviews  (late 
December)  and  continuing  as  long  as  space  in  the  class  is  available.  Notification 
letters  will  typically  be  mailed  within  two  weeks  of  completion  unless  additional 
information  is  needed.   A  non-refundable  deposit  is  due  by  May  1. 


Campus  Visit 


While  not  a  requirement  of  the  admission  process,  the  candidate  is  urged  to 
visit  the  campus  and  explore  the  academic  and  leadership  opportunities  that  en- 
compass the  Oglethorpe  tradition  of  a  collegiate  education. 

Additional  information  may  be  obtained  by  contacting  the  Admission  Office 
(404)  364-8307  in  the  Atlanta  calling  area  or  (800)  428-4484  from  other  locations. 
Comprehensive  campus  visit  information  can  be  found  at  www.oglethorpe.edu/ad- 
mission. 


27 


Transfer  Students  and  Transfer  Policies 


Students  who  wish  to  transfer  to  Oglethorpe  from  other  regionally  accredited 
colleges  are  welcome  to  apply,  provided  they  are  in  good  standing  at  the  last  insti- 
tution attended.  They  are  expected  to  follow  regular  admission  procedures  and 
will  be  notified  of  the  decision  of  the  Admission  Committee  in  the  same  manner 
that  freshmen  are  notified. 

Most  financial  aid  awards  and  scholarships  are  available  to  transfer  students 
as  well  as  first-time  freshmen. 

The  same  application  information  is  required  of  the  transfer  student  as  for 
the  entering  freshman,  although  high  school  records  and  test  scores  are  not  re- 
quired of  students  having  at  least  24  semester  hours  of  transferable  credit. 

Transfer  students  must  submit  transcripts  of  all  current  and  previous  college 
work.  A  separate  official  transcript  from  each  college  attended  must  be  received 
before  any  action  will  be  taken  on  the  application. 

Oglethorpe  University  will  accept  as  transfer  credit  courses  comparable  to 
University  courses  that  are  applicable  to  a  degree  program  offered  at  Oglethorpe. 
Acceptable  work  must  be  shown  on  an  official  transcript  and  must  be  completed 
with  a  grade  of  "C"  or  better.  Oglethorpe  does  not  accept  a  "D"  grade  as  transfer 
credit,  unless  a  student  has  graduated  from  an  accredited  junior  college,  or  a  "D" 
grade  is  followed  by  a  "C"  grade  or  better  in  a  normal  sequence  course  (for  ex- 
ample, General  Biology  I  and  II). 

Transfer  students  on  probation  or  exclusion  from  another  institution  will 
not  be  accepted. 

Transfer  students  must  have  a  minimum  grade-point  average  of  2.8  (on  a  4.0 
scale)  to  be  considered  for  admission. 

Transfer  students  who  have  earned  an  associate  degree  at  a  regionally  accred- 
ited junior  college  will  be  awarded  two  years  of  credit.  Junior  college  graduates 
with  strong  academic  records  are  encouraged  to  apply  for  admission. 

Oglethorpe  University  will  accept  as  many  as  30  hours  of  United  States  Armed 
Forces  Institute  (USAFI)  credit. 

Students  who  hold  the  R.N.  credential  from  an  appropriately  accredited  insti- 
tution are  awarded  credit  for  their  arts  and  sciences  courses.  To  earn  a  bachelor's 
degree,  the  student  must  complete  the  core  curriculum,  a  major,  and  other  appli- 
cable requirements. 

The  maximum  total  number  of  semester  hours  that  may  be  transferred  into 
Oglethorpe  is  80.  A  minimum  of  48  semester  hours  must  be  earned  through  course 
work  at  Oglethorpe  in  order  for  an  Oglethorpe  degree  to  be  awarded,  with  32  of 
the  last  64  hours  earned  in  residence  (see  Residency  Requirement). 

Credits  earned  at  post-secondary  institutions  accredited  by  the  six  regional 
accrediting  bodies  (for  example,  Southern,  Middle  States,  New  England,  etc.,  As- 
sociations) will  be  accepted. 

Courses  taken  at  schools  accredited  by  national  crediting  bodies  (for  example, 
Association  of  Independent  Schools  and  Colleges,  American  Association  of  Bible 
Colleges,  etc.)  may  be  credited.  In  these  cases,  student  transcripts  will  be  evalu- 
ated on  an  individual  basis.  Actual  catalog  course  descriptions  and  relevant  course 
syllabi  should  be  provided  by  the  student.  The  Registrar  will  determine  whether 
or  not  courses  are  to  receive  transfer  credit. 


28 


Courses  recognized  by  the  American  Council  on  Education  (ACE)  may  be 
credited  by  the  Registrar.  Programs  not  recognized  by  ACE  will  not  be  given  credit. 

A  maximum  of  32  semester  hours  may  be  earned  through  College  Level  Ex- 
amination Program  (CLEP  tests).  Maximum  credit  for  Advanced  Placement  tests 
(AP  testing)  is  also  32  semester  hours.  Please  consult  the  section,  Credit  by  Exami- 
nation, on  the  following  pages. 

In  all  cases,  only  80  semester  hours  may  be  earned  outside  of  Oglethorpe 
University  through  any  of  the  means  described  above.  At  least  48  semester  hours 
must  be  earned  in  course  work  for  which  Oglethorpe  credits  are  granted. 

A  minimum  of  16  semester  hours  of  a  major  must  be  in  course  work  taken  at 
Oglethorpe  University.  (For  teacher  education  programs,  please  refer  to  educa- 
tion requirements  in  this  Bulletin.)  A  minimum  of  12  semester  hours  must  be  in 
course  work  taken  at  Oglethorpe  in  addition  to  student  teaching. 

Transfer  students  should  note  that  only  work  completed  at  Oglethorpe  is  re- 
flected in  the  Oglethorpe  grade-point  average,  and  transfer  work  is  not  included 
in  determination  for  Latin  academic  honors.  To  be  eligible  for  academic  honors, 
the  student  must  complete  68  or  more  hours  at  Oglethorpe. 

International  Students 

Admission  to  Oglethorpe  is  open  to  qualified  students  from  all  countries. 
Students  who  are  able  to  provide  evidence  of  suitable  academic  background,  ad- 
equate financial  resources,  and  seriousness  of  purpose  are  eligible  to  apply. 

All  students  from  countries  where  English  is  not  the  native  language  must 
meet  one  of  the  following  requirements  to  be  considered  for  admission: 

1.  Complete  level  109  from  an  ELS,  Inc.  language  center. 

2.  Score  a  minimum  of  550  on  the  TOEFL  -  or  213  on  the  computer-based 

test  (Test  of  English  as  a  Foreign  Language). 

3.  Score  480  or  more  on  the  verbal  section  of  the  International  Scholastic 

Assessment  Test. 

4.  Have  a  combined  2.8  grade-point  average  with  no  grade  below  a  "C"  in 

two  English  composition  courses  from  an  AACRAO  (American  Associa- 
tion of  Collegiate  Registrars  and  Admissions  Officers)  accredited  col- 
lege or  university. 

5.  Earn  a  grade  of  "C"  or  better  in  G.C.E.  or  G.S.C.E.  examinations  or  their 

equivalent. 

6.  All  secondary  transcripts  must  have  a  "Document-by-Document"  evalu- 
ation and  "Grade-Point  Average  Equivalent."  Post-secondary  transcripts 
must  have  the  same;  or,  if  a  student  wishes  to  receive  transfer  credit  for 
his  or  her  previous  course  work,  a  "Course-by-Course"  evaluation  is  re- 
quired. Applications  for  evaluation  are  available  in  the  Office  of  Admis- 
sion or  by  callingjoseph  Silny  &  Associates,  Inc.  at  (305)  666-0233. 

An  international  student's  secondary  school  credentials  are  subject  to  the 
acceptance  criteria  stated  for  his  or  her  country  in  the  AACRAO  world  education 
series,  governed  by  the  National  Council  on  the  Evaluation  of  Foreign  Educa- 
tional Credentials,  1717  Massachusetts  Avenue,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.  20036. 

All  students  from  nations  where  English  is  the  native  language  must  have  one 
of  the  following  to  be  considered  for  admission: 

1.  A  combined  SAT  score  of  1000,  with  at  least  500  on  the  verbal  section. 

2.  An  ACT  score  of  at  least  2 1 . 

29 


3.    Above-average  scores  on  the  "A"  and/or  "O"  level  examinations  in  Brit- 
ish system  schools  or  their  equivalent  in  Northern  Ireland  or  Scotland. 


Joint  Enrollment  Students 


Students  who  have  attainedjunior  or  higher  standing  in  their  secondary  schools 
may  apply  for  enrollment  in  suitable  courses  offered  at  the  University. 

Admission  to  the  joint  enrollment  program  will  depend  upon  an  assessment 
by  appropriate  personnel  of  the  student's  secondary  school. 

In  general,  the  candidate  must  have  the  social  maturity  to  benefit  from  a 
collegiate  experience  and  possess  a  "B"  or  higher  grade-point  average  along  with 
a  combined  score  of  1 140  or  higher  on  the  Scholastic  Assessment  Test  or  its  equiva- 
lent. A  student  seeking  admission  should  write  or  call  the  Joint  Enrollment  Coun- 
selor in  the  Admission  Office  at  Oglethorpe  to  receive  an  application.  Normally 
no  more  than  five  courses  may  be  taken  as  a  joint  enrollment  student. 

Early  Admission  (Early  Entrance) 

A  gifted  student  of  unusual  maturity  whose  high  school  record  shows  excel- 
lent academic  performance  through  the  junior  year  in  a  college  preparatory  pro- 
gram, and  whose  score  on  a  standardized  assessment  test  is  high,  may  submit  his 
or  her  application  for  admission  to  the  University  for  enrollment  after  the  junior 
year  in  high  school.  The  candidate  should  have  the  support  of  his  or  her  parents  in 
writing  submitted  with  the  application.  A  strong  recommendation  from  the  high 
school  is  expected,  and  the  candidate  must  come  to  campus  for  a  personal  inter- 
view with  a  senior  admission  officer. 


Transient  Students 


Transient  students  may  take  any  course  offered  by  the  University,  provided 
that  they  secure  permission  from  their  current  institution  certifying  that  the  insti- 
tution will  accept  for  transfer  credit  the  academic  work  done  by  the  student  at 
Oglethorpe.  This  permission  is  the  responsibility  of  the  transient  student. 

A  letter  of  good  standing  or  a  current  transcript  must  be  sent  to  the  Admis- 
sion Office  before  a  transient  student  can  be  accepted. 


Special  Status  Admission 


Special  Status  Admission  is  designed  for  students  who  wish  to  take  a  limited 
number  of  post-baccalaureate  classes  at  Oglethorpe,  or  for  non-traditional  stu- 
dents who  desire  to  begin  college  course  work  prior  to  being  admitted  to  a  degree- 
seeking  program. 

Students  may  be  admitted  to  Oglethorpe's  undergraduate  day  program  as  a 
special  status  candidate  if  they  meet  one  of  the  following  criteria: 

1.    They  are  at  least  25  years  of  age  and  at  least  five  years  removed  from 
their  last  educational  experience. 


■M) 


2.   They  have  graduated  from  another  accredited  college  or  university.  Under 
the  program,  students  may  enroll  for  a  maximum  of  16  semester  hours. 
Individuals  desiring  to  enroll  for  additional  courses  must  apply  as  regular, 
degree-seeking  candidates. 
To  apply  for  Special  Status  Admission,  students  must  submit  a  completed  ap- 
plication form,  a  $35  non-refundable  application  fee,  and  proof  of  their  last  educa- 
tional experience  or  a  copy  of  their  college  diploma. 

Special  status  students  are  not  eligible  for  financial  assistance. 

Home  School  Students 


Students  who  have  completed  high  school  graduation  requirements  in  a  home 
school  may  be  considered  for  admission  if  the  following  information  is  provided: 

1.  SAT  or  ACT  scores. 

2.  A  portfolio  recording  all  high  school  work  completed  (including  courses 
studied,  textbooks,  assignments,  and  extracurricular  achievements). 

3.  A  personal  interview  with  a  senior  admission  officer. 

4.  Two  recommendations. 

5.  A  home  school  transcript  (if  applicable). 

More  information  can  be  found  at  http://www.oglethorpe.edu/admission/under- 
graduate/howtoapply/h  o  m  eschool.  htm 


Credit  by  Examination 


There  are  three  testing  programs  through  which  students  may  earn  credit  for 
required  or  elective  courses.  Any  student  who  has  questions  about  these  examina- 
tions should  consult  the  Registrar.  No  more  than  32  semester  hours  of  credit  will 
be  accepted  from  each  of  the  programs  described  below. 

College  Level  Examination  Program  -  CLEP 

Within  the  CLEP  testing  program  are  two  categories.  The  General  Examina- 
tions cover  the  areas  of  English  Composition,  Humanities,  Mathematics,  Natural 
Science,  and  Social  Science  and  History.  Oglethorpe  University  does  not  award 
credit  for  the  General  Examinations  in  English  Composition,  Natural  Science, 
Mathematics,  or  Social  Science  and  History.  Minimum  acceptable  scores  are  500 
for  each  general  area  and  50  in  each  sub-total  category.  The  Subject  Examinations 
are  designed  to  measure  knowledge  in  a  particular  course.  A  minimum  acceptable 
score  of  50  on  a  Subject  Examination  is  required  for  credit.  The  Oglethorpe  Reg- 
istrar should  be  contacted  concerning  which  Subject  Examinations  may  lead  to 
credit  at  Oglethorpe. 

CLEP  examinations  normally  are  taken  before  the  student  matriculates  at 
Oglethorpe.  Only  under  special  circumstances  will  credit  be  awarded  for  an  jex- 
amination  taken  after  the  student  completes  his  or  her  first  semester  at  Oglethorpe 
University.  A  maximum  of  four  semester  hours  will  be  awarded  for  each  examina- 
tion. A  maximum  of  32  semester  hours  may  be  earned  with  acceptable  CLEP  scores. 

All  students  are  required  to  take  placement  examinations  in  mathematics  and 
foreign  languages  (if  they  plan  to  take  a  course  in  these  areas  or  subjects)  and  are 
placed  accordingly. 

31 


Advanced  Placement  and  International  Baccalaureate  Programs 

The  University  encourages  students  who  have  completed  Advanced  Placement 
examinations  of  the  College  Entrance  Examination  Board  to  submit  their  scores 
prior  to  enrollment  for  evaluation  for  college  credit.  Please  contact  the  Office  of 
Admission  or  the  Registrar's  Office  for  the  appropriate  course  of  action  to  be 
taken  in  order  to  receive  credit  for  AP  exams.  The  general  policy  of  Oglethorpe 
toward  such  scores  is  the  following:  Academic  credit  will  be  given  in  the  appropri- 
ate area  to  students  presenting  Advanced  Placement  grades  of  3,  4,  or  5;  neither 
credit  nor  exemption  will  be  given  for  a  grade  of  2;  maximum  credit  allowed  to 
any  student  for  Advanced  Placement  tests  will  be  32  semester  hours.  Specific  poli- 
cies are  indicated  in  the  chart  which  follows.  These  are  subject  to  change  at  any 
time. 

Students  who  have  studied  in  an  approved  International  Baccalaureate  Pro- 
gram (IB)  are  also  encouraged  to  apply  for  credit  based  on  scores  earned,  and 
should  contact  the  Office  of  Admission  or  the  Registrar's  Office  to  learn  how  to 
receive  credit  for  IB  exams.  Scores  must  be  5,  6,  or  7  on  the  Higher  Level  Exam  to 
be  considered  for  college  credit.  Sophomore  standing  may  be  awarded  to  students 
who  complete  the  IB  diploma  and  obtain  a  total  of  33  points  or  better  for  the  full 
program,  assuming  all  examination  scores  are  4  or  better,  and  no  Higher  Level 
Exam  score  is  below  5. 

All  students  are  required  to  take  placement  examinations  in  mathematics  and 
foreign  languages  (if  they  plan  to  take  a  course  in  these  areas  or  subjects)  and  are 
placed  accordingly. 

ADVANCED  PLACEMENT  and  INTERNATIONAL 
BACCALAUREATE  CREDIT  CHART 

Accepted  Examination  Grades  (unless  stated  otherwise) 
AP:  3,  4,  5  /  IB  (Higher  Level  Exam):  5,  6,  7 


AP  Exam 


Biology 

Grade  4  or  5  AP 


Semester 

Hours 

Awarded 


Course  Equivalents 


Art 

Studio 

4 

Elective  Credit 

History 

4 

Elective  Credit 

GEN  102  Natural  Science:  The  Biological  Sciences  & 
(subject  to  placement)  BIO  102  General  Biology  II 


Grade  3  AP 


GEN  102  Natural  Science:  The  Biological  Sciences 


Chemistry 

Grade  4  or  5  AP 


CHM  101  General  Chemistry  I  (subject  to  placement 
exam) 


Grade  SAP 


GEN  101  Natural  Science:  The  Physical  Sciences 


Computer  Science1 


CSC  243  Principles  of  Computer  Programming  inC+ 


Economics 

Microeconomics 
Macroeconomics 


ECO  121  Introduction  to  Economics 
Elective  Credit 


32 


English 

Language  &  Composition 
Oracle  1  01  5  A  P.  (i  or  7  IB      1 
Grade  SAP  or  5  IB  4 

Literature  8c  Composition 
Grade  4  or  5  AP,  6  or  7  IB      4 
Grade  SAP  or  5  IB  I 


Mathematics 
Calculus  AB 
Calculus  BC 
Statistics 


Elective  Credit 

Essay  will  be  evaluated  by  English  faculty 

Elective  Credit 

Essay  will  be  evaluated  by  English  faculty 


French 

Language 
Literature 

8 

8 

FRE  101,  FRE  102  Elementary  French  I  8c  II 
General  credit  in  French 

German 

Language 
Literature 

8 
8 

GER  101,  GER  102  Elementary  German  I  &  II 
General  credit  in  German 

Government' 

4 

POL  101  Introduction  to  American  Politics 

History 

American 
European 

1 
1 

Elective  Credit 
Elective  Credit 

Latin 

s 

LAI   101,  LAI   102  Elementary  Latin  I  &  II 

MAT  131  Calculus  I 

MAT  131,  MAT  132  Calculus  I  8c 

MAT  1 1 1  Statistics 


Music1 

Theory 
Appreciation 


MUS231  Music  Theory  I 
COR  103  Music  and  Culture 


Physics' 
Physics  B 
Physics  C 


8 
10 

I 


PHY  101,  PHY  102  General  Physics  I  8c  II 
PHY  201,  PHY  202  College  Physics  I  &  II 
C.EN  101  Natural  Science:  The  Physical  Sciences 


Psvc 


ychology' 


PSY  101  Psychological  Inquiry 


Spanish 

Language 
Literature 


SPN  101,  SPN  102  Elementary  Spanish  I  8c  II 
General  credit  in  Spanish 


'Credit  for  the  IB  exam  will  be  determined  through  discussion  with  the  faculty  within  the 
appropriate  academic  field.  Any  exams  not  included  in  this  chart  should  be  brought  to -the 
attention  of  the  Registrar,  and  the  appropriate  faculty  members  will  determine  credit. 


33 


Financial 
Assistance 


H 

, 

t 

-' 

J 

m 

»• 

r  1 

1 
%  *  ■ 

Jm  Wit 

W  1^ w 

4r 

f         1 

^flff   WSM              ^L^tfffV 

■<   "^         ~^*L. . 

Programs 

Oglethorpe  University  offers  a  variety  of  strategies  and  resources  to  keep  the 
net  cost  of  an  Oglethorpe  education  affordable.  Both  need-based  aid  and  awards 
based  on  academic  achievement  are  available.  Students  interested  in  financial  aid 
should  complete  the  Free  Application  for  Federal  Student  Aid  (FAFSA).  The  Free 
Application  for  Federal  Student  Aid  (FAFSA)  is  the  approved  needs-analysis  form 
by  which  students  may  apply  for  the  following  need-based  programs:  Federal  Pell 
Grant,  Federal  Supplemental  Educational  Opportunity  Grant,  Federal  Perkins 
Loan,  Federal  Work-Study,  Federal  Stafford  Loan,  Leveraging  Educational  Assis- 
tance Program,  and  the  Oglethorpe  Need-based  Grant.  After  a  student  submits 
the  FAFSA  to  the  federal  processor,  the  school  will  receive  from  the  processor  an 
Institutional  Student  Information  Record  (ISIR).  Upon  acceptance  to  the  Univer- 
sity and  receipt  of  the  student's  ISIR,  Oglethorpe's  financial  aid  professionals  will 
prepare  a  comprehensive  financial  aid  package,  which  may  include  assistance  from 
any  one  or  more  of  the  following  sources: 

James  Edward  Oglethorpe  Scholarships  provide  tuition,  room  and  board 
for  four  years  of  undergraduate  study,  if  scholarship  criteria  continue  to  be  met. 
Recipients  are  selected  on  the  basis  of  an  academic  competition  held  on  campus 
in  the  spring  of  each  year.  Students  must  have  a  combined  SAT  score  of  at  least 
1360  (ACT  31),  a  3.75  or  higher  cumulative  grade-point  average,  and  a  superior 
record  of  leadership  in  extracurricular  activities  either  in  school  or  in  the  commu- 
nity. For  application  procedures  and  deadlines,  contact  the  Admission  Office. 

Oglethorpe  Scholars  Awards  (OSA)  Scholarships  (including  Presidential 
Scholarships,  Oxford  Scholarships,  University  Scholarships,  and  Lanier  Scholar- 
ships) are  based  on  achievement  and  available  to  entering  students  with  superior 
academic  ability.  A  fundamental  aim  of  Oglethorpe  University  is  to  prepare  stu- 
dents for  leadership  roles  in  society.  One  way  of  promoting  this  purpose  is  to  give 
special  recognition  to  students  who  demonstrate  superior  academic  abilities  as 
undergraduates.  Scholarships  range  from  $4,000  to  $11,000. 

Recipients  of  funds  from  this  program  are  expected  to  maintain  specified 
levels  of  academic  achievement  and  make  a  significant  contribution  to  the 
Oglethorpe  community.  Each  award  is  for  one  year  but  can  be  renewed  on  the 
basis  of  an  annual  evaluation  of  academic  and  other  performance  factors. 

Oglethorpe  Christian  Scholarships  are  awarded  to  freshmen  who  are  resi- 
dents of  Georgia  and  who  demonstrate  active  participation  in  their  churches.  Aca- 
demic qualifications  for  consideration  include  SAT  scores  of  1 100  or  higher  and  a 
senior  class  rank  in  the  upper  25  percent.  Awards  range  up  to  $1,500  per  aca- 
demic year.  Recipients  are  required  to  maintain  a  3.0  cumulative  grade-point  aver- 
age and  engage  in  a  service  project  during  the  academic  year.  For  application 
procedures  and  deadlines,  contact  the  Admission  Office  or  the  Office  of  Finan- 
cial Aid. 

Georgia  Tuition  Equalization  Grants  (GTEG)  are  available  for  Georgia  resi- 
dents who  are  full-time,  degree-seeking  students  at  Oglethorpe.  The  program  was 
established  by  an  act  of  the  1971  Georgia  General  Assembly.  The  GTEG  program 
helps  to  "promote  the  private  segment  of  higher  education  in  Georgia  by  provid- 
ing non-repayable  grant  aid  to  Georgia  residents  who  attend  eligible  independent 
colleges  and  universities  in  Georgia."  All  students  must  complete  an  application 


36 


and  verify  their  eligibility  for  the  grant.  In  the  2002-2003  academic  school  year, 
this  grant  is  $1,045.  Financial  need  is  not  a  factor  in  determining  eligibility.  A 
separate  application  and  proof  of  residency  is  required. 

HOPE  Scholarships  of  $1,500  per  semester  are  available  to  Georgia  resi- 
dents who  have  graduated  from  an  eligible  high  school  in  1996  or  later,  with  at 
least  a  3.0  grade-point  average.  Additional  requirements  are  required  of  high 
school  graduates  in  2000  or  later.  Georgia  residents  who  do  not  qualify  under 
these  guidelines  but  have  now  attempted  30  or  more  semester  hours  with  a  3.0 
grade-point  average  or  higher  may  also  be  eligible.  The  applicant  must  be  a  Geor- 
gia resident  for  one  year  prior  to  attendance  at  any  college  or  university  in  Geor- 
gia. Applicants  must  be  registered  as  full-time,  degree-seeking  students  at  a 
participating  Georgia  private  college  or  university.  Students  entering  the  HOPE 
Scholarship  program  for  the  first  time  after  attempting  30  or  60  semester  hours 
should  be  aware  that  their  grade-point  average  is  calculated  to  include  all  attempted 
hours  taken  after  high  school  graduation.  Recipients  of  the  Scholarship  are  re- 
quired to  maintain  a  3.0  or  higher  cumulative  grade-point  average  for  reinstate- 
ment. For  more  information,  contact  the  HOPE  Scholarship  Program  (770) 
724-9030  or  1-800-546-HOPE,  or  the  Office  of  Financial  Aid  at  Oglethorpe  Uni- 
versity. 

HOPE  Promise  Teacher  Scholarships  provide  forgivable  loans  to  high-achiev- 
ing students  who  aspire  to  be  teachers  in  Georgia  public  schools.  Students  must 
have  a  minimum  grade-point  average  of  3.6,  be  academically  classified  as  a  junior, 
and  be  accepted  for  enrollment  into  a  teacher  education  program  leading  to  ini- 
tial certification.  For  more  information,  contact  the  HOPE  Scholarship  Program 
(770)  724-9030  or  1-800-546-HOPE,  or  the  Office  of  Financial  Aid  at  Oglethorpe 
University. 

HOPE  Teacher  Scholarships  provide  forgivable  loans  to  individuals  seeking 
advanced  education  degrees  in  critical  shortage  fields  of  study.  The  student  must 
be  a  legal  resident  of  Georgia  and  be  admitted  for  regular  admission  into  gradu- 
ate school  and  into  an  advanced  degree  teacher  program  leading  to  certification 
in  a  critical  shortage  field.  For  more  information,  contact  the  HOPE  Scholarship 
Program  (770)  724-9030  or  1-800-546-HOPE,  or  the  Office  of  Financial  Aid  at 
Oglethorpe  University. 

The  Leveraging  Educational  Assistance  Program  (LEAP),  formerly  the  Stu- 
dent Incentive  Grant  (SIG)  program,  is  one  of  the  need-based  grants  for  qualified 
Georgia  residents  to  enable  them  to  attend  eligible  post-secondary  institutions  of 
their  choice  in  the  state.  The  grant  awards  are  designed  to  provide  only  a  portion 
of  the  student's  resources  in  financing  the  total  cost  of  a  college  education.  A 
student  should  complete  the  FAFSA  for  consideration. 

The  Federal  Pell  Grant  is  a  federal  aid  program  that  provides  non-repayable 
funds  to  eligible  students.  Eligibility  is  based  upon  the  results  from  the  FAFSA. 

Federal  Supplemental  Educational  Opportunity  Grants  (FSEOG)  are 
awarded  to  undergraduate  students  with  exceptional  financial  need.  Priority  is 
given  to  Federal  Pell  Grant  recipients  and  does  not  require  repayment. 

Oglethorpe  Need-based  Grants  are  available  to  full-time  day  undergraduate 
students  who  demonstrate  financial  need  by  completing  the  FAFSA.  Oglethorpe 
Need-based  Grants  in  conjunction  with  federal,  state,  private,  or  institutional  as- 
sistance cannot  exceed  the  student's  financial  need. 

Federal  Work-Study  Program  (FWSP)  permits  a  student  to  earn  part  of  his 
or  her  educational  expenses.  The  earnings  from  this  program  and  other  financial 

37 


aid  cannot  exceed  the  student's  financial  need.  Students  eligible  for  this  program 
work  part  time  primarily  on  the  Oglethorpe  campus.  A  limited  number  of  com- 
munity service  positions  are  available  at  locations  near  the  campus. 

Federal  Perkins  Loans  are  long-term,  low-cost  educational  loans  to  students 
who  have  demonstrated  need  for  such  assistance.  Priority  is  given  first  to  sopho- 
more, junior,  or  senior  students.  Interest  is  charged  at  a  five  percent  annual  rate 
beginning  nine  months  after  the  borrower  ceases  to  be  at  least  a  half-time  student 
(a  minimum  course  load  of  six  semester  hours).  Information  regarding  repayment 
terms,  deferment  and  cancellation  options  is  available  in  the  Office  of  Financial 
Aid. 

Federal  Stafford  (Subsidized  and  Unsubsidized)  Loans  are  long-term  loans 
available  through  banks  and  other  lending  institutions.  Students  must  submit  the 
FAFSA  and  be  attending  at  least  half  time  to  receive  consideration.  A  separate 
Master  Promissory  Note  (MPN)  is  also  required.  Information  regarding  repay- 
ment terms,  deferment  and  cancellation  options  are  available  in  the  Office  of 
Financial  Aid. 

Federal  PLUS  Loans  are  relatively  long-term  loans  available  through  banks 
and  other  lending  institutions.  Parents  desiring  to  seek  a  loan  from  this  program 
should  consult  the  various  lenders  indicated  on  the  Oglethorpe  University  Lender 
List  for  additional  information.  This  list  may  be  found  in  the  current  "Financial 
Aid  Packet"  available  in  the  Office  of  Financial  Aid. 

Choral  Music  Scholarships  (Performance)  are  awarded  annually  to  incom- 
ing students  pursuing  any  degree  offered  at  Oglethorpe  who  demonstrate  excep- 
tional achievement  in  choral  singing  or  keyboard  accompanying.  Candidates  must 
be  nominated  with  a  letter  of  recommendation  by  the  conductor  of  their  choral 
ensemble  on  a  special  form  obtainable  from  the  Director  of  Musical  Activities  at 
Oglethorpe.  If  the  nomination  warrants,  then  the  candidate  will  be  offered  an 
audition  and  interview  session  on  campus  to  complete  the  qualifying  process. 

Playmakers  Scholarships  (Performance)  are  awarded  annually  to  current 
students  who  have  demonstrated  exceptional  ability  in  the  area  of  dramatic  per- 
formance and  a  strong  commitment  to  Oglethorpe's  theatre  program.  Awards 
are  based  on  ability,  not  financial  need. 

The  Lavinia  Cloud  Pretz  Annual  Music  Scholarship  is  provided  through 
the  generosity  of  James  and  Sharon  Bohart  in  memory  of  Mrs.  Pretz.  Mrs.  Pretz 
was  a  former  member  of  the  Oglethorpe  President's  Advisory  Council  and  the 
Art  Gallery  Council.  The  scholarship  is  to  be  awarded  to  an  outstanding  student 
in  the  music  program. 

Note:     Dual-degree  students  in  art  and  engineering  may  not  use  Oglethorpe  as- 
sistance to  attend  other  institutions. 


38 


Academic  Policies  Governing  Student 
Financial  Aid 


Applicants  for  federal  aid,  state  grants,  or  institutional  need-based  programs 
must  be  making  satisfactory  progress  toward  the  completion  of  their  degree  re- 
quirements and  be  in  good  academic  standing  with  the  University  in  order  to 
receive  financial  aid  consideration.  Students  must  meet  at  least  the  following  re- 
quirements: 

1.  Satisfactory  Completion  Ratio  -  Students  must  satisfactorily  complete 

at  least  75  percent  of  the  cumulative  course  work  attempted  at  Oglethorpe 
University.  Unsatisfactory  grades  that  count  against  the  student's  progress 
are: 

D  -  If  a  "C-"  or  better  is  required  for  the  major 

F  -         Failure 

FA  -         Failure  by  Absence 

W  -  Withdrew  Passing 

NG         -  No  Grade 

WF         -  Withdrew  Failing 

WX        -  Grade  Withdrawn/Freshman  Forgiveness  Policy 

I  -         Incomplete 

U  -  Unsatisfactory 

AU         -         Audit 

2.  Repeated  Courses  -  Courses  that  are  being  repeated  will  not  be  consid- 

ered when  determining  financial  aid  eligibility  unless  a  grade  of  at  least 
a  "C"  is  required  to  fulfill  the  degree  requirements.  The  student  must 
notify  the  Office  of  Financial  Aid  if  a  course  is  being  repeated. 

3.  Good  Academic  Standing  and  Maximum  Time  Frames  -  Students  must 

remain  in  good  academic  standing  by  achieving  the  minimum  cumula- 
tive grade-point  average  and  by  completing  their  degree  requirements 
within  the  maximum  time  frames  listed  below: 

Number  of  Hours         Minimum  Cumulative  Maximum  Years  to 


Earned 

Grade-Point 

Average 

Complete  Program 

0-24 

1.50 

1 

25-35 

1.50 

2 

36-48 

1.75 

2 

49-64 

1.75 

3 

65-72 

2.00 

3 

73-96 

2.00 

4 

97-120 

2.00 

5 

121-144 

2.00 

3 

Academic  Standing  Consistent  with  Graduation  Requirements  -  Stu- 
dents who  have  completed  their  second  academic  year  (measured  as  a 
period  of  time,  not  grade  level)  must  maintain  at  least  a  2.0  cumulative 
grade-point  average  in  order  to  be  academically  consistent  with 
Oglethorpe  University's  graduation  requirements. 

Based  upon  full-time  enrollment.  The  maximum  time  frame  for  students 
enrolled  part  time  will  be  pro-rated.  Students  who  earn  over  144  hours  will 
not  be  eligible  for  financial  aid  unless  approved  through  the  appeal  process. 

39 


5.  Annual  Review  -  The  satisfactory  progress  requirements  will  be  reviewed 

at  the  completion  of  each  spring  semester.  If  the  student  is  not  meeting 
these  requirements,  written  notification  will  be  sent  to  the  student  plac- 
ing them  on  "Financial  Aid  Probation"  for  the  fall  semester.  The  student 
may  continue  to  receive  aid  during  this  probationary  period  but  will  be 
encouraged  to  enroll  in  summer  session  courses  at  Oglethorpe  Univer- 
sity in  order  to  make  up  the  deficiency.  Any  student  who  is  not  in  com- 
pliance with  the  requirements  by  the  end  of  the  fall  probationary  period 
will  not  be  eligible  for  financial  aid  for  the  spring  or  subsequent  sessions 
until  the  requirements  are  met  or  a  written  appeal  is  submitted  and  ap- 
proved. 

6.  Appeal  Process  -  If  significant  mitigating  circumstances  have  hindered 

a  student's  academic  performance  and  the  student  is  unable  to  make  up 
the  deficiencies  by  the  end  of  the  financial  aid  probationary  period,  the 
student  may  present  those  circumstances  in  a  written  appeal  to  the  Ad- 
mission and  Financial  Aid  Committee.  Documentation  to  support  the 
appeal,  such  as  medical  statements,  should  also  be  presented.  The  ap- 
peal should  be  submitted  to  the  Office  of  Financial  Aid  at  least  two 
weeks  prior  to  the  start  of  the  semester  for  which  the  student  wishes  to 
receive  consideration.  The  student  will  be  notified  in  writing  if  the  ap- 
peal has  been  approved  or  denied. 


Application  Procedure 


Students  applying  for  the  Georgia  Tuition  Equalization  Grant  and  HOPE  Schol- 
arship programs  must  submit  a  Georgia  Tuition  Equalization  Grant  Application 
which  may  be  obtained  from  the  Office  of  Financial  Aid. 

Students  meeting  the  requirements  for  an  Oglethorpe  Scholars  Award  (OSA) 
are  considered  for  such  based  on  their  admission  application.  Students  applying 
for  an  Oglethorpe  Christian  Scholarship  must  complete  the  appropriate  scholar- 
ship application,  which  may  be  obtained  from  the  Admission  Office. 

The  application  procedures  for  the  Federal  Pell  Grant,  Federal  Supplemental 
Educational  Opportunity  Grant,  Federal  Perkins  Loan,  Oglethorpe  Need-based 
Grant,  Federal  Stafford  Loan,  Federal  Work-Study  Program,  and  Leveraging  Edu- 
cational Assistance  Program  are  as  follows: 

1.  Apply  and  be  admitted  as  a  regular  degree-seeking  student. 

2.  Complete  the  Free  Application  for  Federal  Student  Aid  (FAFSA)  after 
January  1,  but  no  later  than  May  1.  Students  should  keep  a  copy  of  the 
FAFSA  before  submitting  it  to  the  federal  processor.  The  original  FAFSA 
may  be  filed  electronically  at  http://www.fafsa.ed.gov  or  mailed  to  the  pro- 
cessor using  the  paper  form.   Oglethorpe's  Federal  Code  is  001586. 

3.  Once  the  FAFSA  has  been  received  and  processed  by  the  federal  proces- 
sor, an  Institutional  Student  Information  Record  (ISIR)  will  be  sent  to 
the  Office  of  Financial  Aid. 

4.  Keep  copies  of  all  federal  income  tax  returns,  etc.  as  these  documents 
may  be  required  in  order  to  verify  the  information  provided  on  the  FAFSA. 

5.  Complete  Oglethorpe's  Financial  Aid  Application,  which  is  available  from 
the  Office  of  Financial  Aid. 

6.  New  students  who  wish  to  be  considered  for  the  Federal  Work-Studv  Pro- 


40 


gram  must  complete  the  Student  Employment  Application  form  in  the 

Office  of  Financial  Aid. 
7.    If  eligible  for  a  Federal  Stafford  Loan  or  Federal  PLUS  Loan,  a  Master 
Promissory  Note  (MPN)  must  be  completed.  Contact  the  Office  of  Fi- 
nancial Aid  for  more  information. 

Federal  Aid  Eligibility  Requirements 

1.  Demonstrate  financial  need  (exception:  Federal  Unsubsidized  Stafford 
Loan  and  Federal  PLUS  Loan  programs). 

2.  Have  a  high  school  diploma  or  a  General  Education  Development  (GED) 
certificate  or  pass  an  independently  administered  test  approved  by  the 
U.S.  Department  of  Education. 

3.  Be  enrolled  as  a  regular  degree-seeking  student  in  an  eligible  program 
(exception:  Teacher  Certification  students). 

4.  Be  a  U.S.  citizen  or  eligible  noncitizen. 

5.  Generally,  have  a  social  security  number. 

6.  Register  with  Selective  Service,  if  required. 

7.  Must  not  owe  a  refund  on  any  grant  or  loan;  not  be  in  default  on  any 
loan  or  have  made  satisfactory  arrangements  to  repay  any  defaulted  loan; 
and  not  have  borrowed  in  excess  of  the  loan  limits,  under  Title  IV  pro 
grams,  at  any  institution. 

8.  Make  satisfactory  academic  progress.  Refer  to  the  Academic  Policies  Gov 
erning  Student  Financial  Aid. 

9.  May  not  be  a  member  of  a  religious  community,  society,  or  order  who  by 
direction  of  his  or  her  community,  society  or  order  is  pursuing  a  course 
of  study  at  Oglethorpe,  and  who  receives  support  and  maintenance  from 
his  or  her  community,  society,  or  order. 


Payment  of  Awards 


All  awards,  except  Federal  Work-Study  earnings,  and  some  Federal  Stafford 
Loans,  and  Federal  PLUS  Loans,  are  disbursed  to  students  by  means  of  a  direct 
credit  to  their  account.  Financial  aid  disbursements  are  made  on  a  semester-by- 
semester  basis  only;  disbursement  of  all  awards  is  dependent  upon  final  approval 
by  the  Director  of  Financial  Aid.  Only  when  a  student's  file  is  complete  can  aid  be 
credited  to  the  account. 


Renewal  of  Awards 


Renewal  FAFSA  information  is  provided  to  students  by  the  United  States  De- 
partment of  Education.  Students  must  meet  the  eligibility  requirements  indicated 
above  and  file  the  appropriate  applications  for  each  program.  The  preferred  dead- 
line for  receipt  of  a  completed  financial  aid  file  is  May  1.  Applicants  whose  files 
become  complete  after  this  time  will  be  considered  based  upon  availability  of 
funds. 

For  renewal  of  the  Oglethorpe  Scholars  Award,  all  students  must  maintain  a 
cumulative  grade-point  average  consistent  with  good  academic  standing.  A  3.2  or 


41 


higher  grade-point  average  is  required  for  renewal  of  a  James  Edward  Oglethorpe 
scholarship. 

Students  who  fail  to  meet  the  cumulative  grade-point  average  requirement 
may  attend  Oglethorpe's  summer  school  program  in  order  to  make  up  deficien- 
cies. Courses  taken  elsewhere  will  not  affect  the  cumulative  grade-point  average  at 
Oglethorpe. 

In  addition  to  the  cumulative  grade-point  average  requirement,  students  must 
earn  at  least  24  semester  hours  during  the  current  academic  year.  Students  who 
are  deficient  in  the  number  of  hours  required  might  attend  summer  school  at 
Oglethorpe.  Students  also  have  the  option  of  submitting  a  written  appeal  to  the 
Admission  and  Financial  Aid  Committee. 

Students  who  meet  the  scholarship  renewal  criteria  will  have  their  awards 
automatically  renewed  for  the  next  academic  year. 

Endowed  Scholarships 

Oglethorpe  Scholars  may  receive  special  recognition  of  their  outstanding 
achievement  by  being  named  as  an  endowed  or  annual  scholar.  Selection  of  this 
honorary  designation  is  based  upon  the  criteria  outlined  below: 

The  Ivan  Allen  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  established  by  a  grant  from 
The  Allen  Foundation,  Inc.,  of  Atlanta,  in  memory  of  Ivan  Allen,  Sr.,  who  was  a 
Trustee  of  the  University  for  many  years  and  General  Chairman  of  the  first  major 
fundraising  campaign.  The  Ivan  Allen  family  and  Foundation  are  long-time  bene- 
factors of  the  University.  Ivan  Allen  Scholars  must  be  from  the  Southeast,  have  at 
least  a  3.2  grade-point  average,  leadership  ability  and  demonstrated  financial  need. 

The  Marshall  A.  and  Mary  Bishop  Asher  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was 
established  by  the  Asher  family  in  1988.  The  late  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Asher  were  both 
alumni  (classes  of  1941  and  1943  respectively)  and  both  served  for  many  years  as 
Trustees  of  the  University.  The  scholarship  is  awarded  to  a  superior  student  in 
science. 

The  Earl  Blackwell  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  established  by  Earl 
Blackwell,  distinguished  publisher,  playwright,  author,  and  founder  of  Celebrity 
Services,  Inc.,  headquartered  in  New  York.  The  scholarship  is  awarded  to  deserv- 
ing students  with  special  interest  in  English,  journalism,  or  the  performing  arts. 
Mr.  Blackwell  was  a  1929  graduate  of  the  University. 

The  Class  of  1963  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  established  through  the 
efforts  of  alumni  from  the  Class  of  1963.  The  intention  of  this  scholarship  was  "to 
give  to  others,  so  they  too  can  be  enriched  by  an  Oglethorpe  education." 

The  Miriam  H.  and  John  A.  Conant  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  estab- 
lished by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  A.  Conant.  The  Conants  are  long-time  benefactors  of 
Oglethorpe,  and  Mrs.  Conant  serves  as  a  Trustee  of  the  University.  Scholarships 
are  awarded  annually  to  superior  students  with  leadership  ability. 

The  Michael  A.  Corvasce  Memorial  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  estab- 
lished by  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Michael  Corvasce  of  Hauppauge,  New  York,  and  friends  in 
memory  of  Michael  Archangel  Corvasce,  class  of  1979.  The  scholarship  recipient 
will  be  selected  from  the  three  pre-medical  students  who  have  the  highest  cumula- 
tive grade-point  average  through  their  junior  years  and  plan  to  attend  an  Ameri- 
can medical  school.  This  scholarship,  which  perpetuates  Michael  Archangel 


42 


Corvasce's  interest  in  Oglethorpe  and  medicine,  will  take  into  consideration  the 
moral  character  of  the  candidates  as  well  as  their  academic  qualifications. 

The  Estelle  Anderson  Crouch  Endowed  Scholar:  This  funding  is  the  first  of 
three  scholarships  given  by  Mr.  John  W.  Crouch,  class  of  1929  and  a  former  Trustee 
of  the  University.  This  scholarship  was  established  in  memory  of  Mrs.  Estelle  Ander- 
son Crouch,  the  mother  of  John  Thomas  Crouch,  class  of  1965.  Mrs.  Crouch  died 
in  1960.  It  is  awarded  annually  without  regard  to  financial  need  to  students  who 
have  demonstrated  high  academic  standards. 

The  Katherine  Shepard  Crouch  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  is  given  in 
memory  of  Mrs.  Katherine  Shepard  Crouch  by  Mr.  John  W.  Crouch  and  is  awarded 
annually  based  upon  academic  achievement. 

The  Cammie  Lee  Stow  Kendrick  Crouch  Endowed  Scholar:  This  funding  is 
the  third  scholarship  endowed  by  Mr.  Crouch  and  is  awarded  annually  based  uoon 
academic  achievement  in  memory  of  Mrs.  Cammie  Lee  Stow  Kendrick  Crouch. 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Crouch  were  classmates  at  Oglethorpe  and  graduates  in  the  class  of 
1929. 

The  Karen  S.  Dillingham  Memorial  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  estab- 
lished by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Paul  L.  Dillingham  in  loving  memory  of  their  daughter.  Mr. 
Dillingham  is  a  former  Trustee  and  later  served  for  several  years  as  a  senior  ad- 
ministrator of  the  University.  The  scholarship  is  to  be  awarded  each  year  to  an 
able  and  deserving  student. 

The  R.  E.  Dorough  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  established  by  a  gift 
from  Mr.  Dorough's  estate.  Scholarships  from  this  fund  are  awarded  to  able  and 
deserving  students  based  on  the  criteria  outlined  in  his  will.  Mr.  Dorough  was  a 
former  Trustee  of  the  University. 

The  William  A.  Egerton  Memorial  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  estab- 
lished in  1988.  Professor  Egerton  was  a  well-liked  and  highly  respected  member  of 
the  Oglethorpe  faculty  from  1956  to  1978  and  influenced  the  lives  of  many  stu- 
dents. Alumni  Franklin  L.  Burke  '66,  Robert  B.  Currey  '66,  and  Gary  C.  Harden 
'69,  donated  the  initial  funds  and  were  especially  helpful  in  encouraging  other 
alumni  and  friends  to  assist  in  establishing  this  endowed  scholarship  fund  in 
memory  of  Professor  Egerton.  The  scholarship  is  awarded  to  a  student  with  strong 
academic  record  and  demonstrated  leadership  skills  who  is  majoring  in  business 
administration. 

The  Ernst  8c  Young  Endowed  Scholar  (formerly  Ernst  8c  Whinney):  Fund- 
ing was  established  in  1981  through  the  efforts  of  Murray  D.  Wood,  a  former  vice 
chairman  at  Ernst  &  Whinney  and  by  a  gift  from  the  accounting  firm  of  Ernst  8c 
Whinney  of  Cleveland,  Ohio.  Scholarship  preference  will  be  given  to  superior 
students  who  are  majoring  in  accounting. 

The  Henry  R.  "Hank"  Frieman  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  established 
by  Mr.  Frieman,  class  of  1936.  An  outstanding  athlete  during  his  college  days  at 
Oglethorpe,  Mr.  Frieman  spent  a  career  in  coaching.  He  is  a  member  of  the 
Oglethorpe  Athletic  Hall  of  Fame.  This  scholarship  is  awarded  annually  based  on 
academic  achievement,  leadership  qualities,  demonstrated  need,  and  a  special  in- 
terest in  sports. 

The  Charles  A.  Frueauff  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  established  by  grants 
from  the  Charles  A.  Frueauff  Foundation  of  Little  Rock,  Arkansas.  Scholarship 
preference  is  given  to  able  and  deserving  students  from  middle-income  families 
who  do  not  qualify  for  governmental  assistance.  The  criteria  for  selection  also 
include  academic  ability  and  leadership  potential. 

43 


The  Lu  Thomasson  Garrett  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  established  in 
honor  of  LuThomasson  Garrett,  class  of  1952  and  a  former  Trustee  of  the  Univer- 
sity. Preference  for  awarding  scholarships  from  this  fund  is  given  to  students  who 
meet  the  criteria  for  an  Oglethorpe  Scholars  Award  and  are  majoring  in  educa- 
tion or  business  administration. 

The  Georgia  Power  Company  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  established  by 
a  grant  from  the  Georgia  Power  Company  of  Atlanta.  The  fund  will  provide  schol- 
arship support  for  able  and  deserving  students  from  Georgia.  Georgia  Power  Schol- 
ars must  have  at  least  a  3.2  grade-point  average,  leadership  ability  and  must 
demonstrate  financial  need. 

The  Walter  F.  Gordy  Memorial  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  established 
in  1994  with  a  bequest  from  the  Estate  of  William  L.  Gordy,  class  of  1925.  Walter 
Gordy  was  also  an  alumnus  of  Oglethorpe  University,  class  of  1924.  The  scholar- 
ship fund  was  increased  in  1995  with  a  bequest  from  the  Estate  of  Mrs.  William  L. 
(Helene)  Gordy.  Scholarships  from  this  fund  are  awarded  at  the  discretion  of  the 
University. 

The  Bert  L.  and  Emory  B.  Hammack  Memorial  Scholar:  This  funding  is 
one  of  three  scholarships  established  by  gifts  from  their  brother,  Mr.  Francis  R. 
Hammack,  class  of  1927.  This  scholarship,  established  in  1984,  is  awarded  annu- 
ally to  a  senior  class  student  majoring  in  science  or  mathematics,  who  is  a  native  of 
Georgia  and  had  the  highest  academic  grade-point  average  of  all  such  students 
who  attended  Oglethorpe  University  in  their  previous  undergraduate  years. 

The  Francis  R.  Hammack  Scholar:  Established  in  his  own  name  in  1990,  this 
funding  is  the  second  endowed  financial  assistance  program  by  Mr.  Hammack, 
class  of  1927.  It  is  to  be  awarded  annually  to  a  needy  but  worthy  student  who  is  a 
native  of  Georgia,  a  junior  class  member  majoring  in  English,  and  who  has  at- 
tended Oglethorpe  University  in  his  or  her  previous  undergraduate  years. 

The  Leslie  U.  and  Ola  Ryle  Hammack  Memorial  Scholar:  Funding  of  this 
third  gift  was  established  in  1985  in  memory  of  his  parents  by  Francis  R.  Hammack, 
class  of  1927.  It  is  awarded  annually  to  a  junior  class  student,  working  toward  the 
Bachelor  of  Business  Administration  degree,  who  is  a  native  of  Georgia  and  who 
had  the  highest  academic  grade-point  average  of  all  such  students  who  attended 
Oglethorpe  University  in  their  previous  undergraduate  years. 

The  Ira  Jarrell  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  established  in  1975  to  honor 
the  late  Dr.  Jarrell,  former  Superintendent  of  Atlanta  Schools  and  an  Oglethorpe 
graduate.  It  is  awarded  annually  in  the  fall  to  a  new  student  who  is  a  graduate  of  an 
Atlanta  public  high  school  and  who  is  studying  in  the  field  of  teacher  education. 
Should  there  be  no  eligible  applicant,  the  award  may  be  made  to  an  Atlanta  high 
school  graduate  in  any  field,  or  the  University  may  award  the  scholarship  to  any 
worthy  high  school  graduate  requiring  assistance  while  working  in  the  field  of 
teacher  education. 

The  Lowry  Memorial  Scholar:  Funding  is  awarded  annually  to  full-time  stu- 
dents who  have  maintained  a  3.3  grade-point  average. 

The  Vera  A.  Milner  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  established  by  Belle 
Turner  Cross,  class  of  1961  and  a  Trustee  of  Oglethorpe,  and  her  sisters,  Virginia 
T  Rezetko  and  Vera  T  Wells,  in  memory  of  their  aunt.  Vera  A.  Milner.  The  schol- 
arship is  awarded  annually  to  a  full-time  student  planning  to  study  at  Oglethorpe 
for  the  degree  of  Master  of  Arts  in  Early  Childhood  Education.  Eligibility  may 
begin  in  the  undergraduate  junior  year  at  Oglethorpe.  Qualifications  include  a 


14 


grade-point  average  of  at  least  3.25,  a  Scholastic  Assessment  Test  or  Graduate 
Record  Examination  score  of  1100,  and  a  commitment  to  teaching. 

The  Virgil  W.  and  Virginia  C.  Milton  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  estab- 
lished through  the  gifts  of  their  five  children.  Mr.  Milton  was  a  1929  graduate  of 
Oglethorpe  University  and  a  former  chairman  of  the  Board  of  Trustees.  He  re- 
ceived an  Honorary  Doctor  of  Commerce  degree  from  Oglethorpe  in  1975.  This 
scholarship  is  awarded  based  on  the  applicant's  financial  need,  academic  achieve- 
ment, and  leadership  ability. 

The  National  Alumni  Association  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  estab- 
lished in  1971  by  the  Association's  Board  of  Directors.  The  scholarship  is  awarded 
annually  to  an  Oglethorpe  student  based  upon  financial  need,  scholarship,  and 
qualities  of  leadership. 

The  Dr.  Keiichi  Nishimura  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  established  by 
his  family  in  memory  of  Dr.  Keiichi  Nishimura,  a  Methodist  minister  who  served 
in  the  poor  areas  of  Tokyo  for  over  50  years.  The  scholarship  is  awarded  to  able 
and  deserving  international  students  and  is  based  on  financial  need,  academic 
achievement,  and  leadership  potential. 

The  Oglethorpe  Christian  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  established  by  a 
grant  from  an  Atlanta  foundation  which  wishes  to  remain  anonymous.  The  fund 
also  has  received  grants  from  the  Akers  Foundation,  Inc.,  of  Gastonia,  North  Caro- 
lina; the  Clark  and  Ruby  Baker  Foundation  of  Atlanta;  and  the  Mary  and  E.  P. 
Rogers  Foundation  of  Atlanta.  Recipients  must  be  legal  residents  of  Georgia  and 
have  graduated  from  Georgia  high  schools.  High  school  applicants  must  rank  in 
the  top  quarter  of  their  high  school  classes  and  have  Scholastic  Assessment  Test 
scores  of  1100  or  more;  upperclassmen  must  have  a  grade-point  average  of  3.0. 
Applicants  must  submit  a  statement  from  a  local  minister  attesting  to  their  reli- 
gious commitment,  active  involvement  in  local  church,  Christian  character,  and 
promise  of  Christian  leadership  and  service.  The  Oglethorpe  Christian  Scholar- 
ship Committee  will  interview  applicants. 

The  Oglethorpe  Memorial  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  established  in 
1994  by  combining  several  existing  scholarship  funds  which  had  been  created 
over  the  previous  two  decades.  Combining  these  funds  leads  to  efficiencies  which 
will  increase  the  funds  available  for  student  support.  Additionally,  this  new  fund 
will  allow  persons  to  establish  memorials  with  amounts  smaller  than  would  other- 
wise be  possible.  The  following  are  honored  in  the  Oglethorpe  Memorial  Endowed 
Scholarship  Fund: 

Allen  A.  and  Mamie  B.  Chappell  George  A.  Holloway,  Sr. 

Dondi  Cobb  Elliece  Johnson 

Lenora  and  Alfred  Glancy  Nancy  H.  Kerr 

Diane  K.  Gray  Ray  M.  and  Mary  Elizabeth  Lee 

PDM  Harris  Milton  M.  Ratner  Foundation 

William  Randolph  Hearst 

Anna  Rebecca  Harwell  Hill  and  Frances  Grace  Harwell 

The  Manning  M.  Pattillo,  Jr.  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  established  in 
1988  by  the  Oglethorpe  National  Alumni  Association  from  gifts  received  from 
many  alumni  and  friends.  Dr.  Pattillo  was  Oglethorpe's  13th  President,  serving 
from  1975  until  his  retirement  in  1988.  In  recognition  of  his  exemplary  leadership 
in  building  an  academically  strong  student  body  and  a  gifted  faculty,  the  scholar- 
ship is  awarded  to  an  academically  superior  student  with  demonstrated  leadership 
skills. 

45 


The  E.  Rivers  and  Una  Rivers  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  established 
by  the  late  Mrs.  Una  S.  Rivers  to  provide  for  deserving  students  who  qualify  for 
the  Oglethorpe  Scholars  Award. 

The  Fred  C.  Robey  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  established  by  Fred  C. 
Robey,  a  1997  graduate  of  Oglethorpe  University.  This  scholarship  is  awarded 
based  upon  financial  need. 

The  J.  Mack  Robinson  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  established  by  At- 
lanta businessman  J.  Mack  Robinson.  It  is  awarded  to  a  deserving  student  who 
meets  the  general  qualifications  of  the  Oglethorpe  Scholars  Award.  Preference  is 
given  to  students  majoring  in  business  administration. 

The  Steve  and  Jeanne  Schmidt  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  is  awarded  annu- 
ally to  an  outstanding  student  based  upon  high  academic  achievement  and  leader- 
ship in  student  affairs.  This  endowed.award  is  made  possible  through  the  generosity 
of  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Schmidt.  Mr.  Schmidt,  class  of  1940,  is  a  former  Chairman  of  the 
Board  of  Trustees.  Mrs.  Schmidt  is  a  graduate  of  the  class  of  1942. 

The  Timothy  P.  Tassopoulos  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  established  in 
1983  by  S.  Truett  Cathy,  Founder  of  Chick-fil-A  Inc.,  in  honor  of  Timothy  P. 
Tassopoulos,  a  1981  graduate  of  Oglethorpe  University.  This  scholarship  is  awarded 
to  individuals  who  demonstrate  academic  achievement  and  leadership  ability. 

The  Dr.  Heyl  G.  and  Ruth  D.  Tebo  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  estab- 
lished by  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Tebo  in  1994  to  award  annually  to  Georgia  residents  major- 
ing in  chemistry,  biology  or  other  sciences.  Preference  is  given  to  students  who 
plan  to  do  graduate  study  in  medicine,  dentistry  or  other  specialties  in  the  health 
sciences  field.  Dr.  Tebo  is  an  alumnus  of  Oglethorpe,  class  of  1937. 

The  Charles  L.  and  Jean  Towers  Scholar:  Funding  is  awarded  each  year  to  a 
superior  student  who  has  demonstrated  an  interest  as  well  as  talent  in  choral  music. 
The  scholarship  was  established  in  1985  by  the  University  in  recognition  of  the 
many  years  of  valuable  service  to  the  University  by  Mr.  Towers,  a  former  Chairman 
of  the  Board  of  Trustees  and  Assistant  to  the  President. 

The  J.  M.  Tull  Scholar:  Funding  was  established  by  a  gift  from  the  J.  M.  Tull 
Foundation  in  1984.  Scholarships  are  awarded  annually  to  superior  students  with 
leadership  ability  as  well  as  financial  need. 

The  United  Technologies  Corporation  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  es- 
tablished by  a  grant  from  the  United  Technologies  Corporation,  Hartford,  Con- 
necticut. The  fund  provides  scholarship  support  for  able  and  deserving  students 
who  are  majoring  in  science  or  pursuing  a  pre-engineering  program.  United  Tech- 
nologies Scholars  are  to  have  at  least  a  3.2  grade-point  average  and  leadership 
ability  as  well  as  financial  need. 

The  Charles  Longstreet  Weltner  Memorial  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was 
established  in  1993  by  former  United  States  Senator  Wyche  Fowler,  Jr.,  his  long- 
time friend  and  colleague.  An  alumnus  of  the  class  of  1948  and  Trustee  of 
Oglethorpe  University,  Charles  Weltner  was  Chief  Justice  of  the  Supreme  Court 
of  Georgia  at  the  time  of  his  death  in  1993.  He  was  the  recipient  of  the  "Profile  in 
Courage"  award  in  1991.  He  was  a  tireless  advocate  for  equal  rights  for  minorities 
and  while  serving  in  the  United  States  House  of  Representatives  was  the  only 
congressman  from  the  deep  South  to  vote  for  the  Civil  Rights  Act  of  1964.  Weltner 
Scholarships  are  awarded  annually  to  selected  Oglethorpe  University  students  who 
are  residents  of  the  State  of  Georgia,  with  financial  need,  satisfactory  academic 
records,  and  to  the  extent  allowed  by  law,  of  African-American  descent.  At  the 
donor's  request,  the  amount  of  the  scholarship  award  to  any  recipient  is  to  be  no 

41", 


more  than  one-half  of  full  tuition  in  order  to  encourage  student  recipients  to  work 
to  provide  required  additional  funds. 

The  L.  W.  "Lefty"  and  Frances  E.  Willis  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was 
established  by  the  family  of  the  late  L.  W.  "Lefty"  Willis,  class  of  1925.  Preference 
will  be  given  to  outstanding  students  who  are  pursuing  a  pre-engineering  pro- 
gram. This  award  is  based  on  academic  achievement,  leadership  ability,  and  finan- 
cial need. 

The  Vivian  P.  and  Murray  D.  Wood  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  estab- 
lished by  gifts  from  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Murray  D.  Wood  of  Atlanta  and  Coral  Gables, 
Florida.  Mr.  Wood  is  a  former  vice  chairman  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  and  former 
chairman  of  Oglethorpe  University's  Campaign  for  Excellence.  Scholarship  pref- 
erence will  be  given  to  superior  students  who  are  majoring  in  accounting. 

The  David,  Helen,  and  Marian  Woodward  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was 
established  by  grants  from  the  David,  Helen,  and  Marian  Woodward  Fund  of 
Atlanta.  It  provides  assistance  to  students  who  meet  the  criteria  for  an  Oglethorpe 
Scholars  Award.  The  award  is  based  upon  superior  academic  achievement,  leader- 
ship potential,  and  financial  need. 


Annual  Scholarships 


The  BCES  Foundation  Urban  Leadership  Scholar:  Funding  is  provided  an- 
nually for  a  sophomore,  junior,  or  senior  who  is  enrolled  in  the  Rich  Foundation 
Urban  Leadership  Program. 

The  Chevron  Freshman  Scholar:  Funding  is  provided  annually  by  a  gift 
from  Chevron  U.S.A.,  Inc.  and  is  awarded  to  a  freshman  who  is  a  resident  of 
Georgia,  with  interest  in  mathematics  or  the  sciences  and  demonstrated  leader- 
ship abilities. 

First  Families  of  Georgia  (1733  to  1797)  Annual  Scholar:  Funding  is  awarded 
to  a  senior  who  is  academically  a  superior  student  majoring  in  history.  First  Fami- 
lies of  Georgia  is  a  society  whose  members  are  able  to  document  their  descent 
from  early  settlers  of  the  State  of  Georgia. 

The  Wilson  P.  Franklin  Annual  Scholar:  Funding  is  awarded  to  a  deserving 
student.  Mr.  Franklin,  class  of  1939,  established  this  scholarship  with  a  gift  in 
1995. 

The  Mack  A.  Rikard  Annual  Scholar:  Funds  were  established  in  1990  by  Mr. 
Mack  A.  Rikard,  class  of  1937  and  a  former  Trustee  of  the  University,  and  are 
awarded  to  able  and  deserving  students  who  meet  certain  criteria.  The  criteria  are 
flexible,  with  consideration  being  given  to  a  number  of  factors,  including  without 
limitation  academic  achievement,  leadership  skills,  potential  for  success,  evidence 
of  propensity  for  hard  work,  and  a  conscientious  application  of  abilities.  Recipi- 
ents must  be  individuals  born  in  the  United  States  of  America  and  are  encour- 
aged, at  such  time  in  their  business  or  professional  careers  when  financial 
circumstances  permit,  to  provide  from  their  own  funds  one  or  more  additional 
scholarships  to  worthy  Oglethorpe  students. 

The  Lettie  Pate  Whitehead  Foundation  Scholar:  Grants  have  been  made 
annually  for  a  number  of  years  to  Christian  women  from  the  Southeastern  states 
who  are  deserving  and  in  need  of  financial  assistance. 


47 


Student  Emergency  Loan  Funds 


The  Olivia  Luck  King  Student  Loan  Fund  provides  short-term  loans  to  en- 
rolled students  from  Georgia.  Her  husband,  Mr.  C.  H.  King  of  Marietta,  Georgia, 
established  the  fund  in  memory  of  Mrs.  King.  Mrs.  King  was  a  member  of  the 
class  of  1942,  and  Mr.  King  received  his  master's  degree  from  Oglethorpe  in  1936. 

The  David  N.  and  Lutie  P.  Landers  Revolving  Loan  Fund  provides  short- 
term  loans  for  needy  and  deserving  students.  The  fund  was  established  by  a  be- 
quest from  the  estates  of  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Landers  of  Atlanta. 

The  Steve  Najjar  Student  Loan  Fund  provides  short-term  loans  and  financial 
assistance  to  deserving  Oglethorpe  students.  The  fund  was  established  in  memory 
of  Mr.  Najjar,  who,  with  his  aunt  "Miss  Sadie"  Mansour,  operated  the  Five  Paces 
Inn,  a  family  business  in  the  Buckhead  section  of  Atlanta.  The  Five  Paces  Inn  was 
a  popular  establishment  for  Oglethorpe  students  for  many  years.  A  number  of 
Oglethorpe  alumni,  especially  students  in  the  late  50s  and  early  60s,  established 
this  fund  in  Mr.  Najjar's  memory. 


48 


Tuition  and  Costs 


Fees  and  Costs 


The  fees,  costs,  and  dates  listed  below  are  for  2002-03.  Financial  information 
for  2003-04  will  be  available  in  early  2003. 

The  tuition  charged  by  Oglethorpe  University  represents  only  63  percent  of 
the  actual  expense  of  educating  each  student,  the  balance  coming  from  endow- 
ment income,  gifts,  and  other  sources.  Thus,  every  Oglethorpe  undergraduate  is 
the  beneficiary  of  a  hidden  scholarship.  At  the  same  time  90  percent  of  the  stu- 
dents are  awarded  additional  financial  assistance  in  the  form  of  scholarships,  grants, 
and  loans  from  private,  governmental,  or  institutional  sources. 

The  tuition  is  $9,495  per  semester.  Room  and  board  (subject  to  size  and  loca- 
tion) is  $3,180  per  semester.  Students  who  desire  single  rooms  are  assessed  $3,990 
for  room  and  board. 

The  tuition  of  $9,495  is  applicable  to  all  students  taking  12-17  semester  hours. 
These  are  classified  as  full-time  students.  Students  taking  less  than  12  semester 
hours  are  referred  to  the  section  on  Part-Time  Fees.  Students  taking  more  than  17 
hours  during  a  semester  are  charged  $295  for  each  additional  hour.  Payment  of 
tuition  and  fees  is  due  three  weeks  prior  to  registration  each  semester.  Failure  to 
make  the  necessary  payments  will  result  in  the  cancellation  of  the  student's  regis- 
tration. Students  receiving  financial  aid  are  required  to  pay  the  difference  be- 
tween the  amount  of  their  aid  and  the  amount  due  by  the  deadline.  Students  and 
parents  desiring  information  about  various  payment  options  should  request  the 
pamphlet  "Payment  Plans."  New  students  who  require  on-campus  housing  for  the 
fall  semester  are  required  to  submit  an  advance  deposit  of  $300  of  which  $200  is  a 
damage  deposit  for  the  room  and  $100  is  an  advance  deposit  applied  to  student 
fees.  New  commuting  students  are  required  to  submit  an  advance  deposit  of  $  100. 
Such  deposits  are  not  refundable.  However,  the  deposit  is  credited  to  the  student's 
account  for  the  fall  semester. 

Upon  payment  of  the  room  and  board  fees,  each  student  is  covered  by  a  Stu- 
dent Accident  and  Sickness  Insurance  Plan.  Coverage  begins  on  the  day  of  regis- 
tration. Full-time  students  residing  off  campus  may  purchase  this  insurance  for 
$125  per  year.  International  students,  students  participating  in  any  intercollegiate 
sport  and  students  participating  in  intramural  football  or  basketball  are  required 
to  have  this  medical  coverage  or  its  equivalent.  (Insurance  rates  are  subject  to 
change.) 

In  addition  to  tuition  and  room  and  board  charges,  students  may  be  required 
to  subscribe  to  the  following: 

1.  Damage  Deposit:  A  $200  damage  deposit  is  required  of  all  resident  stu- 
dents. The  damage  deposit  is  refundable  at  the  end  of  the  academic  year 
after  any  charge  for  damages  is  deducted.  Room  keys  and  other  Univer- 
sity property  must  be  returned  and  the  required  checkout  procedure  com- 
pleted prior  to  issuance  of  damage  deposit  refunds.  Students  who  begin 
in  the  spring  semester  also  must  pay  the  $200  damage  deposit. 

2.  Graduating  Senior:  Degree  completion  fee  of  $85. 

3.  Laboratory  Fee:  A  $75  fee  is  assessed  for  each  laboratory  course  taken. 

4.  Art  Fee:  A  $55  fee  is  assessed  on  certain  art  courses.  Courses  requiring  a 
fee  will  be  noted  in  the  semester  class  schedule. 


50 


Full-Time  Fees  -  2002-03 


Full-time  on-campus  student: 

Fall,  2002  Spring,  2003 

Tuition  $9,495  Tuition $9,495 

Room  &  Board 3,180  Room  &  Board 3,180 

Damage  Deposit 200  Damage  Deposit 

Activity  Fee 50  Activity  Fee 50 

Technology  Fee  125  Technology  Fee 125 

Health  Services  Fee 50  Health  Services  Fee  50 

Advance  Deposit 100 

Full-time  commuting  student: 

Fall,  2002  Spring,  2003 

Tuition  $9,495        Tuition $9,495 

Activity  Fee 50        Activity  Fee 50 

Technology  Fee  125        Technology  Fee 125 

Health  Services  Fee 50        Health  Services  Fee 50 

Advance  Deposit 100 

These  schedules  do  not  include  the  extra  cost  of  single  rooms,  books  and 
supplies  (approximately  $600  per  year),  or  travel  and  personal  expense.  All  fees 
are  subject  to  change.  Please  inquire  with  the  Business  Office  for  a  complete 
Fee  Schedule  and  for  2003-2004  fees. 


Part-Time  Fees  -  2002-2003 


Students  enrolled  part-time  in  day  classes  during  the  fall  or  spring  semesters 
will  be  charged  $795  per  credit  hour.  This  rate  is  applicable  to  those  students 
taking  1 1  semester  hours  or  less.  Students  taking  12  to  17  hours  are  classified  full- 
time.  Please  inquire  with  the  Business  Office  for  a  complete  Fee  Schedule. 


Institutional  Refund  Policy 


The  establishment  of  a  refund  policy  is  based  on  the  University's  commit- 
ment to  a  fair  and  equitable  refund  of  tuition  and  other  charges  assessed.  While 
the  University  advances  this  policy,  it  should  not  be  interpreted  as  a  policy  of 
convenience  for  students  to  take  lightly  their  responsibility  and  their  commitment 
to  the  University.  The  University  has  demonstrated  a  commitment  by  admitting 
and  providing  the  necessary  programs  and  expects  students  to  reciprocate  that 
commitment. 

If  a  student  must  withdraw  from  a  course  or  from  the  University,  an  official 
withdrawal  form  must  be  obtained  from  the  Registrar's  Office  and  correct  proce- 
dures followed.  The  date  that  will  be  used  for  calculation  of  a  refund  for  with- 
drawal or  Drop/ Add  will  be  the  date  on  which  the  Registrar  receives  the  official 
form  signed  by  all  required  personnel.  All  students  must  follow  the  procedures 
for  withdrawal  and  Drop/ Add  in  order  to  receive  a  refund.  Students  are  reminded 
that  all  changes  in  their  academic  programs  must  be  cleared  through  the  Regis- 


51 


trar;  an  arrangement  with  an  instructor  will  not  be  recognized  as  an  official  change 
of  schedule. 

The  student  withdrawing  may  receive  the  grade  of  withdrew  passing  (W), 
withdrew  failing  (WF),  or  failure  due  to  excessive  absences  (FA).  This  policy  has 
direct  implications  for  students  receiving  benefits  from  the  Veterans  Administra- 
tion and  other  federal  agencies  as  these  agencies  must  be  notified  when  a  student 
withdraws  or  otherwise  ceases  to  attend  class.  This  may  result  in  a  decrease  in 
payments  to  the  student.  See  Drop  and  Add  and  Withdrawal  from  the  University 
in  the  Academic  Regulations  and  Policies  section  of  this  Bulletin. 

Since  the  University  does  not  retain  the  premium  for  insurance  coverage,  it 
will  not  be  refunded  after  registration  day.  Since  room  and  board  services  are 
consumed  on  a  daily  basis,  during  the  period  when  tuition  is  to  be  refunded  on  a 
100  percent  basis,  the  room  and  board  refund  will  be  prorated  on  a  daily  basis. 
After  the  100  percent  tuition  refund  period,  room  and  board  refunds  revert  to  the 
same  schedule  as  tuition  refunds.  All  other  fees  except  the  advanced  deposit  are 
subject  to  the  following  refund  schedule:* 

Withdrawal/Changes  in  schedule  by  the  official  last  day  of  Drop/ Add 100% 

Withdrawal/Changes  in  schedule  through  10th  calendar  day  after  Drop/ Add..  75% 
Withdrawal/Changes  in  schedule  through  20th  calendar  day  after  Drop/ Add ..  50% 
Withdrawal/Changes  in  schedule  through  30th  calendar  day  after  Drop/ Add ..  25% 
All  tuition  refunds  will  be  processed  each  semester  in  accordance  with  appli- 
cable regulations.    Damage  deposit  refunds  will  be  processed  once  a  year  at  the 
end  of  the  spring  semester. 

*   Specific  dates  set  by  the  Business  Office. 

Return  of  Title  IV  Funds  Policy 

If  a  student  completely  withdraws  from  Oglethorpe  University  during  the 
first  60  percent  of  the  payment  period  and  has  received  federal  student  financial 
assistance,  the  school  must  calculate  the  amount  of  federal  funds  the  student  "did 
not  earn."  This  process  is  required  to  determine  if  the  school  and/or  the  student 
must  return  funds  to  the  federal  programs. 

The  percentage  "not  earned"  is  the  complement  of  the  percentage  of  federal 
funds  "earned."  If  a  student  withdraws  completely  before  completing  60  percent 
of  the  payment  period,  the  percentage  "earned"  is  equal  to  the  percentage  of  the 
payment  period  that  was  completed.  If  the  student  withdraws  after  completing  60 
percent  of  the  payment  period,  the  percentage  earned  is  100  percent.  If  the  stu- 
dent has  received  more  federal  assistance  than  the  calculated  amount  "earned," 
the  school,  or  the  student,  or  both,  must  return  the  unearned  funds  to  the  appro- 
priate federal  programs. 

The  school  must  return  the  lesser  of:  the  amount  of  federal  funds  that  the 
student  does  not  earn;  or,  the  amount  of  institutional  costs  that  the  student  in- 
curred for  the  payment  period  multiplied  by  the  percentage  of  funds  "not  earned." 
The  student  must  return  (or  repay,  as  appropriate)  the  remaining  unearned  fed- 
eral funds.  An  exception  is  that  students  are  not  required  to  return  50  percent  of 
the  grant  assistance  received  that  is  their  responsibility  to  repay. 

It  should  be  noted  that  the  Institutional  Refund  Policy  and  the  federal  Re- 
turn of  Title  IV  Funds. Policy  (R2T4)  are  separate  and  distinct.    Students  who 

52 


completely  withdraw  after  Oglethorpe's  refund  period  has  passed  and  before  the 
60  percent  point  of  the  payment  period  may  owe  a  balance  to  the  University  pre- 
viously covered  by  federal  aid.  The  withdrawal  date  used  in  the  R2T4  calculation 
varies  depending  on  the  individual  student's  situation.  Students  receiving  fed- 
eral assistance  are  advised  to  consult  the  Office  of  Financial  Aid  before  initiating 
the  withdrawal  process  to  see  how  these  new  regulations  will  affect  their  eligibil- 
ity. 

Student  financial  aid  refunds  must  be  distributed  in  the  following  order  by 
federal  regulation: 

1.  Federal  Unsubsidized  Stafford  Loans 

2.  Federal  Subsidized  Stafford  Loans 

3.  Federal  Perkins  Loan  Program 

4.  Federal  PLUS  loans 

5.  Federal  Pell  Grant  Program 

6.  Federal  SEOG  Program 

7.  Other  federal  aid  programs 


Financial  Obligations 


A  student  who  has  not  met  all  financial  obligations  to  the  University  will  not 
be  allowed  to  register  for  courses  in  subsequent  academic  sessions;  he  or  she  will 
not  be  allowed  to  receive  a  degree  from  the  University;  and  requests  for  tran- 
scripts will  not  be  honored. 

Oglethorpe  University  retains  the  right  to  assess  finance  charges  and/or  late 
fees  when  a  student's  account  is  past  due.  In  the  event  a  student  defaults  on 
payment  of  his  or  her  account,  Oglethorpe  retains  the  right  to  turn  the  account 
over  to  a  third-party  collection  agency.  Any  cost  of  collections  will  be  the  respon- 
sibility of  the  student. 


53 


Student 
Affairs 


Leadership  Development 


Oglethorpe  University  seeks  to  prepare  its  students  for  roles  of  leadership  in 
society.  Specific  educational  experiences  are  planned  to  help  the  student  acquire 
the  skills  of  leadership. 

Education  for  leadership  must  be  based  on  the  essential  academic  competen- 
cies -  reading,  writing,  speaking,  and  reasoning.  Though  widely  neglected  today 
at  all  levels  of  education,  these  are  the  prerequisites  for  effective  leadership.  They 
are  the  marks  of  an  educated  person.  Oglethorpe  insists  that  its  students  achieve 
advanced  proficiency  in  these  skills.  In  addition,  students  are  offered  specific 
preparation  in  the  arts  of  leadership.  Such  arts  include  an  appreciation  of  con- 
structive values,  the  setting  of  goals,  public  speaking,  human  relations,  and  orga- 
nizational skills. 

This  philosophy  presents  an  excellent  opportunity  for  the  able  young  person 
who  is  striving  for  a  significant  life,  including  leadership  in  the  improvement  of 
community  and  society. 


Orientation 


Oglethorpe  University  wishes  to  provide  each  student  with  the  opportunity 
to  make  a  successful  adjustment  to  college  life.  Because  the  University  community 
takes  pride  in  its  tradition  of  close  personal  relationships,  an  orientation  program 
has  been  organized  to  foster  the  development  of  these  relationships  and  provide 
much  needed  information  about  the  University. 

Throughout  orientation  information  is  disseminated  which  acquaints  students 
with  the  academic  program  and  the  extracurricular  life  of  the  campus  commu- 
nity. One  highlight  is  the  performance  of  "Planet  X,"  a  student-written  and  di- 
rected play,  which  introduces  in  an  effective  and  entertaining  way  issues  of  health 
and  interpersonal  relationships  which  face  contemporary  college  students. 

To  supplement  the  student's  orientation  experience,  the  course  Fresh  Focus 
is  required  for  all  entering  first  year  students  during  the  student's  first  semester. 
For  a  description  of  Fresh  Focus,  please  see  the  Educational  Enrichment  section 
of  this  Bulletin. 


International  Student  Services 


The  International  Student  Office,  which  is  located  in  the  Emerson  Student 
Center,  exists  to  meet  the  needs  of  international  students.  Through  a  specially 
designed  orientation  program  and  ongoing  contacts,  the  new  international  stu- 
dent is  assisted  in  the  process  of  adjustment  to  life  at  an  American  college.  Special 
tours,  host  family  programs,  and  social  occasions  are  available  to  ensure  that  stu- 
dents can  benefit  fully  from  cross-cultural  experiences.  The  International  Student 
Advisor  helps  students  with  questions  related  to  their  immigration  status. 


56 


Housing  and  Meals 


The  residence  halls  are  available  to  all  full-time  day  students.  There  are  single 
gender  and  co-ed  residence  halls.  Each  area  has  live-in  head  residents  and  a  staff 
consisting  of  resident  assistants. 

All  students  living  in  the  residence  halls  are  required  to  participate  in  a  Uni- 
versity meal  plan.  Meals  are  served  in  the  Emerson  Student  Center.  Nineteen 
meals  are  served  each  week  and  four  different  meal  plan  options  are  available. 
Three  of  these  options  include  flex  dollars  which  may  be  used  at  the  snack  bar  in 
the  lower  level  of  the  student  center  or  in  the  Oglethorpe  Cafe  in  Goodman  Hall. 
No  breakfast  is  served  on  Saturday  or  Sunday.  Instead,  a  brunch  is  served  from 
mid-morning  until  early  afternoon.  An  evening  meal  is  also  served  on  these  days. 

In  addition  to  the  residence  halls  there  are  six  Greek  cottages  which  house 
some  members  of  four  fraternities  and  two  sororities. 


Health  Services 


The  Center  for  Counseling  and  Health  Services  is  staffed  by  a  registered  nurse, 
a  part-time  clinic  physician,  and  a  licensed  psychologist.  The  center  operates  on  a 
regular  schedule  during  weekdays  when  classes  are  in  session  and  provides  basic 
first  aid  and  limited  medical  assistance  for  students. 

In  the  event  additional  or  major  medical  care  is  required,  or  for  emergencies, 
the  student-patient  will  be  referred  to  medical  specialists  and  hospitals  in  the  area 
with  which  the  health  service  maintains  a  working  relationship. 

When  it  is  determined  that  a  student's  physical  or  emotional  health  is  detri- 
mental to  his  or  her  academic  studies,  group-living  situation,  or  other  relation- 
ships at  the  University  or  in  the  community,  the  student  will  be  required  to  withdraw. 
Readmission  to  the  University  will  be  contingent  upon  acceptable  verification  that 
the  student  is  ready  to  return.  The  final  decision  will  rest  with  the  University. 

All  resident  students  subscribe  to  a  Student  Accident  and  Sickness  Insurance 
Plan  provided  through  the  University.  Full-time  students  living  off  campus  may 
purchase  this  insurance.  International  students  and  students  participating  in  all 
intercollegiate  sports  and  intramural  football  are  required  to  enroll  in  the  Insur- 
ance Plan  or  have  equivalent  coverage.  A  brochure  is  available  at  the  Center  for 
Counseling  and  Health  Services  that  describes  the  coverage  provided  by  the  plan. 

Counseling  and  Personal  Development 

Counseling  and  referrals  for  professional  services  are  available  to  students 
experiencing  a  variety  of  personal  or  social  problems.  The  Center  for  Counseling 
and  health  Services,  staffed  by  a  licensed  psychologist  and  assistants,  offers  indi- 
vidual and  group  therapy.  Special  outreach  and  consultation  programs  are  con- 
ducted on  campus  to  provide  information  and  promote  development  in  leadership 
skills,  interpersonal  relationships,  sexual  abuse,  eating  disorders,  and  substance 
use,  among  others.  The  center  also  offers  assistance  to  students  encountering 
academic  difficulties.  Time  management,  test  anxiety  and  stress  reduction,  and 
study  skills  are  programs  designed  to  tackle  such  issues. 

57 


Student  Rights  and  Responsibilities 

Students  of  Oglethorpe  University  have  specific  rights  and  responsibilities. 
Among  the  rights  are  the  right  to  freedom  of  expression  and  peaceful  assembly, 
the  right  to  the  presumption  of  innocence  and  procedural  fairness  in  the  admin- 
istration of  discipline,  and  the  right  of  access  to  personal  records. 

As  members  of  the  Oglethorpe  community,  students  have  the  responsibility 
to  maintain  high  standards  of  conduct.  They  should  respect  the  privacy  and  feel- 
ings of  others  and  the  property  of  both  students  and  the  University.  Students  are 
expected  to  display  behavior  that  is  not  disruptive  of  campus  life  or  the  surround- 
ing community.  They  represent  the  University  off  campus  and  are  expected  to  act 
in  a  law-abiding  and  mature  fashion.  Those  whose  actions  show  that  they  have  not 
accepted  this  responsibility  may  be  subject  to  disciplinary  action  as  set  forth  in  the 
University's  student  handbook,  The  0  Book. 

The  O  Book 

The  O  Book  is  the  student's  guide  to  Oglethorpe  University.  It  contains  thor- 
ough information  on  the  history,  customs,  traditional  events,  and  services  of  the 
University,  as  well  as  University  regulations.  It  also  contains  the  full  texts  of  the 
Oglethorpe  University  Honor  Code,  the  E-mail  and  Computer  Use  Policy  and  the 
Constitution  of  the  Oglethorpe  Student  Association.  This  handbook  outlines  the 
policies  for  recognition,  membership  eligibility,  and  leadership  positions  for  cam- 
pus student  organizations  and  publications. 

Student  Role  in  Institutional  Decision  Making 

Student  opinions  and  views  play  a  significant  role  in  institutional  decisions 
affecting  their  interests  and  welfare.  A  comprehensive  standardized  student  opin- 
ion survey  is  administered  to  students  annually.  In  addition  there  is  the  Core  Sur- 
vey administered  in  core  courses,  as  well  as  the  Course  Assessment  in  all  courses 
and  the  Advising  Assessment  which  all  students  are  asked  to  complete.  Students 
serve  on  key  academic  committees  such  as  the  Commencement  Committee,  the 
Core  Curriculum  Committee,  the  Experiential  Education  Committee,  the  Round 
Tables  Oversight  Committee,  the  University  Program  Committee  and  the  Teacher 
Education  Council. 

Particularly  important  is  the  role  of  elected  student  government  representa- 
tives in  this  process.  The  president  along  with  selected  other  officers  of  the 
Oglethorpe  Student  Association  meet  several  times  each  semester  with  the 
University's  senior  staff  to  discuss  a  broad  range  of  issues  of  concern  to  the  stu- 
dent body.  At  least  twice  each  year  student  government  representatives  meet  with 
the  Campus  Life  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Trustees.  In  addition,  the  Oglethorpe 
Student  Association  collaborates  with  the  President  of  the  University  and  the  se- 
nior staff  in  sponsoring  periodic  "town  meetings"  to  which  all  interested  students 
are  invited. 


58 


Oglethorpe  Student  Association 


The  Oglethorpe  Student  Association  is  the  guiding  body  for  student  life  at 
Oglethorpe  University.  The  O.S.A.  consists  of  three  elected  bodies:  an  executive 
council,  composed  of  a  president,  two  vice  presidents,  parliamentarian,  secretary, 
treasurer,  and  presidents  of  the  four  classes;  the  senate,  chaired  by  a  vice  presi- 
dent, and  composed  of  four  senators  from  each  class;  and,  the  programming  board, 
chaired  by  a  vice  president  and  composed  of  the  freshman  class  president,  one 
senator  from  each  class,  and  three  elected  representatives  from  each  class.  All 
three  bodies  meet  regularly  and  the  meetings  are  open  to  the  public.  The  O.S.A. 
administers  a  student  activity  fee  that  is  assessed  to  all  full-time  day  students.  Ad- 
ditional information  can  be  obtained  from  the  O.S.A.  Office  or  the  Student  Cen- 
ter Office  located  on  the  lower  level  of  the  Emerson  Student  Center.  The  address 
is  Oglethorpe  Student  Association,  3000  Woodrow  Way,  N.E.,  Atlanta,  GA  30319- 
2797. 


Student  Organizations 


Valuable  educational  experience  may  be  gained  through  active  participation 
in  approved  campus  activities  and  organizations.  All  students  are  encouraged  to 
participate  in  one  or  more  organizations  to  the  extent  that  such  involvement  does 
not  deter  them  from  high  academic  achievement.  Students  are  encouraged  espe- 
cially to  join  professional  organizations  associated  with  their  interests  and  goals. 

Eligibility  for  membership  in  student  organizations  is  limited  to  currently 
enrolled  students.  To  serve  as  an  officer  of  an  organization,  a  student  must  be 
enrolled  full  time  and  may  not  be  on  academic  or  disciplinary  probation. 

Recognized  Student  Organizations 

Accounting  Society  OAT  -  Oglethorpe  Academic  Team 
Alpha  Chi  -  National  Academic  Honorary    Oglethorpe  Ambassadors 

Alpha  Phi  Omega  -  National  Service  Oglethorpe  Athletes'  Council 

Fraternity  Oglethorpe  Christian  Fellowship 

Alpha  Psi  Omega  -  Drama  Honorary  Oglethorpe  Dancers 

Amnesty  International  Oglethorpe  YAD  -Jewish  Student 
Beta  Omicron  Sigma  -  Business  Honorary         Organization 

Black  Student  Caucus  Omicron  Delta  Kappa  -  National 
Catholic  Student  Association  Leadership  Honorary 

Le  Cercle  Francais  -  French  Club  Order  of  Omega  -  Greek  Honor 
Chi  Alpha  Sigma  -  National  College  Society 

Athlete  Honor  Society  OU  Lark  -  Role  Playing  Club 

Circle  K  OUTlet  -  Students  Against 
College  Democrats  Homophobia 

College  Republicans  Panhellenic  Council 

ECOS  -  Environmentally  Concerned  Phi  A|pha  Theta  _  National  History 

Oglethorpe  Students  Honorary 

Executive  Round  Table  Phi  Beta  Deka  _  Honor  Society  for 
Feminist  Majority  Alliance  International  Scholars 

International  Club  Phi  Delta  Epsilon  -  International 
Interfraternity  Council  Medical  Society 

59 


Phi  Eta  Sigma  -  Freshman  Academic  Sigma  Zeta  -  National  Science 

Honorary  Honorary 

The  Playmakers  -  Oglethorpe  Spanish  Cluh 

University  Theatre  Thalian  Society  -  Philosophical 

Planet  X  -  Issue-Oriented  Drama  Group  Discussion  Group 

Psi  Chi  -  National  Psychology  The  Stormy  Petrel  -  Student 

Honorary  Newspaper 

Psychology  Club  The  Tower  -  Literary  Magazine 

Rendezvous  The  Yamacraw  -  Yearbook 

Rho  Lambda  -  Panhellenic  Honorary  University  Chorale 

Sigma  Pi  Sigma  -  National  Physics  University  Singers 

Honorary  WJTL  -  Radio  Station 
Sigma  Tau  Delta  -  National  English 

Honorary 

Fraternities  and  Sororities 


The  Greek  community  at  Oglethorpe  is  made  up  of  four  fraternities  and  three 
sororities.  The  fraternities  are  Chi  Phi,  Delta  Sigma  Phi,  Kappa  Alpha  Order,  and 
Sigma  Alpha  Epsilon.  The  sororities  are  Alpha  Sigma  Tau,  Chi  Omega,  and  Sigma 
Sigma  Sigma. 

These  organizations  contribute  positively  to  campus  life  by  providing  a  vari- 
ety of  leadership,  service,  and  social  opportunities  for  students.  Currently,  30  per- 
cent of  the  students  at  Oglethorpe  are  members  of  a  fraternity  or  sorority. 
Membership  in  these  organizations  is  voluntary  and  subject  to  guidelines  estab- 
lished by  the  Interfraternity  Council,  the  Panhellenic  Council,  and  the  Assistant 
Director  for  Residential  Services  and  Greek  Affairs.  The  fraternity  and  sorority 
recruitment  process  takes  place  early  in  the  fall  semester. 


Athletics 


At  Oglethorpe  University  the  students  who  participate  in  intercollegiate  ath- 
letic competition  are  considered  to  be  students  first  and  athletes  second.  The  Uni- 
versity is  an  active  member  of  the  Southern  Collegiate  Athletic  Conference  (SCAC) 
and  Division  III  of  the  National  Collegiate  Athletic  Association  (NCAA).  Mem- 
bers of  Division  III  may  not  award  financial  aid  (other  than  academic  honor  awards) 
to  any  student-athlete,  except  upon  a  showing  of  financial  need  by  the  recipient. 
Oglethorpe  provides  a  program  of  Oglethorpe  Scholars  Awards,  which  is  described 
in  the  Financial  Assistance  section  of  this  Bulletin.  Many  students  who  are  inter- 
ested in  sports  and  are  superior  academically  do  qualify  for  this  form  of  assis- 
tance. 

The  University  offers  intercollegiate  competition  in  basketball,  baseball,  soc- 
cer, cross-country,  tennis,  golf,  and  track  and  field  for  men;  and  in  soccer,  basket- 
ball, volleyball,  cross-country,  tennis,  golf,  and  track  and  field  for  women.  The 
Stormy  Petrels  compete  against  other  SCAC  schools,  including  Trinity  University, 
Millsaps  College,  Rhodes  College,  The  University  of  the  South,  Southwestern  Uni- 
versity, Hendrix  College,  Centre  College,  DePauw  University,  and  Rose-Hulman 
Institute  of  Technology.  The  Petrels  also  challenge  teams  from  schools  outside  the 
SCAC,  such  as  Emory  University  and  Washington  and  Lee  University. 


60 


Intramural  and  Recreational  Sports 

In  addition  to  intercollegiate  competition,  an  array  of  intramural  and  recre- 
ational sports  is  offered.  There  are  opportunities  for  all  students  to  participate  in 
physically  and  intellectually  stimulating  activities.  Four  competitive  team  sport 
seasons  are  offered  in  which  men  and  women  can  compete  in  flag  football,  volley- 
ball, basketball,  and  ultimate  frisbee.  There  are  also  several  short  seasons  or  tour- 
naments in  soccer,  softball,  and  sand  volleyball.  In  addition,  aerobics,  weight 
training,  and  dance  classes  are  also  offered  at  the  Steve  Schmidt  Sport  &  Recre- 
ation Center. 

Cultural  Opportunities  on  Campus 

There  are  numerous  cultural  opportunities  for  students  outside  the  classroom. 
The  University  Program  Committee  sponsors  concerts,  theatrical  productions,  and 
lectures  by  visiting  scholars.  The  Mack  A.  Rikard  lectures  expose  students  to  lead- 
ers in  business  and  other  professions.  The  University  Singers  perform  several  times 
during  the  year,  including  seasonal  events,  often  featuring  guest  artists.  The 
Oglethorpe  University  Museum  of  Art,  on  the  third  floor  of  Philip  Weltner  Li- 
brary, sponsors  exhibitions  as  well  as  lectures  on  associated  subjects  and  occa- 
sional concerts  in  the  museum.  The  Playmakers,  Oglethorpe  University  Theatre, 
also  stage  four  productions  each  year  in  the  Conant  Performing  Arts  Center.  Two 
annual  events,  the  Oglethorpe  Night  of  the  Arts  and  International  Night,  provide 
a  showcase  for  campus  talent.  The  former  presents  student  literary,  musical,  and 
visual  arts  talent.  The  latter  features  international  cuisine  and  entertainment.  The 
Georgia  Shakespeare  Festival,  which  takes  place  on  campus  during  the  summer,  as 
well  as  in  the  fall,  is  also  a  valuable  cultural  asset  to  the  Oglethorpe  community. 

Opportunities  in  Atlanta 

Oglethorpe  is  located  eight  miles  from  downtown  Atlanta  and  just  two  miles 
from  the  city's  largest  shopping  center.  A  nearby  rapid  transit  station  makes  trans- 
portation quick  and  efficient.  This  proximity  to  the  Southeast's  most  vibrant  city 
offers  students  a  great  variety  of  cultural  and  entertainment  opportunities.  There 
are  numerous  excellent  restaurants  and  clubs  in  nearby  Buckhead.  Downtown 
Atlanta  offers  major  league  professional  baseball,  football,  ice  hockey,  and  basket- 
ball to  sports  fans  as  well  as  frequent  popular  concerts.  The  Atlanta  Symphony 
Orchestra  performs  from  September  through  May  in  the  Woodruff  Arts  Center. 
The  Atlanta  Ballet  and  the  Atlanta  Opera  perform  periodically  at  the  Fox  Theater 
which  also  presents  musical  theater  and  various  concerts.  The  Alliance  Theatre 
Company  and  many  smaller  companies  present  productions  of  contemporary  and 
classical  plays.  The  High  Museum  of  Art  hosts  major-traveling  exhibitions  in  addi- 
tion to  its  permanent  collection.  The  Office  of  Student  Affairs  sponsors  a  series 
of  field  trips  called  AtlantOUrs  to  museums,  theater  and  dance  programs,  and 
places  of  cultural  and  historical  interest  in  the  metropolitan  Atlanta  area. 


61 


Policy  on  Discriminatory  and  Sexual  Harassment 

Oglethorpe  University  places  a  high  value  on  the  dignity  of  the  individual,  an 
appreciation  for  human  diversity,  and  an  appropriate  decorum  for  members  of 
the  campus  community.  Harassing  behavior  can  seriously  interfere  with  the  work 
or  study  performance  of  the  individual  to  whom  it  is  addressed.  It  is  indefensible 
when  it  makes  the  work,  study  or  living  environment  hostile,  intimidating,  injuri- 
ous or  demeaning. 

It  is  the  policy  of  the  University  that  students  and  employees  be  able  to  work, 
study,  participate  in  activities  and  live  in  a  campus  community  free  of  unwar- 
ranted harassment  in  the  form  of  oral,  written,  graphic  or  physical  conduct  which 
personally  frightens,  intimidates,  injures  or  demeans  another  individual.  Discrimi- 
natory harassment  directed  against  an  individual  or  group  that  is  based  on  race, 
gender,  religious  belief,  color,  sexual  orientation,  national  origin,  disability  or  age 
is  prohibited.  Discriminatory  harassment  is  defined  as  unwelcome  oral,  written, 
or  physical  conduct  directed  at  the  characteristics  of  a  person  or  group  such  as 
negative  name  calling  and  imitating  mannerisms,  slurs,  graffiti,  or  the  physical 
act  of  aggression  or  assault  upon  another  which  interferes  with  the  individual's 
employment  or  education,  or  creates  an  intimidating,  hostile  or  offensive  employ- 
ment or  educational  environment. 

In  addition,  sexual  harassment  of  a  student  by  another  student,  of  a  student 
by  an  employee,  of  an  employee  by  a  student,  or  of  an  employee  by  another  em- 
ployee will  not  be  tolerated  and  is  prohibited.  Any  unwelcome  sexual  advance, 
requests  for  sexual  favors,  verbal  or  physical  conduct  of  a  sexual  nature,  or  any 
verbal  conduct  that  might  be  construed  as  a  sexual  slur  that:  1)  interferes  with 
performance  or  creates  a  hostile,  offensive,  or  intimidating  environment  and/or 
2)  is  an  expressed  or  implied  condition  imposed  by  a  faculty  member  for  evalua- 
tion or  grading  a  student,  or  by  an  employee  for  evaluating  job  performance  or 
advancement  of  a  subordinate  or  colleague,  will  be  viewed  as  misconduct. 

Grievance  Procedures 

Oglethorpe  University  has  adopted  an  internal  grievance  procedure  provid- 
ing for  the  prompt  and  equitable  resolution  of  complaints  alleging  any  action 
prohibited  by  regulations  under  Title  VI,  Title  VII,  Title  IX,  Section  504,  the  Age 
Discrimination  Act,  and  the  Americans  with  Disabilities  Act.  The  following  Uni- 
versity officials  have  been  designated  to  respond  to  allegations  regarding  viola- 
tion of  any  of  these  regulations:  the  Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs  (Dr.  Artie 
L.  Travis,  Emerson  Student  Center,  404-364-8335),  the  Provost  (Dr.  Christopher 
Ames,  Lupton  Hall,  404-364-8317),  the  Associate  Dean  for  Administration  (Ms. 
Linda  W.  Bucki,  Lupton  Hall,  404-364-8325),  or  the  University  Psychologist  and 
Director  of  the  Counseling  Center  (Dr.  Bonnie  L.  Kessler,  Emerson  Student  Cen- 
ter, 404-364-8456). 

Complaints  alleging  misconduct  as  defined  in  this  policy  on  discriminatory 
and  sexual  harassment  should  be  reported  within  90  days  of  the  alleged  offense. 
Complainants  may  seek  informal  or  formal  resolution.  All  complainants  must 
complete  a  written  Discriminatory  Harassment  Incident  Report  which  may  be  ob- 
tained from  any  of  the  aforementioned  officials. 

Complainants  are  encouraged  to  explore  informal  resolution  before  filing  a 
formal  complaint.     Informal  resolution  focuses  on  communication,  education, 

62 


and  resolution  while  formal  procedures  focus  on  investigation  and  discipline. 
Informal  complaints  will  be  resolved  within  15  working  days  with  a  written  resolu- 
tion given  to  each  of  the  parties  involved.  If  the  situation  results  in  an  impasse, 
the  complainant  will  be  given  a  notice  of  impasse  within  15  working  days  from  the 
filing  of  the  incident.  If  a  notice  of  impasse  is  given  and  the  complainant  wishes  to 
file  a  formal  written  complaint,  the  complainant  must  do  so  within  30  working 
days  of  the  date  of  notice  of  impasse  unless  a  waiver  in  filing  time  is  requested. 

When  a  formal  complaint  is  filed  an  investigation  will  be  initiated.  The  al- 
leged harasser  will  be  given  10  days  to  provide  a  signed  response  to  the  requesting 
official.  A  copy  will  be  provided  to  the  complainant.  If  the  alleged  harasser  fails 
to  respond,  the  presumption  will  be  made  that  the  allegation(s)  in  the  complaint 
are  true.  A  written  determination  will  be  issued  to  the  complainant  within  60 
working  days  of  the  receipt  of  the  formal  written  complaint.  If  the  procedure 
requires  an  extension  of  time,  the  complainant  will  be  informed  in  writing  of  the 
reasons,  the  status  of  the  investigation,  and  the  probable  date  of  completion. 

If  the  complainant  disputes  the  findings  or  is  dissatisfied  with  the  recommen- 
dations, the  complainant  may  request  reconsideration  of  the  case  to  the  president, 
Larry  D.  Large,  in  writing  within  45  working  days  of  receipt  of  the  written  deter- 
mination. Complainants  also  have  the  right  to  file  with  the  appropriate  state  or 
federal  authorities  under  Title  VI,  Title  VII,  Title  IX,  Section  504,  the  Age  Dis- 
crimination Act,  and  Americans  with  Disabilities  Act. 

Cases  that  may  require  disciplinary  action  will  be  handled  according  to  the 
established  discipline  procedures  of  the  University.  Student  organizations  in  vio- 
lation of  this  policy  may  be  subject  to  the  loss  of  University  recognition.  Com- 
plainants shall  be  protected  from  unfair  retribution. 

Nothing  in  this  policy  statement  is  intended  to  infringe  on  the  individual 
rights,  freedom  of  speech,  or  academic  freedom  provided  to  members  of  the 
Oglethorpe  community.  The  scholarly,  educational,  or  artistic  content  of  any  writ- 
ten or  oral  presentation  or  inquiry  shall  not  be  limited  by  this  policy.  Accordingly, 
this  provision  will  be  liberally  construed  but  should  not  be  used  as  a  pretext  for 
violation  of  the  policy. 

Honors  and  Awards 


These  awards  are  presented  at  Commencement  or  at  Honors  and  Awards 
Convocation: 

Donald  C.  Agnew  Award  for  Distinguished  Service:  This  award  is  presented 
annually  by  the  members  of  the  Oglethorpe  Student  Association  and  is  chosen  by 
that  body  to  honor  the  person  who,  in  their  opinion,  has  given  distinguished 
service  to  the  University.  Dr.  Agnew  served  as  President  of  Oglethorpe  University 
from  1957  to  1964. 

Alpha  Chi  Award:  This  is  an  annual  award  made  to  the  member  of  the  sopho- 
more class  who  best  exemplifies  the  ideals  of  Alpha  Chi  in  scholarship,  leader- 
ship, character,  and  service. 

Alpha  Phi  Omega  Service  Award:  This  award  is  presented  by  Alpha  Phi  Omega 
fraternity  to  the  student,  faculty,  or  staff  member  who  best  exemplifies  the 
organization's  three-fold  purposes  of  leadership,  friendship,  and  service. 

Alpha  Psi  Omega  Rookie  Award:  This  award  is  presented  annually  to  the 
outstanding  new  member  of  The  Playmakers. 

63 


Art  Awards  of  Merit:  These  are  presented  to  students  who  have  displayed 
excellence  in  photography,  sculpture,  painting  and  drawing. 

Leo  Bilancio  Award:  This  award,  created  in  memory  of  Professor  Leo  Bilancio, 
a  member  of  the  Oglethorpe  history  faculty  from  1958  to  1989,  was  established  by 
the  Oglethorpe  Student  Association  and  is  presented  to  a  graduating  senior  who 
has  been  an  outstanding  student  of  history. 

Mary  Whiton  Calkins  and  Margaret  Floy  Washburn  Awards:  Outstanding 
seniors  majoring  in  psychology  are  honored  with  these  awards. 

Chiaroscuro  Juried  Art  Show  Awards:  These  awards  are  presented  to  the 
artists  who  submit  the  best  drawings,  sculpture,  photographs,  and  paintings  to  the 
annual  student  art  show  sponsored  by  Chiaroscuro,  a  club  that  supports  the  arts 
on  campus. 

Deans'  Award  for  Outstanding  Achievement:  This  award  is  presented  annu- 
ally to  a  campus  club,  organization,  or  society  which,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Vice 
President  for  Student  Affairs  and  the  Provost,  has  contributed  most  to  University 
life. 

Financial  Executives  Institute  Award:  This  award  is  presented  annually  by 
the  Atlanta  Chapter  of  The  Financial  Executives  Institute  to  students  who  have 
demonstrated  leadership,  superior  academic  performance,  and  potential  for  suc- 
cess in  business  administration. 

Georgia  Society  of  Certified  Public  Accountants  Certificate  of  Academic 
Excellence:  This  award  is  presented  annually  to  the  accounting  major  who  has  the 
highest  overall  grade-point  average. 

Intramural  Sports  Awards:  These  awards  are  presented  to  the  leading  teams 
and  individual  athletes  in  men's  and  women's  intramural  competition. 

Sidney  Lanier  Prize:  This  award  is  given  yearly  to  the  student,  or  students, 
submitting  excellent  poetry  to  campus  publications. 

LeConte  Award:  The  most  outstanding  student  graduating  with  a  major  in 
one  of  the  natural  sciences  or  mathematics,  as  determined  by  the  faculty  in  the 
Division  of  Natural  Sciences,  is  recognized  with  this  award. 

Leader  in  Action  Award:  The  Leader  in  Action  Award  is  presented  to  the 
student  who  best  exemplifies  the  ideals  of  the  Rich  Foundation  Urban  Leadership 
Program. 

Charles  M.  MacConnell  Award:  This  award  honors  a  former  member  of  the 
faculty  and  is  presented  by  the  sophomore  class  to  the  senior  who,  in  the  judg- 
ment of  the  class,  has  participated  in  many  phases  of  campus  life  without  having 
received  full  recognition. 

Metropolitan  Atlanta  Phi  Beta  Kappa  Alumni  Association  Award:  This  award 
is  given  to  the  outstanding  graduating  senior  in  the  Honors  Program. 

The  James  Edward  Oglethorpe  Awards:  Commonly  called  the  "Oglethorpe 
Cups,"  these  are  presented  annually  to  the  man  and  woman  in  the  graduating 
class  who,  in  the  opinion  of  the  faculty,  have  excelled  in  both  scholarship  and 
service. 

Oglethorpe  Poet  Laureate:  This  award  was  first  instituted  by  Mrs.  Idalee  Vonk, 
wife  of  former  President  Paul  Vonk,  and  is  an  honor  that  is  bestowed  upon  a 
freshman,  sophomore,  or  junior  who  presents  the  best  written  work  to  The  Tower 
for  competition. 

Omicron  Delta  Kappa  Emerging  Leader  Award:  This  award  is  made  by  Omi- 
cron  Delta  Kappa  to  the  student  in  the  freshman  class  who  most  fully  exemplifies 
the  ideals  of  this  organization. 

64 


Order  of  Omega  Outstanding  Sophomore  Award:  This  award  is  presented  by 
the  Order  of  Omega,  a  national  Greek  honor  society,  to  the  sophomore  who  best 
exemplifies  the  principles  of  Greek  life. 

Outstanding  Male  and  Female  Varsity  Athletes  of  the  Year  Award:  These 
awards  are  made  annually  to  the  outstanding  male  and  female  students  participat- 
ing in  varsity  sports. 

Outstanding  Teacher  Certification  Student,  Outstanding  Teacher  Educa- 
tion Senior,  and  Outstanding  Graduate  Education  Student  Awards:  The  outstand- 
ing education  student  in  each  category  is  honored  with  an  award. 

Outstanding  Improvement  in  French  Studies:  This  award  honors  the  student 
who  demonstrates  excellence  and  dedication  in  French  studies. 

Outstanding  Politics  Senior  Award:  This  award  is  given  annually  to  the  gradu- 
ating senior  who,  in  the  judgment  of  the  faculty,  does  the  most  sophisticated  work 
in  upper-level  classes  within  the  discipline. 

Outstanding  Sociology  Senior  Award:  The  outstanding  senior  majoring  in 
sociology  is  honored  with  this  award. 

Pattillo  Leadership  Award:  The  President  of  the  University  presents  this  prize 
to  a  graduating  student  who  has  excelled  in  leadership  accomplishments.  The 
award  is  named  for  a  former  President  of  Oglethorpe  University,  Manning  M. 
Pattillo,  Jr. 

Phi  Beta  Kappa  Faculty  Group  Award:  This  award  is  presented  by  the  faculty 
and  staff  members  of  Phi  Beta  Kappa  to  the  graduating  student  who,  in  their 
judgment,  has  demonstrated  outstanding  scholarly  qualities. 

Phi  Eta  Sigma  Freshman  Scholarship  Award:  This  award  is  presented  annu- 
ally to  the  full-time  freshman  student  with  the  highest  grade-point  average  by  Phi 
Eta  Sigma,  a  national  scholastic  honor  society  for  freshmen. 

Publications  Awards:  Notable  contributors  to  The  Tower,  The  Stormy  Petrel  and 
The  Yamacraw  are  recognized  with  these  awards. 

Resident  Assistant  of  the  Year:  This  award  is  presented  annually  to  an  exem- 
plary student  who  organizes  outstanding  educational  and  social  programs  for  dor- 
mitory residents  and  builds  a  sense  of  community  in  the  residence  halls. 

Anne  Rivers  Siddons  Award:  This  award  is  given  each  year  to  the  graduating 
senior  majoring  in  English  who  is  judged  to  have  written  the  best  piece  of  short 
fiction. 

University  Singers  Awards:  These  awards  are  presented  annually  to  students 
who  have  exhibited  excellence  in  the  performance  of  choral  music. 

Charles  Longstreet  Weltner  Award:  Sponsored  by  the  Stormy  Petrel  Bar  As- 
sociation in  honor  of  Chief  Justice  Charles  L.  Weltner,  class  of  1948,  this  award  is 
presented  annually  to  a  student  who  demonstrates  analytical  and  persuasive  skills 
and  an  appreciation  for  the  elements  of  civic  leadership,  as  determined  through  a 
competitive  essay  and  interview  process. 

Sally  Hull  Weltner  Award  for  Scholarship:  This  award  is  presented  to  the 
student  in  the  graduating  class  who  has  the  highest  grade-point  average  on  work 
completed  at  Oglethorpe  among  the  students  graduating  with  academic  honors. 

Who's  Who  in  American  Colleges  and  Universities:  This  honor  is  given  in  rec- 
ognition of  the  merit  and  accomplishments  of  students  who  are  formally  recom- 
mended by  a  committee  of  students,  faculty,  and  administrators,  and  who  meet 
the  requirements  of  the  publication  Who's  Who  Among  Students  in  American  Colleges 
and  Universities. 


65 


Academic  Regulations 
and  Policies 


Academic  Advising 


Each  student  consults  with  a  member  of  the  faculty  in  preparing  course  sched- 
ules, discussing  completion  of  degree  requirements  and  post-graduation  plans, 
and  inquiring  about  any  other  academic  matter.  The  student's  advisor  in  the  first 
year  is  the  instructor  of  the  Fresh  Focus  section,  which  the  student  has  selected 
prior  to  initial  enrollment.  The  faculty  advisor  is  each  student's  primary  point  of 
contact  with  the  University. 

To  change  advisors  a  student  must  complete  the  following  procedural  steps: 

1.  Ask  the  proposed  "new"  faculty  advisor  for  permission  to  be  added  to 
the  faculty  member's  advisee  list. 

2.  Ask  the  current  advisor  to  send  the  student  file  to  the  faculty  member 
who  has  agreed  to  be  the  student's  new  advisor. 

3.  Ascertain  that  the  new  advisor  has  received  the  file  and  has  sent  an  Ad 
visor  Change  notice  to  the  Registrar's  Office. 

This  is  the  only  method  for  changing  academic  advisors. 

When  the  student  decides  or  changes  a  major  field,  he  or  she  should  change 
advisors,  if  necessary,  to  a  faculty  member  who  has  teaching  responsibilities  in 
that  major  field. 

Preregistration  and  Registration 

Schedule  planning  and  course  selection  for  all  students  is  done  online  in 
consultation  with  each  student's  academic  advisor.  New  students  select  courses 
with  their  faculty  advisor  during  the  official  registration  period  that  precedes  the 
first  day  of  classes.  Returning  students  should  make  appointments  to  consult  with 
their  academic  advisors  for  course  selection  during  preregistration  week  -  in  No- 
vember for  the  following  spring  semester  and  in  April  for  the  following  summer 
sessions  and  fall  semester. 

Full-time  students  wishing  to  participate  in  the  Atlanta  Regional  Consortium 
for  Higher  Education  Cross  Registration  program  (see  Cross  Registration  below) 
also  should  select  courses  during  the  preregistration  weeks. 


Cross  Registration 


Oglethorpe  University  is  a  member  of  the  Atlanta  Regional  Consortium  for 
Higher  Education,  a  consortium  of  the  21  institutions  of  higher  education  in  the 
greater  Atlanta  area.  Through  the  Consortium,  full-time  Oglethorpe  students  may 
enroll  on  a  space-available  basis  in  courses  at  any  other  member  institution.  The 
student  need  not  be  admitted  to  the  other  institution  and  completes  all  proce- 
dures, including  payment  of  tuition,  at  Oglethorpe.  Because  of  institutional  dead- 
lines, students  should  complete  forms  for  cross  registration  during  Oglethorpe's 
designated  preregistration  week. 

Courses  taken  at  Consortium  institutions  on  a  cross-registration  basis  count 
as  Oglethorpe  courses  for  residence  requirements.  While  grades  earned  through 
consortium  courses  are  not  tabulated  in  grade-point  averages,  courses  with  grades 
of  "C"  or  higher  count  toward  graduation  requirements. 

Interested  students  should  consult  the  Registrar  for  program  details. 


68 


Drop  and  Add 

Students  who  find  it  necessary  to  change  their  schedule  by  dropping  or 
adding  courses  must  do  so  by  completing  a  Drop/ Add  form  from  the  Registrar's 
Office.  This  form  must  be  returned  to  the  Registrar's  Office  during  the  Drop/ 
Add  period  as  printed  in  the  semester  class  schedule. 

Withdrawal  from  a  Course 


From  the  conclusion  of  the  Drop/ Add  period  through  mid-semester  or  the 
middle  of  a  summer  session,  changes  in  schedule  constitute  a  withdrawal.  The 
academic  advisor,  the  instructor,  and  the  Office  of  Financial  Aid  must  approve 
withdrawals  on  the  appropriate  form  from  the  Registrar's  Office.  The  instructor 
may  issue  one  of  the  following  grades:  Withdrew  Passing  (W)  or  Withdrew  Failing 
(WF). 

After  mid-semester  the  grade  "WF"  is  assigned.  Only  in  the  case  of  prolonged 
illness  (a  physician's  letter  must  be  submitted  directly  to  the  Registrar's  Office) 
will  a  "W"  be  assigned. 

Students  should  note  that  any  change  of  academic  schedule  is  not  official 
until  it  is  filed  in  the  Registrar's  Office.  The  date  the  change  is  received  in  the 
Registrar's  Office  will  be  the  official  date  for  the  change. 

If  a  student  misses  six  consecutive  class  days  in  any  course,  the  instructor  will 
notify  the  Registrar's  Office  and  it  will  be  assumed  that  the  student  has  unoffi- 
cially withdrawn  from  the  course.  This  does  not  eliminate  the  student's  responsi- 
bility stated  above  concerning  official  procedure  for  withdrawal.  The  student  may 
receive  the  grade  of  "W,"   "WF,"  or  "FA"  -  failure  due  to  excessive  absences. 

Please  see  Institutional  Refund  Policy  in  the  Tuition  and  Costs  section  of 
this  Bulletin. 

Withdrawal  from  the  University 

Students  who  must  withdraw  from  the  University  during  a  semester  are  re- 
quired to  complete  the  appropriate  withdrawal  form,  which  is  available  in  the 
Registrar's  Office.  The  instructors,  depending  upon  the  student's  academic 
progress  in  those  courses  will  assign  the  grade  "W"  or  "WF";  the  Office  of  Finan- 
cial Aid  must  also  sign  approval.  The  date  the  completed  withdrawal  form  is 
submitted  to  the  Registrar  will  be  the  official  date  for  withdrawal. 

In  the  case  of  an  emergency  departure  from  the  campus  for  which  withdrawal 
forms  have  not  been  executed,  the  Registrar's  Office  may  verify  that  the  student 
has  left  campus  as  a  result  of  an  emergency  and  notify  instructors.  Instructors  may 
elect  to  assign  a  "W"  in  such  a  case  even  if  it  occurs  after  mid-semester  or  midsession. 


69 


Class  Attendance 


Regular  attendance  at  class  sessions,  laboratories,  examinations,  and  official 
University  convocations  is  an  obligation  which  all  students  are  expected  to  fulfill. 
Faculty  members  set  attendance  policies  in  their  course  syllabi. 


Grading 


Faculty  members  submit  mid-semester  reports  to  the  Registrar's  Office  on 
class  rolls  indicating  Satisfactory  or  Unsatisfactory  (S  or  U).  These  mid-semester 
reports  are  not  part  of  the  student's  permanent  record. 

Faculty  members  submit  letter  grades  at  the  end  of  each  semester.  These 
grades  become  part  of  the  student's  official  record.  Once  entered,  a  grade  may 
not  be  changed  except  by  means  of  an  officially  executed  Change  of  Grade  form. 

A  student's  cumulative  grade-point  average  (GPA)  is  calculated  by  dividing 
the  number  of  semester  hours  of  work  the  student  has  attempted  at  Oglethorpe 
into  the  total  number  of  quality  points  earned. 

The  letter  grades  used  at  Oglethorpe  are  defined  as  follows: 


Quality 

Numerical 

Grade 

Meaning 

Points 

Equivalent 

A 

Superior 

4.0 

93-100 

A- 

3.7 

90-92 

B+ 

3.3 

87-89 

B 

Good 

3.0 

83-86 

B- 

2.7 

80-82 

C+ 

2.3 

77-79 

C 

Satisfactory 

2.0 

73-76 

c- 

1.7 

70-72 

D+ 

1.3 

67-69 

D 

Passing 

1.0 

60-66 

F 

Failure 

().() 

59  and  below 

FA 

Failure:  Excessive  Abse 

nces* 

0 

W 

Withdrew** 

0 

WF 

Withdrew  Failing* 

0 

WX 

Grade  Withdrawn/ Freshman 

Forgiveness  Policy  (see 

below) 

0 

I 

Incomplete*** 

0 

s 

Satisfactory*  *  *  * 

o 

70  or  higher 

u 

Unsatisfactory* 

0 

AU 

Audit  (no  credit) 

0 

Notes:      * 


Grade  has  same  effect  as  an  "F"  on  the  GPA. 
Grade  has  no  effect  on  the  GPA;  no  credit  awarded. 
Grade  has  same  effect  as  an  "F"  on  the  GPA.  If  a  stu- 


70 


dent  is  unable  to  complete  the  work  for  a  course  on 
time  for  reasons  of  health,  family  tragedy,  or  other  cir- 
cumstances the  instructor  deems  appropriate,  the 
grade'T'  may  be  assigned.  If  the  student  completes  the 
work  within  30  days  of  the  last  day  of  final  examina- 
tions (of  the  semester  in  question),  the  instructor  will 
evaluate  the  work  and  turn  in  a  revised  grade.  Any  "I" 
not  changed  by  the  professor  within  45  days  of  the  last 
day  of  final  examinations  will  automatically  be  changed 
to  a  grade  of  "F." 
****      -  Grade  has  no  effect  on  the  GPA;  credit  is  awarded. 

Only  work  completed  at  Oglethorpe  is  reflected  in  the  Oglethorpe  GPA. 

Good  Academic  Standing,  Probation,  and 
Academic  Dismissal 

To  be  in  good  academic  standing  students  must  achieve  the  cumulative  grade- 
point  averages  specified  below  in  relation  to  the  number  of  semester  hours  they 
have  completed. 

Cumulative  GPA  Required 
Semester  Hours  Completed  for  Good  Standing 

0-35  1.50 

36-64  1.75 

65  and  above  2.00 

Students  who  fail  to  achieve  good  standing  are  placed  on  probation. 

Students  who  do  not  achieve  good  standing  for  two  consecutive  semesters 
(poor  performance  in  summer  sessions  excluded)  are  subject  to  dismissal  from 
the  University  for  academic  reasons.  However,  successful  completion  of  summer 
classes  taken  at  Oglethorpe  may  be  used  to  achieve  good  academic  standing. 

New  students,  freshmen,  or  transfer  students  who  fail  all  courses  during  their 
first  semester  at  Oglethorpe  are  subject  to  dismissal,  unless  the  student  received  a 
"W"  in  all  courses  or  had  to  withdraw  from  all  courses  for  medical  reasons. 

Students  who  have  been  dismissed  for  academic  reasons  may  be  readmitted 
after  an  absence  of  one  spring  or  fall  semester  upon  petition  to  the  Provost.  Stu- 
dents readmitted  by  petition  must  achieve  good  standing  by  the  end  of  their  sec- 
ond semester  as  readmitted  students  or  be  subject  to  permanent  dismissal. 


Repetition  of  Courses 


Courses  may  be  repeated  only  if  an  unsatisfactory  grade  ("D,"  "F,"  "FA,"  or 
"WF")  was  received  in  the  course.  When  a  course  is  repeated,  both  grades  are 
calculated  into  the  student's  grade-point  average,  but  no  additional  semester  hours 
of  credit  are  earned. 


71 


Freshman  Forgiveness  Policy 


Beginning  in  Fall  Semester  2001,  during  a  student's  freshman  and  sopho- 
more years  at  Oglethorpe,  a  single  "F"  per  semester  will  be  removed  from  the 
student's  transcript  if  in  the  following  semester  the  student  earns  a  2.0  grade- 
point  average.  For  purposes  of  this  policy,  a  semester  is  defined  as  12  or  more 
semester  hours  at  Oglethorpe.  A  form  requesting  removal  of  the  "F"  may  be 
obtained  from  the  Registrar's  Office.  It  must  be  signed  and  approved  by  the 
student's  academic  advisor  and  returned  to  the  Registrar. 


Course  Substitutions 


Requests  for  course  substitutions  for  students  with  documented  disabilities 
are  handled  on  a  case-by-case  basis.  The  Learning  Resources  Director  or  the  Asso- 
ciate Dean  for  Administration  will  present  the  student's  request  to  the  Academic 
Program  Committee.  The  petition  should  state  the  specific  accommodation  re- 
quested and  a  rationale.  The  petition  must  be  presented  to  the  Committee  no 
later  than  the  last  regular  meeting  of  the  semester  prior  to  when  the  course  would 
be  taken.  See  Learning  Resources  Center  in  the  Educational  Enrichment  section 
of  this  Bulletin. 

Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory  Option 

After  32  semester  hours  are  earned  at  Oglethorpe  a  student  in  good  academic 
standing  may  register  to  take  two  courses  (in  addition  to  internships  and  Science 
Seminar)  on  a  Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory  basis.  These  courses  cannot  be  taken  in 
the  same  semester  and  cannot  be  used  to  satisfy  proficiency  requirements,  core 
requirements,  or  the  student's  major  or  minor.  The  student  must  register  for  the 
Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory  designation  by  the  end  of  the  Drop/ Add  period  after 
which  the  Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory  designation  cannot  be  changed.  Satisfac- 
tory is  defined  as  a  "C-"  or  better. 


Final  Examinations 


Final  examinations,  up  to  four  hours  in  length,  generally  are  given  in  courses 
at  the  end  of  each  semester  or  session.  The  Final  Examination  Schedule  is  made 
up  in  the  Registrar's  Office  and  is  printed  in  each  semester's  Schedule  of  Classes. 
(Final  examinations  in  the  summer  are  held  on  the  last  day  of  each  session.)  Final 
examinations  must  be  given  at  the  assigned  date  and  time. 

No  final  examinations  may  be  administered  during  the  last  scheduled  class 
meeting  of  the  semester  or  during  the  reading  period  prior  to  the  first  day  of 
scheduled  final  examinations.  If  special  arrangements  are  needed  for  individual 
students,  faculty  members  must  inform  their  Division  Chair.  (Regular  course  tests 
may  not  be  given  on  the  last  day  of  classes  or  be  scheduled  on  the  reading  day.) 

No  student  help  is  to  be  used  for  typing  or  grading  examinations. 


72 


Grade  Appeal  Policy 


If  a  student  believes  that  a  course  grade  has  been  assigned  in  a  capricious  or 
prejudicial  manner,  he  or  she  may  appeal  the  grade  through  the  following  steps. 

1.  The  student  submits  a  written  appeal  to  the  instructor  clearly  stating  the 
reasons  for  believing  that  the  grade  was  assigned  in  a  capricious  or  preju- 
dicial manner. 

2.  The  instructor  changes  the  grade  or  replies  in  writing,  explaining  why  the 
extant  grade  is  appropriate. 

3.  If  the  student  is  not  satisfied  with  the  explanation,  he  or  she  may  submit 
the  written  appeal  and  response  to  the  appropriate  Division  Chair,  who 
asks  two  faculty  members  with  suitable  experience  in  appropriate  disci- 
plines to  serve  with  the  Division  Chair  as  a  ruling  committee.  If  the  in- 
structor is  a  Division  Chair,  the  senior  faculty  member  in  the  Division  will 
serve  in  place  of  the  Chair.  The  ruling  committee  receives  all  written 
materials  relevant  to  the  case  and  may  request  additional  information.  If 
the  ruling  committee  rules  in  favor  of  the  instructor,  written  notification 
is  given  both  to  the  instructor  and  to  the  student  and  there  is  no  further 
appeal.  If  the  committee  rules  in  favor  of  the  student,  the  Chair  advises 
the  instructor  to  reconsider  the  grade.  If  the  instructor  refuses  to  change 
the  grade,  the  ruling  committee  may  submit  a  written  recommendation 
for  a  grade  change  to  the  Provost,  whose  final  decision  will  be  based  on  a 
review  of  the  materials  that  have  been  submitted  and  the  process  that  has 
been  followed. 

The  entire  process  must  be  initiated  within  30  days  of  the  first  day  of  classes 
in  the  semester  immediately  following  the  assignment  of  the  grade  and  must  be 
completed  by  the  end  of  that  semester. 


Auditing  Courses 


Regularly  admitted  Oglethorpe  students  may  register  for  courses  on  an  "au- 
dit" basis.  A  student  who  audits  a  course  may  attend  it  for  enrichment  but  is  not 
required  to  take  course  examinations  or  complete  other  course  requirements.  In 
order  to  audit  a  course,  an  admitted  student  must  request  an  Audit  form  from  the 
Registrar's  Office  and  submit  it  to  the  instructor  of  the  course  he  or  she  intends  to 
audit.  If  the  class  is  not  closed,  the  instructor  may  accept  the  student  as  an  audit  by 
returning  the  signed  form  to  the  Registrar's  Office.  The  grade  awarded  for  a  class 
taken  on  an  audit  basis  is  "AU,"  and  no  credits  or  quality  points  are  earned. 

Students  may  register  to  take  courses  on  an  audit  basis  only  during  the  nor- 
mal time  for  dropping  and  adding  courses.  The  fees  for  auditing  courses  are  pub- 
lished by  the  Business  Office. 


Dean's  List 


Students  who  earn  a  semester  grade-point  average  of  3.5  or  higher  carrying 
12  semester  hours  or  more  during  the  fall  or  spring  semester,  or  during  the  sum- 
mer sessions,  are  placed  on  the  Dean's  Academic  Honors  List. 


73 


Graduation  Requirements 


To  earn  a  baccalaureate  degree  from  the  University  the  following  require- 
ments must  be  met: 

1.  Completion  of  a  minimum  of  128  semester  hours  and  a  cumulative  grade- 
point  average  of  2.0  or  higher  on  Oglethorpe  course  work.  No  more  than 
four  semester  hours  earned  in  Seminar  for  Student  Tutors  or  Team  Teach- 
ing for  Critical  Thinking  are  permitted  to  count  toward  the  128-semester 
hour  requirement.  (Students  who  entered  prior  to  fall  1998  must  have 
completed  a  minimum  of  120  semester  hours.) 

2.  Completion  at  Oglethorpe  of  32  of  the  last  64  semester  hours  of  course 
credit  immediately  preceding  graduation.  Courses  taken  at  University 
Center  institutions  on  a  cross-registration  basis  count  as  Oglethorpe 
courses  for  the  purpose  of  meeting  this  residency  requirement. 

3.  Satisfaction  of  core  requirements  and  major  field  or  dual  degree  require- 
ments (see  appropriate  disciplinary  headings  for  descriptions). 

4.  Submission  of  an  application  for  graduation  to  the  Registrar's  Office  by 
mid-October  prior  to  completion  of  degree  requirements  the  following 
December,  May,  or  August. 

5.  Satisfaction  of  all  financial  and  other  obligations  to  the  University  and 
payment  of  a  degree  completion  fee. 

6.  Participation  in  assessments  of  competencies  gained  and  curricular  effec- 
tiveness by  completing  standardized  or  other  tests  and  surveys. 

7.  Formal  faculty  and  Board  of  Trustees  approval  for  graduation. 


Graduation  Exercises 


Graduation  exercises  are  held  once  a  year  at  the  close  of  the  spring  semester 
in  May.  Diplomas  are  awarded  at  the  close  of  the  spring  semester  during  com- 
mencement and  at  the  close  of  the  summer  session.  Students  completing  require- 
ments at  the  end  of  summer  or  fall  are  encouraged  to  participate  in  the  following 
spring  graduation  exercises. 

Degrees  with  Latin  Academic  Honors 

Undergraduate  degrees  with  Latin  academic  honors  are  awarded  as  follows: 
cum  laude  for  a  cumulative  grade-point  average  of  3.5  or  higher;  magna  cum  laude 
for  3.7  or  higher;  and  summa  cum  laude  for  3.9  or  higher.  To  be  eligible  for  Latin 
academic  honors,  students  entering  fall  1998  or  thereafter  must  have  completed 
68  or  more  semester  hours  in  residence  at  Oglethorpe.  Students  entering  prior  to 
fall  1998  must  have  completed  65  semester  hours  in  residence  at  Oglethorpe  to  be 
considered  for  Latin  academic  honors. 

Transfer  work  is  not  included  in  the  determination  for  Latin  academic  honors. 


74 


Degrees  with  Honors  Thesis 


Please  see  the  Honors  Program  in  the  Educational  Enrichment  section  of  this 
Bulletin. 


Double  Major  Policy 


A  student  may  earn  a  double  major  subject  to  the  following  conditions: 

1.  The  student  must  meet  all  requirements  of  both  majors. 

2.  The  student  may  count  no  more  than  three  of  the  courses  taken  to  meet 
the  major  requirements  of  one  of  the  fields  toward  meeting  the  major 
requirements  of  the  other  field. 

3.  The  transcript  will  list  both  majors.  In  case  both  majors  result  in  the 
same  degree,  that  degree  will  be  awarded. 

4.  In  case  the  two  majors  result  in  different  degrees,  the  student  will  receive 
only  one  degree,  that  being  the  student's  choice  of  the  two  degree  desig- 
nations. 


Earning  a  Second  Add-On  Major 


Students  who  have  been  awarded  an  Oglethorpe  baccalaureate  degree  may 
return  to  earn  a  second  major  within  that  degree  at  the  University.  Upon  comple- 
tion of  the  requirements,  the  second  major  will  be  entered  on  the  student's  record 
and  transcript.  No  diploma  will  be  awarded  when  the  second  major  is  within  the 
degree  already  awarded.  The  requirements  are: 

1.  Completion  of  an  additional  32  semester  hours  of  which  a  minimum  of 
16  must  be  completed  at  Oglethorpe. 

2.  Maintenance  of  a  2.0  or  higher  cumulative  grade-point  average. 

3.  Completion  of  a  major  other  than  the  major(s)  completed  at  the  time  the 
first  degree  was  awarded,  subject  to  the  first  two  conditions  listed  above 
under  the  Double  Major  Policy. 

Earning  a  Second  Baccalaureate  Degree 

Students  who  have  completed  a  baccalaureate  degree  may  be  awarded  a  sec- 
ond and  different  baccalaureate  degree.  Upon  completion  of  the  requirements, 
the  student's  record  and  transcript  will  reflect  the  conferring  of  a  second  degree 
and  a  diploma  will  be  awarded. 

For  students  who  earned  their  first  baccalaureate  degree  at  Oglethorpe,  the 
same  requirements  listed  above  under  Earning  a  Second  Add-On  Major  apply. 

For  students  who  have  earned  their  first  baccalaureate  degree  at  another  insti- 
tution, this  degree  is  treated  as  transfer  credit.  Up  to  a  maximum  of  80  semester 
hours  may  be  accepted  at  Oglethorpe.  The  requirements  for  the  second  degree 


75 


1.  Satisfaction  of  Oglethorpe  core  requirements. 

2.  Completion  of  a  minimum  of  48  semester  hours  at  Oglethorpe. 

3.  Maintenance  of  a  2.0  or  higher  cumulative  grade-point  average. 

4.  Completion  of  a  major  other  than  the  major(s)  completed  at  the  time 
the  first  degree  was  awarded. 

All  transfer  policies  stated  in  the  section  of  this  Bulletin  entitled  Transfer 
Students  and  Transfer  Policies  apply. 

Student  Classification 


For  administrative  and  other  official  and  extra-official  purposes,  undergradu- 
ate students  are  classified  according  to  the  number  of  semester  hours  successfully 
completed.  Classification  is  as  follows:  0  to  32  hours  -  freshman;  33  to  64  hours  - 
sophomore;  65  to  96  hours  -junior;  97  hours  and  above  -  senior. 


Normal  Academic  Load 


Two  semesters  -  fall  and  spring  -  constitute  the  regular  academic  year,  and 
two  sessions  are  offered  in  the  summer. 

While  courses  of  one  to  four  semester  hours  credit  are  offered  each  semester, 
a  full-time  academic  program  at  Oglethorpe  consists  of  no  less  than  three  regular 
four-semester  hour  courses  each  semester  or  a  minimum  of  12  semester  hours. 
Generally  four  courses  are  taken,  giving  the  student  a  total  of  16  semester  hours, 
with  a  maximum  of  18  hours  allowed  as  part  of  the  regular  full-time  program. 
This  includes  any  cross-registered  courses. 

An  overload  of  19-20  semester  hours  is  allowed  for  students  with  1)  junior 
standing  and  2)  a  minimum  grade-point  average  of  3.5,  unless  the  overload  is  due 
to  internship  hours,  otherwise  a  3.0  grade-point  average.  A  request  form  may  be 
obtained  from  the  Registrar's  Office  and  requires  signed  approval  by  the  student's 
advisor  and  the  Provost. 

During  the  summer  a  student  will  be  permitted  to  take  no  more  than  eight 
hours  in  any  5-week  session  (nine  hours  if  one  of  the  courses  is  a  5-hour  laboratory 
science  course).  Thus,  a  student  will  be  limited  to  a  maximum  of  two  4-hour 
courses,  plus  one  hour  of  Applied  Instruction  in  Music,  in  a  5-week  session.  Or,  to 
a  maximum  of  one  4-hour  course  in  a  5-week  session  while  simultaneously  en- 
rolled in  a  maximum  of  two  3-hour  courses  in  an  8-week  session.  The  student 
should  be  cautioned  that  these  maximum  limits  represent  course  loads  that  are 
approximately  fifty  percent  greater  than  the  ceiling  of  18  hours  during  the  regular 
academic  year.  Successful  completion  of  such  a  load  will  require  a  correspond- 
ingly greater  effort  on  the  part  of  the  student. 


Course  Level 


In  the  Programs  of  Study  section  of  this  Bulletin,  disciplines  and  majors  are 
listed  alphabetically.  Respective  courses  under  each  are  designated  by  a  prefix 
that  identifies  the  discipline  and  a  three-digit  number.  The  first  digit  indicates  the 


76 


level  of  the  course:  1  =  freshman  level,  2  =  sophomore  level,  3  =  junior  level,  and  4 
=  senior  level.  (A  5  or  6  typically  denotes  a  graduate-level  course.)  Higher-level 
courses  in  a  discipline  are  typically  designed  to  build  upon  the  content  of  lower- 
level  courses  in  that  discipline  and  other  specified  prerequisite  courses. 

The  number  of  hours  refers  to  the  semester  hours  of  college  credit  per  semes- 
ter, which  are  earned  by  the  successful  completion  of  the  course. 

Access  to  Student  Records 

To  comply  with  the  Family  Educational  and  Privacy  Act  of  1974,  commonly 
called  the  Buckley  Amendment,  Oglethorpe  University  informs  students  of  their 
rights  under  this  act  in  the  student  handbook,  The  O  Book.  Three  basic  rights  are 
covered  by  this  act:  1)  The  student's  right  to  have  access  to  personal  records,  2)  the 
right  of  a  hearing  to  challenge  the  content  of  a  record,  and  3)  the  right  to  withhold 
or  give  consent  for  the  release  of  identifying  directory  data.  Additional  informa- 
tion may  be  obtained  from  The  O  Book  and  from  the  Registrar. 

Oglethorpe  Honor  Code 

Persons  who  come  to  Oglethorpe  University  for  work  and  study  join  a  com- 
munity that  is  committed  to  high  standards  of  academic  honesty.  The  Honor  Code 
contains  the  responsibilities  we  accept  by  becoming  members  of  the  community. 

The  students  and  faculty  of  Oglethorpe  University  expect  each  other  to  be 
truthful  in  the  academic  endeavor  they  share.  Faculty  assume  students  complete 
work  honestly  and  act  toward  them  in  ways  consistent  with  that  assumption. 

Oglethorpe  welcomes  all  admitted  students  who  accept  our  principles  of  hon- 
est behavior.  We  believe  that  this  Code  will  enrich  our  years  at  the  University  and 
allow  us  to  begin  practicing  the  honorable,  self-governed  lives  expected  of  society's 
leaders. 

Students  pledge  that  they  have  completed  assignments  honestly  by  attaching 
the  following  statement  to  each  test,  paper,  overnight  work,  in-class  essay,  or  other 
work  designated  by  professors: 

I  pledge  that  I  have  neither  given  nor  received  any 
unauthorized  aid  on  this  assignment. 
Signed 

It  will  be  the  responsibility  of  the  student  to  provide  these  pledges  by  either 
attaching  them  on  a  separate  sheet  or  typing  them  as  part  of  the  assignment.  The 
instructor  also  should  remind  the  class  to  sign  the  pledge.  The  pledge  serves  as  an 
affirmation  of  the  student's  and  the  instructor's  belief  in  the  principles  of  the 
Honor  Code.  Assigned  work  should  not  be  considered  complete  without  the  pledge. 

Since  it  is  assumed  that  students  act  according  to  their  pledge,  faculty  abstain 
from  any  practices  whose  purpose  is  to  ascertain  that  students  have  been  dishon- 
est unless  there  is  a  compelling  reason  to  believe  that  cheating  has  taken  place. 
Instructors  should  invite  their  own  students  to  discuss  with  them  actions  or  poli- 
cies that  appear  to  be  at  variance  with  the  assumption  of  honesty. 


77 


All  credit  courses  offered  by  the  University  are  covered  by  the  Honor  Code, 
and  all  cases  of  suspected  academic  dishonesty  would  be  handled  in  accordance 
with  its  provisions.  It  is  the  responsibility  of  faculty  members  to  make  clear  how 
the  Code  applies  to  specific  courses  and  to  follow  its  procedures.  The  Oglethorpe 
University  Judicial  Review  Board  serves  as  the  final  arbiter  in  all  disputes  con- 
cerning the  Honor  Code.  For  a  complete  text  of  the  Honor  Code,  please  see  The 
O  Book,  the  student  handbook. 


78 


Educational 
Enrichment 


First-Year  Experience 


Oglethorpe  University's  faculty  and  student  affairs  staff  work  together  to  co- 
ordinate academic  offerings  and  student  services  in  order  to  create  a  first-year 
experience  that  is  welcoming,  supportive,  and  challenging.  This  integrated  pro- 
gram is  committed  to  encouraging  first-year  students  to  succeed. 

Major  features  of  this  first-year  experience  include  the  course  Fresh  Focus, 
the  freshman  advising  program,  a  two-semester  core  course  in  humanities,  pro- 
grams in  the  residence  halls,  the  tutoring  services  of  the  Academic  Resource  Cen- 
ter, and  a  coordinated  intervention  process  for  assisting  students  in  trouble. 

FOC  101.  Fresh  Focus 1  hour 

This  class,  required  for  all  entering  first-year  students,  is  a  group-oriented 
course  involving  upper-class  students  and  faculty.  Students  select  a  class  from 
among  numerous  topics  with  experiential  and  interactive  as  well  as  academic  fea- 
tures. The  faculty  instructor  serves  as  the  student's  academic  advisor  during  the 
first  year.  The  first  meeting  of  each  group  of  students  is  during  new  student 
orientation,  and  continues  thereafter  twice  weekly  for  the  first  half  of  the  semes- 
ter to  pursue  their  chosen  topic  and  share  related  experiences.  During  the  same 
period  new  students  will  also  attend  occasional  workshops  on  aspects  of  leader- 
ship, health  and  wellness,  careers,  skills  for  academic  success,  and  open  houses  in 
the  academic  divisions.   Graded  on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis. 

FOC  201.  Team  Teaching  for  Critical  Thinking 1  hour 

Upper-class  student  mentors  assist  faculty  instructors  in  planning  and  teach- 
ing the  special  topics  sessions  of  Fresh  Focus  or  other  freshman-level  courses. 
They  participate  in  training  meetings  prior  to  the  beginning  of  the  course,  com- 
municate with  entering  freshmen  over  the  summer,  attend  all  classes  in  their  Fresh 
Focus  section,  and  assist  with  the  advising  of  freshmen  throughout  their  first  year. 
Graded  on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the 
instructor. 


Sophomore  Choices 


Students  in  their  second,  third,  and  fourth  semesters  of  college  are  encour- 
aged to  participate  in  Sophomore  Choices.  This  seminar  is  designed  to  introduce 
students  to  a  model  for  career  decision  making  that  is  useful  throughout  life.  In- 
formational interviewing  and  visits  to  Atlanta  workplaces  allow  students  to  learn 
about  particular  occupations  or  career  fields  of  interest  and  to  begin  to  make 
career  connections  in  the  community.  These  experiences  may  help  students  as 
they  select  courses,  majors  and  minors,  and  internships. 

CHO  101.  Sophomore  Choices  1  hour 

During  this  six-week  career  exploration  seminar,  students  complete  interest 
and  personality  assessments,  learn  how  to  find  information  about  different  ca- 
reers, and  develop  interviewing,  networking,  and  resume-writing  skills.  Students 
then  conduct  informational  interviews  with  professionals  in  their  fields  of  inter- 
est. Graded  on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis. 

SO 


Making  a  Life  and  Making  a  Living 

In  the  liberal  arts  environment,  students  gain  a  broad  education  with  essen- 
tial communication  and  critical  thinking  skills.  Students  do  not  learn  generally 
how  to  communicate  those  skills  to  potential  employers  or  graduate  schools. 
Oglethorpe,  however,  makes  a  commitment  to  helping  students  reap  the  life-long 
benefits  of  their  education.  Sophomore  Choices  is  a  career  decision-making  class 
designed  to  help  students  begin  planning  their  careers  and  includes  resume  writ- 
ing and  informational  interviewing.  Senior  Transitions  picks  up  where  Sopho- 
more Choices  leaves  off  and  teaches  the  skills  necessary  to  implement  the  career 
decision. 

SEN  401.  Senior  Transitions 1  hour 

This  course  is  designed  to  prepare  students  for  a  successful  transition  to  life 
after  college.  A  successful  career  requires  effective,  informed  planning.  Topics 
will  include  industry  and  employer  research,  job  searching,  interviewing,  network- 
ing, salary  negotiation  and  more.  All  students  will  have  interaction  with  alumni 
through  an  assigned  alumni  mentor  and  in-class  guest  speakers.  A  special  focus 
will  be  designed  for  students  considering  graduate  school.  Students  will  leave  the 
course  with  a  spotless  resume,  cover  letter  samples,  fine-tuned  interview  skills, 
and  a  plan  for  landing  a  job  or  graduate  school  acceptance. 

Academic  Resource  Center  -  Tutoring 

The  Academic  Resource  Center  provides  group  and  individual  tutoring  and 
other  academic  activities  for  all  students,  free  of  charge.  The  ARC  services  in- 
clude helping  students  to  prepare  for  papers  and  examinations,  as  well  as  arrang- 
ing enriching  group  study  and  research  for  students  who  are  already  doing  well  in 
core  classes  and  other  courses.  The  student  tutors  work  closely  with  the  faculty 
teaching  the  classes  in  which  they  are  tutoring,  meeting  regularly  to  plan  and 
provide  individual  and  small-group  help  for  students  who  need  it,  and  to  increase 
interactive  and  collaborative  educational  experiences  both  in  and  outside 
Oglethorpe's  classrooms. 

ARC  201.  Seminar  for  Student  Tutors 1  hour 

Peer  tutors  at  the  Academic  Resource  Center  spend  two  hours  per  week  assist- 
ing other  students,  individually  or  in  groups,  with  course  material,  papers,  and 
preparation  for  examinations.  In  addition,  they  participate  in  support  and  train- 
ing meetings  with  the  ARC  directors  and  with  instructors  of  the  courses  in  which 
they  tutor.  They  discuss  how  to  work  with  texts  in  different  disciplines,  encourage 
study  group  members  to  help  each  other  learn,  and  foster  student  engagement 
with  and  assimilation  of  course  content.  Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  instruc- 
tor and  Associate  Provost  for  Student  Achievement. 


81 


Disability  Programs  and  Services 


It  is  the  policy  of  Oglethorpe  to  ensure  that  all  university  goods,  services, 
facilities,  privileges,  advantages  and  accommodations  are  meaningfully  accessible 
to  qualified  persons  with  disabilities  in  accordance  with  the  Americans  with  Dis- 
abilities Act  (ADA)  of  1990,  Section  504  of  the  Rehabilitation  Act  of  1973  and 
other  pertinent  federal,  state  and  local  disability  anti-discrimination  laws. 

Oglethorpe  will  provide  persons  with  disabilities  an  equal  opportunity  to  par- 
ticipate in  and  benefit  from  programs  and  services  as  afforded  to  other  individu- 
als. This  is  done  in  the  most  integrated  setting  appropriate  to  the  needs  of  the 
individual  with  a  disability. 

Where  readily  achievable,  architectural  and  communication  barriers  will  be 
removed.  New  structures  will  comply  fully  with  all  accessibility  requirements. 
Alterations  will  comply  to  the  maximum  extent  feasible.  Oglethorpe  will  make 
available  auxiliary  aids  and  services,  as  appropriate  to  the  individual  and  required 
by  the  ADA,  at  no  cost  to  the  individual,  provided  that  such  auxiliary  aids  and 
services  do  not  require  significant  difficulty  or  expense. 

Oglethorpe  does  not  discriminate  against  any  person  who  is  related  to  or 
associated  with  a  person  with  a  disability.  Oglethorpe  will  comply  with  any  fed- 
eral, state  or  local  laws  that  provide  individuals  with  disabilities  greater  protec- 
tion, and  take  other  actions  necessary  to  ensure  equal  opportunity  for  persons 
with  disabilities. 

This  policy  applies  to  the  goods,  services,  privileges,  advantages  and  accom- 
modations offered  by  Oglethorpe  either  directly  or  through  contractual,  licensing 
or  other  arrangements.  This  policy  is  neither  exhaustive  nor  exclusive. 

Reasonable  accommodations  will  be  made  on  an  individualized  basis.  It  is 
the  responsibility  of  persons  with  disabilities,  however,  to  seek  available  assistance, 
register  for  services  and  establish  their  needs. 


Learning  Resources  Center 


The  Learning  Resources  Center  (LRC)  provides  individualized  services  at  no 
additional  cost  for  students  with  learning  disabilities  and  attention  deficit  disor- 
ders. This  program  ensures  that  these  students  have  an  opportunity  to  participate 
fully  in  the  Oglethorpe  experience.  Students  must  meet  established  University 
admission  requirements  and  program  technical  standards.  Qualified  students 
must  submit  comprehensive  professional  documentation  that  meets  the  established 
criteria  for  accepting  evaluations.  Students  approved  for  services  are  provided 
appropriate  modifications  of  regular  academic  class  work.  Students  without  docu- 
mented disabilities  who  are  experiencing  learning  difficulties  may  participate  in 
LRC  skills-building  courses,  workshops,  and  seminars  as  appropriate. 

The  LRC  is  located  in  Goodman  Hall.  The  Learning  Resources  Director  acts 
as  liaison  and  referral  between  the  student  with  a  disability  and  faculty  members. 
Academic  Resource  Center  tutors,  and  other  campus  programs.  For  additional 
information  visit  the  LRC  website  at  www.oglethorpe.edu/academics/lrc. 


82 


Experiential  Education 


Oglethorpe  University  strives  to  provide  valuable  learning  experiences  out- 
side of  the  traditional  classroom  setting.  Experiential  Education,  under  the  sup- 
port of  Career  Services,  offers  three  primary  programs:  Atlanta  in  the  Classroom, 
Exploration  Week,  and  Internships.  A  variety  of  additional  services,  including 
community  service  and  volunteer  opportunities,  service  learning,  and  career-re- 
lated programs  are  also  available. 

Atlanta  in  the  Classroom  utilizes  local  resources  to  enhance  Oglethorpe's 
traditional  academic  courses.  These  courses  might  include  guest  speakers,  site 
visits,  internships,  volunteer  work,  or  off-campus  research.  The  result?  Class- 
room experiences  are  enhanced  and  Oglethorpe's  liberal  education  is  brought  to 
life. 

Exploration  Week  is  a  week-long,  non-credit  program  that  occurs  each  Janu- 
ary prior  to  the  start  of  the  spring  semester.  In  small  seminars,  students  discuss 
topics  of  interest  and  visit  related  organizations.  This  free  program  allows  stu- 
dents to  work  closely  with  faculty  and  student  colleagues,  provides  an  outlet  for 
continued  research  in  a  particular  discipline,  and  helps  students  make  valuable 
contacts  in  their  field.  Students  choose  one  of  five  mini-courses,  the  topics  of 
which  change  each  year. 

Internships  provide  practical  experience  to  complement  the  academic  pro- 
gram, as  well  as  give  students  the  opportunity  to  solidify  career  decisions,  gain 
work  experience,  and  provide  a  service  to  the  community  in  their  fields  of  inter- 
est. More  than  half  of  college  students  nationwide  complete  internships,  making 
the  experience  an  essential  credential  for  competition  in  the  current  job  market. 

Internships  are  available  in  a  large  variety  of  local  businesses  and  organiza- 
tions representing  most  academic  majors  and  potential  career  fields.  Oglethorpe 
students  have  recently  completed  internships  at  The  Carter  Center,  CNN,  Georgia 
Pacific,  Atlanta  Magazine,  Zoo  Atlanta,  the  Atlanta  History  Center,  and  the  Geor- 
gia State  Legislature,  to  name  only  a  few.  In  addition  to  these  Atlanta-based  in- 
ternships, Oglethorpe  maintains  resources  and  affiliations  for  nationwide 
opportunities,  such  as  the  Washington  Center  in  D.C. 

Internships  are  available  in  most  majors  for  students  who:  1)  demonstrate  a 
clear  understanding  of  goals  they  wish  to  accomplish  in  the  experience  and  2) 
possess  the  necessary  academic  and  personal  background  to  accomplish  these 
goals.  Sophomores,  juniors,  and  seniors  with  a  minimum  grade-point  average  of 
2.0  qualify  to  apply  for  internships.  Transfer  students  must  complete  one  semes- 
ter at  Oglethorpe  prior  to  participation.  Every  internship  requires  a  statement  of 
objectives  and  academic  requirements,  in  addition  to  related  academic  assignments, 
developed  in  consultation  with  the  student's  internship  faculty  supervisor.  Upon 
successful  completion  of  the  internship,  the  student  is  awarded  academic  credit 
(graded  on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis)  in  recognition  of  the  learning  value 
of  the  experience.  Students  may  apply  for  1-16  semester  hours  of  internship  credit 
toward  their  degree,  with  approval  from  their  academic  advisor  and  the  Experien- 
tial Education  Committee.  Students  seeking  more  than  4  semester  hours  must 
submit  an  appeal  form  to  the  Career  Services  Office  indicating  why  the  intern- 
ship exceeds  the  normal  number  of  hours  and  outlining  additional  projects  in 
which  the  student  will  participate.  Students  desiring  academic  credit  must  register 
for  the  internship  before  the  end  of  the  Drop/ Add  period  of  the  semester  in 


83 


question.  Students  who  wish  to  engage  in  internships  on  a  voluntary  basis  do  not 
need  to  apply  for  academic  credit;  however,  they  should  follow  the  same  basic 
internship  guidelines. 

Students  who  are  interested  in  an  internship  should  first  consult  with  their 
faculty  advisor  and  then  visit  the  Career  Services  Office  in  Goodman  Hall. 

Honors  Program 

All  students  at  Oglethorpe  University  are  encouraged  to  attain  academic  and 
personal  excellence.  The  University  offers  an  Honors  Program  for  those  students 
who  demonstrate  the  potential  to  do  exceptional  scholarly  work  and  who  desire  to 
further  their  academic  experience  at  Oglethorpe.  The  program  focuses  on  the 
practice  of  scholarship,  both  in  breadth  and  in  depth,  and  emphasizes  effective 
communication  of  the  results  of  that  scholarly  activity  both  to  persons  within  the 
field  and  outside  it.  The  Honors  Program  also  is  intended  to  foster  increased 
interaction  between  students  and  faculty  with  diverse  interests  but  similar  dedica- 
tion to  academic  excellence. 

Academic  honors  earned  through  the  Honors  Program  are  recognized  at 
commencement  exercises,  on  the  student's  diploma,  and  on  the  student's  tran- 
script of  grades. 

To  meet  the  goals  of  the  Honors  Program,  a  seven-semester  program  is  orga- 
nized in  two  phases  as  indicated  in  the  table  below. 

SCHEDULE  FOR  HONORS  PROGRAM 


YEAR 


FALL  SEMESTER 


SPRING  SEMESTER 


Recruitment/ Application. 
Freshman  Social  activities. 

Informational  activities. 


Seminar  led  by  two  faculty  from 
disparate  disciplines.   Graded  A-F. 
HON  201.  Honors  Seminar.  1  hour 


Seminar  led  by  two  faculty 
Sophomore  from  disparate  disciplines. 

Graded  A-F 
HON  201.  Honors  Seminar..!  hour 


Seminar  led  by  two  faculty  from 
disparate  disciplines.   Graded  A-F. 

HON  201.  Honors  Seminar..!  bour 


Development  of  Honors  Project 
Junior  prospectus  and  reading  list. 

Initial  reading.  Attend  research 
skills  sessions.  Graded  U/S. 

HON  301.  Honors  1 1  hour 


Refinement  of  prospectus. 
Honors  Project  Research.   Pro- 
spectus must  be  approved  by 
select  faculty  to  continue. 
Graded  U/S. 
HON  302.  Honors  II 1  hour 


Senior 


Project  research  and  preparation 

of  initial  draft  of  thesis.  Gritique 

by  reading  committee. 

Graded  A-F 

HON  401.  Honors  III 4  hours 


Preparation  of  final  draft  of  thesis. 
Defense.  Presentation  of  Honors 
work. 

HON  402.  Honors  IV  ...  0  hours 


Each  fall  semester  informational  programs  are  held  to  acquaint  prospective  par- 
ticipants with  the  features  and  requirements  of  the  Honors  Program.  Interested 
students  should  then  apply  for  admission  to  the  program.  A  grade-point  average 
of  3.3  is  required  to  participate  in  the  first  seminar.  A  grade-point  average  of  3.3 


S4 


must  be  maintained  to  continue  in  the  Honors  Program.  Students  may  apply  for 
admission  to  the  program  at  any  time  prior  to  the  fall  semester  of  the  junior  year. 

The  first  phase  of  the  program,  intended  to  be  taken  in  the  freshman  and 
sophomore  years,  consists  of  a  minimum  of  two  1-semester  hour  seminars  (HON 
201).  Students  are  expected,  encouraged,  and  enabled  to  take  the  lead  in  the 
seminars.  Students  carry  out  research  relevant  to  the  topic,  write  extensively  in 
connection  with  the  seminar,  and  make  frequent  presentations  of  their  findings  to 
the  seminar.  This  phase  focuses  on  scholarship  in  breadth  and  communication  to 
persons  whose  interests  may  be  outside  one's  own  area  of  interest  and  expertise. 
Students  practice  and  refine  many  of  the  skills  and  techniques  necessary  for  the 
second  phase  of  the  Honors  Program.  Note  that  students  who  elect  to  enter  the 
Honors  Program  later  in  their  careers  must  still  take  these  two  seminars  at  some 
point. 

The  second  phase  of  the  Honors  Program,  in  the  junior  and  senior  years, 
focuses  on  scholarship  in  depth  and  the  effective  communication  of  the  results  of 
that  scholarship  to  persons  in  the  field  of  study,  as  well  as  those  outside  it.  During 
the  fall  semester  of  the  junior  year,  the  student  secures  a  thesis  supervisor  and 
enrolls  in  HON  301.  Honors  I.  Honors  I  carries  credit  of  1-semester  hour  graded 
on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis,  with  the  grade  to  be  determined  by  the 
Honors  Program  Director  in  consultation  with  the  faculty  supervisor.  Satisfactory 
completion  of  Honors  I  is  required  to  continue  the  program. 

In  the  spring  of  the  junior  year  the  student  enrolls  in  HON  302.  Honors  II,  a 
1-semester  hour  credit  course,  graded  on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis,  in 
which  the  honors  project  is  further  refined  and  researched.  Upon  successful 
completion  of  Honors  II,  the  student  enrolls  in  HON  401.  Honors  III  during  the 
fall  semester  of  the  senior  year.  This  is  a  4  semester  hour  credit  course  in  which 
research  of  the  thesis  topic  is  to  be  completed.  A  first  draft  of  the  thesis  must  be 
submitted  to  the  student's  reading  committee  by  the  end  of  this  semester.  The 
reading  committee  provides  the  student  with  feedback,  including  recommended 
revisions. 

After  successful  completion  of  Honors  III,  the  student  enrolls  in  HON  402. 
Honors  IV,  a  required  course  which  carries  no  academic  credit,  during  the  spring 
semester  of  the  senior  year.  Students  are  encouraged  to  submit  their  theses  to 
appropriate  competitions  or  for  publication.  The  final  draft  of  the  thesis  is  pre- 
sented to  the  reading  committee  at  least  one  week  prior  to  the  end  of  classes.  At 
the  reading  committee's  discretion  the  student  may  be  asked  to  make  a  formal 
defense  of  the  thesis.  The  faculty  supervisor,  in  consultation  with  the  reading 
committee  and  the  Honors  Program  Director,  determines  whether  Honors  is  to 
be  awarded  by  the  first  day  of  the  final  examination  period. 

HON  201.  Honors  Seminar 1  hour 

This  seminar,  led  by  faculty  members  from  two  disparate  disciplines,  will  con- 
sider a  question,  problem,  proposition,  text,  period  of  time,  project,  etc.  The  fo- 
cus of  the  seminar  will  be  student  research,  writing,  and  presentation.  An 
interdisciplinary  approach  will  be  emphasized.  Seminars  have  included:  Self  Ref- 
erence -  Artificial  Intelligence,  Literature  and  Society,  Science  and  Postmodernism, 
Moderns  Confront  the  Classics:  Hobbes  and  Thucydides,  Evolutionary  Psychol- 
ogy, Creativity,  Politics  and  Theatre,  An  Intimate  History  of  Humanity,  and  Gen- 
der and  Discourse.  Graded  with  a  letter  grade  "A-F."  Prerequisite:  Application 
and  admission  into  the  Honors  Program. 

85 


HON  301.  Honors  I 1  hour 

In  this  course,  with  the  aid  of  a  faculty  supervisor,  the  student  selects  and 
begins  to  research  a  thesis  topic.  A  preliminary  prospectus  is  developed  along 
with  a  reading  list.  The  student  attends  a  series  of  research  skills  sessions.  Graded 
on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis.  Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  Honors 
Program  Director,  permission  of  the  faculty  supervisor,  a  3.3  overall  grade-point 
average,  and  a  3.5  grade-point  average  in  the  field  in  which  the  honors  research  is 
to  be  done. 

HON  302.  Honors  II  1  hour 

In  this  course  the  student  continues  to  research  in  order  to  refine  the  pro- 
spectus of  the  honors  project.  The  prospectus  and  related  materials  are  submit- 
ted to  a  select  group  of  faculty  who  must  approve  the  student's  preparedness  to 
continue  the  program.  Graded  on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis.  Prerequi- 
site: Satisfactory  grade  in  HON  301. 

HON  401.  Honors  in 4  hours 

Under  continued  direction  of  the  faculty  supervisor,  research  of  the  thesis 
topic  is  completed  in  this  course.  Preparation  of  a  first  draft  is  submitted  to  the 
student's  reading  committee.  Graded  with  a  letter  grade  "A-F."  Prerequisite:  Satis- 
factory grade  in  HON  302. 

HON  402.  Honors  IV 0  hours 

Revisions  are  made  and  a  final  draft  of  the  thesis  is  submitted  to  the  student's 
reading  committee.  A  formal  defense  of  the  thesis  may  be  scheduled.  An  appro- 
priate oral  presentation  of  the  honors  work  also  will  be  required  in  an  academic 
setting.  Prerequisite:  Minimum  grade  of  "C"  in  HON  401.  Grade  of  "I"  for  HON 
401  is  not  acceptable. 

International  Exchange  Partnerships/ 
Study  Abroad 

Oglethorpe  University  has  long  recognized  the  importance  of  fostering  inter- 
national understanding  among  its  students  and  faculty.  Oglethorpe's  commitment 
to  internationalism,  to  the  promotion  of  international  understanding,  and  to  the 
creation  of  an  international  environment  on  campus  has  been  greatly  enhanced 
in  recent  years  by  a  series  of  international  exchange  agreements  with  partner  insti- 
tutions in  other  countries.  These  have  blossomed  into  a  growing  global  network  of 
contact  between  the  students  and  faculty  of  Oglethorpe  University  and  participat- 
ing institutions  in  Europe,  Asia,  and  South  America. 

With  agreements  for  international  partnership  in  place,  and  with  other  ar- 
rangements on  the  horizon,  Oglethorpe  has  developed  the  beginning  of  an  entire 
network  of  personalized  relationships  with  partners.  In  1988,  which  saw  the 
University's  first  partnership  with  an  institution  abroad,  there  began  a  propitious 
year  for  international  understanding  on  the  Oglethorpe  campus.  The  opportu- 
nity for  Oglethorpe  students  to  study  abroad  with  their  peers  in  other  countries 
and  to  meet  students  from  these  sister  institutions  on  the  Oglethorpe  campus  has 
added  a  new  dimension  to  the  curriculum  and  life  of  the  University.    Students 


86 


Buenos  Aires 

China 

Dalian 

Ecuador 

Quito 

France 

Verdun 

Lille 

Germany 

Dortmund 

Japan 

Hokkaido 

Tokyo 

Mexico 

Guadalajara 

Monaco 

Netherlands 

The  Hague 

Russia 

Moscow 

considering  participation  in  this  program  usually  need  to  complete  course  work 
through  the  intermediate  level  in  the  national  language  of  each  country  in  prepa- 
ration for  study  abroad.  Some  partnership  institutions,  however,  provide  for  in- 
struction in  English. 

Partner  Institutions 

Argentina  Buenos  Aires  Universidad  de  Belgrano 

Universidad  del  Salvador 
Dongbei  University  of  Finance  and 

Economics 
Universidad  San  Francisco  de  Quito 
LyceeJ.A.  Margueritte 
Universite  Catholique  de  Lille 
Universitat  Dortmund 
Otaru  University  of  Commerce 
Seigakuin  University 
Instituto  Tecnologico  y  de  Estudios 

Superiores  de  Occidente 
University  of  Southern  Europe 
Haagse  Hogeschool 
Moscow  State  Linguistic  University 
of  Russia 
In  addition,  Oglethorpe  students  may  study  abroad  at  a  recognized,  accred- 
ited university  or  through  a  program  sponsored  by  an  American  college  or  univer- 
sity which  awards  credit  from  the  home  institution.  Oglethorpe  advisors  who 
specialize  in  the  international  studies  field  and  the  Study  Abroad  Coordinator  can 
acquaint  students  with  programs  at  these  institutions  and  with  a  wide  variety  of 
additional  overseas  study  abroad  programs. 

Students  who  wish  to  apply  for  financial  assistance  should  contact  Oglethorpe's 
Director  of  Financial  Aid  early  in  the  pursuit  of  a  study  abroad  program  in  order 
to  determine  available  funds  for  such  an  experience. 

Rich  Foundation  Urban  Leadership  Program 

Oglethorpe  University's  Rich  Foundation  Urban  Leadership  Program  chal- 
lenges students  to  develop  their  leadership  ability  throughout  their  college  years, 
and  awards  the  Certificate  of  Urban  Leadership  at  graduation.  Through  a  balance 
of  academic  courses,  workshops,  and  various  on-  and  off-campus  experiences,  it 
prepares  graduates  to  meet  the  challenges  of  responsible  citizenship  in  local,  na- 
tional and  international  communities.  Students  gain  a  broad  understanding  of 
leadership  concepts,  theories,  and  applications.  They  are  encouraged  to  consider 
their  education  in  light  of  the  demands  of  leadership  in  their  own  lives  as  well  as 
in  their  communities. 

The  program  takes  full  advantage  of  the  extraordinary  resources  of  the  At- 
lanta metropolitan  area.  A  major  economic  force  in  the  Southeast,  Atlanta  is  rich 
with  exceptional  learning  opportunities  in  the  realms  of  politics,  business,  the 
arts,  information  technology,  entertainment,  and  community  service.  Few  selec- 
tive universities  are  able  to  combine  a  rigorous  liberal  arts  education  with  the 
resources  and  opportunities  of  a  world-class  city. 


87 


The  following  curriculum  encompasses  the  four  required  courses  designed 
specifically  for  the  Rich  Foundation  Urban  Leadership  Program 

ULP  303.  The  New  American  City 4  hours 

The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  examine  the  problems  and  prospects  of  poli- 
tics and  policymaking  in  the  new  American  city  and  its  environs.  Consideration 
will  be  given  to  the  political  and  sociological  significance  of  a  number  of  the  fac- 
tors that  characterize  this  new  development,  including  extremes  of  wealth  and 
poverty,  the  mix  of  racial  and  ethnic  groups,  and  the  opportunities  and  challenges 
provided  by  progress  in  transportation  and  technology.  Offered  annually. 

ULP  304.  Community  Issues  Forum:  Principles  into  Practice 4  hours 

This  course  is  taught  as  a  weekly  evening  seminar  focusing  on  a  particular 
community  issue  and  accompanied  by  an  issue-related,  off-campus  internship.  To- 
gether with  community  leaders  and  faculty,  students  analyze  issues  confronting 
stakeholders,  collaborate  on  solutions,  and  present  findings  derived  from  their 
internship  assignments.  Students  have  interned  with  the  state  legislature,  local 
and  state  chambers  of  commerce,  community  food  banks,  arts  organizations,  cor- 
porations, non-profit  organizations,  and  a  number  of  other  community  groups. 
Topics  covered  in  previous  years  include:  education,  transportation,  health  care, 
and  the  environment.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor. 

BUS  495.  Special  Topics  in  Business  Administration:  Insights  into  Great 
Leaders  in  Action  -  Biographical  Analysis 4  hours 

This  interdisciplinary  course  examines  the  lives  and  accomplishments  of  great 
leaders  and  is  an  excellent  introduction  to  the  required  course  work  of  the  Pro- 
gram. Students  investigate  leadership  as  one  of  the  central  challenges  to  building 
and  sustaining  organizations,  institutions,  and  nations.  They  probe  competing 
theories  of  leadership  and  evaluate  and  discuss  the  experiences  and  effectiveness 
of  great  leaders  through  an  in-depth  analysis  of  the  biography  of  each  student's 
choice.  In  addition,  students  are  asked  to  reflect  upon  their  own  leadership  poten- 
tial.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor. 

Urban  Leadership  Elective 4  hours 

With  the  approval  of  the  Rich  Foundation  Urban  Leadership  Program  Direc- 
tor and  the  academic  advisor,  the  student  selects  an  appropriate  course  to  satisfy 
the  fourth  course  requirement  of  the  program.  Ideally,  the  elective  course  will  be 
part  of  the  student's  major  or  minor,  or  in  an  area  of  vocational  interest.  The 
principal  objective  of  the  elective  requirement  is  to  look  for  intellectual  or  applied 
leadership  in  the  student's  chosen  field  or  profession. 

In  addition  to  the  required  academic  course  work,  students  demonstrate  lead- 
ership on  and  off  campus  by  their  participation  in  University,  civic,  and  commu- 
nity endeavors  in  Atlanta.  Students  organize  and  participate  in  conferences, 
workshops,  and  symposia  on  and  off  campus.  At  the  end  of  each  semester,  stu- 
dents submit  a  brief  memo  to  the  director  detailing  their  leadership  challenges 
and  opportunities  that  semester.  In  the  final  semester,  students  prepare  a  paper 
reflecting  on  their  leadership  experiences  during  college.  The  final  portfolio  con- 
tains written  work  drawn  from  the  student's  leadership  courses  and  experiences. 


88 


Admission  to  the  Rich  Foundation  Urban  Leadership  Program  is  competi- 
tive. Students  may  apply  in  the  freshman,  sophomore,  or  junior  year.  The  director 
and  a  selection  committee  evaluate  candidates  on  the  basis  of  commitment  to 
leadership-related  study,  the  desire  for  leadership  understanding  and  application, 
extracurricular  participation,  academic  record,  and  other  experience. 

Career  Services 


The  Career  Services  Office  provides  resources  to  assist  students  in  making 
responsible  decisions  and  strategies  regarding  career  options  and  job  search  plans. 
These  resources  include  a  Career  Library  with  information  available  from  books, 
a  computer,  and  videotapes  on  occupations,  the  job  search,  and  prospective  em- 
ployers. SIGI  PLUS,  a  computer-assisted  career  guidance  program,  and  other  job 
search  programs  are  available  by  appointment  to  explore  options  and  employers 
that  match  individual  career  interests.  Workshops  on  resume  writing,  interview- 
ing and  job  search  techniques  are  presented  each  semester  to  prepare  students  for 
the  workplace. 

In  addition,  a  number  of  prospective  employers  send  recruiters  to  the  campus 
each  year  for  the  purpose  of  conducting  on-campus  interviews.  Current  informa- 
tion on  permanent,  summer,  and  part-time  job  opportunities  is  made  available  to 
students  and  alumni  in  the  Career  Library.  Resume  referrals  to  employers  are 
made  for  those  students  who  register  for  the  service  through  wwiu.monsterTRAK.com. 


89 


The  Core 
Curriculum 


History  of  the  Core  Curriculum 


"The  Oglethorpe  Idea,"  Oglethorpe's  first  "core  curriculum,"  made  its  ap- 
pearance in  the  academic  year  1944-45.  It  is  thus  one  of  the  oldest  core  programs 
at  a  liberal  arts  college  in  the  country.  In  his  explanatory  brochure  about  the  new 
program,  Oglethorpe  President  Philip  Weltner  presented  a  totally  new  liberal  arts 
curriculum  with  the  twin  aims  of  equipping  students  to  "make  a  life  and  make  a 
living."  One  half  of  each  student's  college  course  work  was  devoted  to  the  com- 
mon intellectual  experience  of  the  core,  while  the  other  half  was  devoted  to  a 
student's  major  area  of  study.  In  outlining  his  new  plan  and  his  philosophy  of 
education,  President  Weltner  anticipated  some  of  the  ideas  featured  in  General 
Education  in  a  Free  Society,  Harvard  University's  1945  statement  stressing  an  em- 
phasis on  liberal  arts  and  a  core  curriculum. 

The  idea  of  a  core  curriculum  was  at  that  time  so  revolutionary  in  higher 
education  that  news  of  the  Oglethorpe  Plan  appeared  in  The  New  York  Times  in  the 
spring  of  1945.  Dr.  Weltner  told  The  Times:  "We  are  trying  to  develop 
keen. ..appreciation  and  understanding.  Instead  of  dividing  our  courses  into  sepa- 
rate schools,  we  are  giving  the  students  a  good  liberal  and  general  education 
which  can  become  the  basis  of  hundreds  of  vocations." 

Dr.  Weltner's  core  curriculum  for  the  Oglethorpe  students  of  the  1940s  re- 
flected the  concerns  of  the  war  era:  the  core  consisted  of  a  series  of  courses  under 
the  headings  "Citizenship"  and  "Human  Understanding."  As  the  concerns  of  the 
war  era  receded  and  the  post-war  information  explosion  ensued,  the  Oglethorpe 
core  underwent  extensive  revision  in  the  1960s,  its  required  courses  coming  to 
resemble  much  more  closely  traditional  courses  in  the  disciplines.  Gradually  this 
core  came  to  focus  on  those  courses  representing  competencies  that  a  well-edu- 
cated generalist  ought  to  have  upon  graduating  from  college. 

With  the  support  of  a  major  grant  from  the  National  Endowment  for  the 
Humanities,  the  Oglethorpe  core  curriculum  underwent  substantial  revision  in 
the  early  1990s  to  reflect  a  new  idea  about  core  curriculum  and  its  purpose.  Rather 
than  an  attempt  to  define  what  every  student  should  know  or  a  list  of  basic  compe- 
tencies every  student  should  have,  the  new  Oglethorpe  core  aimed  at  providing  a 
common  learning  experience  for  all  students.  Since  the  early  1990s  the  core 
curriculum  has  undergone  further  scrutiny  and  refinement.  Beginning  in  1998,  a 
sequence  of  new  interdisciplinary  year-long  courses  were  implemented.  These 
sequences,  which  extend  over  all  four  years  of  a  student's  collegiate  career,  feature 
the  reading  of  a  number  of  primary  texts  common  to  all  sections  of  the  courses 
and  frequent  writing  assignments.  Each  course  in  the  sequence  builds  upon  the 
body  of  knowledge  studied  in  the  previous  course.  Complementing  these  se- 
quences are  courses  in  the  fine  arts  and  in  mathematics.  Students  are  explicitly 
invited  to  integrate  their  core  learning  and  to  consider  knowledge  gained  from 
study  in  the  core  as  they  approach  study  in  their  majors.  In  developing  this  cur- 
riculum, the  faculty  has  renewed  its  commitment  to  the  spirit  of  Dr.  Weltner's 
original  core.  He  wrote,  "We  must  never  for  an  instant  forget  that  education  to  be 
true  to  itself  must  be  a  progressive  experience  for  the  learner,  in  which  interest 
gives  rise  to  inquiry,  inquiry  is  pursued  to  mastery,  and  mastery  here  occasions 
new  interests  there." 

As  every  student's  second  major,  the  core  continues  to  urge  students  to  pur- 
sue links  among  the  various  areas  of  study  and  to  appreciate  the  value  of  intellec- 

92 


tual  inquiry.  A  National  Endowment  for  the  Humanities  Challenge  Grant,  which 
Oglethorpe  received  in  1996,  has  helped  to  create  an  endowment  for  the  core 
curriculum,  guaranteeing  that  faculty  have  the  resources  to  keep  the  core  vital 
and  central  to  learning  at  Oglethorpe.  As  faculty  work  together  through  frequent 
conversation  about  the  content  and  goals  of  their  core  courses  to  provide  an  inte- 
grated approach  to  learning,  one  is  reminded  of  the  pledge  Dr.  Weltner  made  over 
half  a  century  ago  in  outlining  the  core:  "Oglethorpe  University  insists  that  the 
object  is  not  to  pass  a  subject;  the  object  is  to  take  and  keep  it." 

Liberal  Education  and  the  Core  Curriculum 


Oglethorpe  University  is  committed  to  providing  a  comprehensive  liberal  arts 
education  for  all  of  its  students.  Oglethorpe's  purpose  is  to  produce  graduates 
who  are  broadly  educated  in  the  fundamental  fields  of  knowledge  and  who  know 
how  to  integrate  knowledge  in  meaningful  ways.  The  University's  core  curricu- 
lum is  the  clearest  expression  of  this  commitment.  As  an  interdisciplinary  and 
common  learning  experience,  the  core  curriculum  provides  for  students  through- 
out their  academic  careers  a  model  for  integrating  information  and  gaining  knowl- 
edge. The  sequencing  of  the  core  courses  means  that  all  Oglethorpe  students 
take  the  same  core  courses  at  the  same  point  in  their  college  careers,  thereby 
providing  an  opportunity  for  students  to  discuss  important  ideas  and  texts  both 
inside  and  outside  the  classroom.  In  this  way,  the  core  curriculum  aims  to  create 
a  community  of  learners  at  Oglethorpe  University. 

Staffed  by  faculty  from  a  wide  variety  of  disciplines,  the  program  seeks  to 
teach  students  the  following  aptitudes  and  skills: 

1.  The  ability  to  reason,  read,  and  speak  effectively,  instilled  through  fre- 
quent and  rigorous  writing  assignments  and  the  reading  and  discussion 
of  primary  texts. 

2.  An  understanding  as  well  as  a  critical  appreciation  of  how  knowledge  is 
generated  and  challenged. 

3.  The  ability  to  reflect  upon  and  discuss  matters  fundamental  to  under- 
standing who  we  are  and  what  we  ought  to  be.  This  includes  how  we 
understand  ourselves  as  individuals  (Core  I)  and  as  members  of  society 
(Core  II),  how  the  study  of  our  past  informs  our  sense  of  who  we  are  as 
human  beings  (Core  III),  and  the  ways  in  which  the  practice  of  science 
informs  our  understanding  of  ourselves  and  the  world  (Core  IV). 

In  addition  to  the  seven  integrated  and  sequenced  core  courses,  Oglethorpe 
University  students  take  two  additional  courses  that  have  been  designed  to  help 
them  develop  an  appreciation  and  understanding  of  fine  arts  and  mathematics. 
Students  earning  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  also  study  a  foreign  language. 

The  core  curriculum  provides  only  a  beginning  for  the  investigation  of  sig- 
nificant questions  and  issues.  The  program  is  designed  to  foster  in  students  a  love 
of  learning  and  a  desire  to  learn,  to  think,  and  to  act  as  reflective,  responsible 
beings  throughout  their  lives. 


93 


Freshman  Year  -  Core  I 

COR  101.  Narratives  of  the  Self  I 
COR  102.  Narratives  of  the  Self  II 

Sophomore  Year  -  Core  II 

COR  201.   Human  Nature  and  the  Social  Order  I 
COR  202.  Human  Nature  and  the  Social  Order  II 

Junior  Year  -  Core  III 

COR  301.   Historical  Perspectives  on  the  Social  Order  I 
COR  302.   Historical  Perspectives  on  the  Social  Order  II 

Senior  Year  -  Core  IV  -  One  of  the  following: 

COR  401.   Science  and  Human  Nature:  Biological  Sciences 
COR  402.   Science  and  Human  Nature:  Physical  Sciences 

Fine  Arts  Requirement  -  One  of  the  following: 
COR  103.  Music  and  Culture 
COR  104.  Art  and  Culture 

Mathematics  Requirement 

COR  203.   Great  Ideas  of  Modern  Mathematics 

Foreign  Language  Requirement 

All  students  undertaking  and  earning  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  will  be  re- 
quired to  take  at  least  one  semester  of  a  foreign  language  at  the  second-semester 
elementary-level  or  higher. 

Note:  Students  matriculating  at  Oglethorpe  as  freshmen  may  not  substitute  courses 
taken  at  other  institutions  for  any  of  the  core  sequenced  courses.  The  ex- 
ception to  this  would  be  COR  103,  COR  104,  and  foreign  language  courses. 

COR  101,  COR  102.  Narratives  of  the  Self  I,  II  4  plus  4  hours 

The  first-year  course  sequence  investigates  narratives  of  the  self.  Among  the 
topics  that  students  will  consider  are  a  variety  of  fictional  and  philosophical  con- 
structions of  the  self,  the  relationships  of  memory  to  personal  identity,  and  the 
disjunction  or  harmony  between  public  and  private  selves.  The  authors  consid- 
ered in  the  courses  may  include  Homer,  Socrates,  St.  Augustine,  Montaigne, 
Shakespeare,  Descartes,  Cervantes,  Emily  Bronte,  Lao  Tsu,  Nietzsche,  and  Morrison. 

COR  103.  Music  and  Culture 4  hours 

The  appreciation  of  music  begins  with  an  understanding  of  the  creative  pro- 
cess as  a  means  of  self-expression  and  the  artist's  relationship  to  the  world.  Using 
primary  sources,  guest  lecturers,  and  artists,  this  course  examines  the  styles,  trends, 
and  developments  of  Western  and  international  music  from  early  civilizations 
through  the  20th  century.  Study  and  discussion  begin  to  develop  an  understand- 
ing of  how  music  and  the  cultural  arts  reflect  and  affect  societal  trends  and  values. 


94 


COR  104.  Art  and  Culture  4  hours 

Through  the  study  of  art  this  course  will  help  students  understand  the  basic 
chronology  of  Western  culture,  lay  the  groundwork  for  broad  cultural  literacy, 
and  look  at  how  art  reflects  the  human  condition.  The  course  will  explore  con- 
tent, formal  elements,  and  historical  context  of  the  art  of  Western  and  non- West- 
ern cultures  from  ancient  to  modern  times.  Four  basic  themes  will  prevail:  Art 
and  Religion,  Art  and  Power,  Art  and  Nature,  and  Art  and  the  Personal. 

COR  201,  COR  202.  Human  Nature  and  the 

Social  Order  I,  II 4  plus  4  hours 

The  sophomore  course  sequence  focuses  on  the  relationship  between  individu- 
als and  communities,  examining  the  extent  to  which  the  "good  life"  can  be  pur- 
sued within  the  confines  of  any  social  order.  These  courses  investigate  issues  such 
as  the  nature  of  human  excellence  and  virtue,  the  character  of  justice,  the  origins 
and  sources  of  social  order,  and  the  status  and  legitimacy  of  political  power.  How 
can  we  obtain  an  accurate  description  of  humans  as  social  beings?  What  is  the 
good  society,  and  how  may  it  be  realized?  Students  in  this  course  are  invited  to 
become  more  thoughtful,  self-conscious,  and  self-critical  members  and  citizens  of 
the  society  and  polity  in  which  they  live.  Authors  such  as  Aristotle,  Locke,  Smith, 
Tocqueville,  Marx,  and  Weber  will  be  read. 

COR  203.  Great  Ideas  of  Modern  Mathematics 4  hours 

The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  explore  several  major  modern  mathematical 
developments  and  to  help  students  understand  and  appreciate  the  unique  approach 
to  knowledge  which  characterizes  mathematics.  The  mode  of  inquiry  employed  is 
reason.  This  is  not  to  be  confused  with  the  approach  used,  for  example,  in  the 
natural  or  social  sciences.  It  is,  rather,  reason  divorced  from  anything  empirical. 
As  T.  H.  Huxley  remarked,  "Mathematics  is  that  study  which  knows  nothing  of 
observation,  nothing  of  experiment,  nothing  of  induction,  nothing  of  causation." 
The  course  will  be  organized  around  three  or  four  major  mathematical  ideas  that 
have  emerged  since  the  time  of  Newton.  These  ideas  will  be  drawn  from  such 
fields  as  calculus,  set  theory,  number  theory,  probability  theory,  modern  algebra, 
logic,  topology,  and  non-Euclidean  geometry. 

COR  301,  COR  302.  Historical  Perspectives  on  the 

Social  Order  I,  II 4  plus  4  hours 

The  junior  year  sequence  constitutes  an  historical  examination  of  human  expe- 
rience in  response  to  some  of  the  themes  and  issues  raised  in  the  first  two  years  of 
the  core.  Drawing  on  a  variety  of  perspectives  from  both  the  humanities  and  the 
social  sciences,  the  course  strives  to  reconstruct  the  histories  of  significant  peri- 
ods in  human  history.  The  first  semester  will  focus  on  the  rise  and  fall  of  civiliza- 
tions from  antiquity  through  the  Renaissance.  The  second  semester  will  concentrate 
on  the  problems  of  modernity,  such  as  the  rise  of  the  modern  state,  nationalism, 
revolution,  and  globalization.  Both  courses  will  examine  the  ways  in  which  signifi- 
cant moments  have  become  essential  parts  of  our  historical  consciousness,  en- 
shrined in  myth,  and  religion,  tradition,  culture,  and  institutions.  Through  careful 
analysis  of  current  scholarship  and  original  sources,  students  will  be  invited  to 
consider  the  complex  relationship  between  history,  cultural  traditions,  and  the 
social  and  political  institutions  derived  from  them. 


95 


COR  401.  Science  and  Human  Nature:  Biological  Sciences 4  hours 

The  senior  year  course  deals  with  the  way  scientific  methodologies  inform 
current  thinking  on  the  nature  of  the  human  organism.  Starting  from  basic  ge- 
netic and  psychological  understandings,  it  emphasizes  how  evolutionary  mecha- 
nisms may  be  seen  as  contributing  to  the  origins  of  uniquely  human  behaviors. 
Elements  of  DNA  structure  as  it  applies  to  information  storage  and  transmission, 
the  regulation  of  gene  expression  and  the  mechanics  of  protein  synthesis,  muta- 
tion and  its  centrality  in  producing  variation,  sexual  reproduction  and  how  the 
laws  of  probability  apply  to  biological  systems,  sex  determination,  "altruistic"  be- 
havior, and  kin  selection  are  among  the  topics  explored. 

COR  402.  Science  and  Human  Nature:  Physical  Sciences  4  hours 

Modern  western  society  is  largely  science-dominated,  and  the  consideration 
of  science  and  its  role  in  society  is  essential  for  any  educated  person.  This  core 
course  investigates  the  practice  of  science  by  focusing  specifically  on  scientific 
revolutions.  It  is  during  such  periods  of  upheaval  that  we  can  most  clearly  see  how 
science  is  actually  practiced.  What  causes  a  new  idea  to  challenge  the  scientific 
status  quo}  What  determines  whether  the  new  idea  will  be  accepted,  or  not?  When 
seeking  new  explanations  for  natural  events,  what  guides  the  scientist's  search? 
The  goal  of  this  course  is  to  equip  the  student  with  the  necessary  tools  and  back- 
ground to  seek  answers  to  these  questions,  and  others,  for  such  questions  are 
increasingly  a  part  of  each  of  our  lives  if  we  live  those  lives  reflectively. 


96 


Programs  of  Study 


Degrees 

Oglethorpe  University  offers  six  degrees:  Bachelor  of  Arts,  Bachelor  of  Sci- 
ence, Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Liberal  Studies,  Bachelor  of  Business  Administration, 
Master  of  Arts  in  Teaching— Early  Childhood  Education,  and  Master  of  Business 
Administration.  The  Bachelor  of  Arts,  Bachelor  of  Science,  and  Master  of  Arts  in 
Teaching  degrees  are  offered  in  the  traditional  program  and  described  in  this 
publication.  (For  a  discussion  of  the  other  three  degrees,  please  see  University 
College  at  the  end  of  this  section  or  refer  to  the  University  College  Bulletin,  available 
from  the  University  College  Office.)  Under  certain  conditions  it  is  also  possible 
for  a  student  to  receive  a  dual  degree  in  art,  a  dual  degree  in  engineering,  a  dual 
degree  in  environmental  studies,  or  a  degree  under  the  Professional  Option.  See 
the  Index  for  the  sections  where  these  degrees  are  discussed. 

Undergraduate  Major  Programs  and 
Requirements 

Completion  of  a  major  program  is  required  for  all  baccalaureate  degrees. 
The  student's  academic  advisor  assists  with  the  student's  selection  of  a  major.  The 
student  declares  the  major  selected  on  the  course  registration  form  completed 
each  semester.  Students  must  have  declared  a  major  by  the  end  of  the  second 
semester  of  the  sophomore  year. 

A  major  is  an  orderly  sequence  of  courses  in:  1)  a  particular  discipline,  2)  a 
combination  of  two  disciplines,  or  3)  a  defined  interdisciplinary  field.  A  major 
must  include  a  minimum  of  32  and  a  maximum  of  64  semester  hours  of  required 
course  work,  exclusive  of  all  hours  used  to  satisfy  core  requirements.  Exceptions 
may  be  granted  in  special  circumstances  by  a  vote  of  the  appropriate  faculty  com- 
mittee. A  minimum  of  16  semester  hours  of  a  major  must  be  in  course  work  taken 
at  Oglethorpe  University.  Each  major  includes  a  substantial  component  of  ad- 
vanced courses  which  have  specified  prerequisites.  A  major  may  require  for  suc- 
cessful completion  a  cumulative  grade-point  average  in  the  major  field  which  is 
higher  than  the  2.0  cumulative  grade-point  average  required  for  graduation.  Al- 
ternatively, the  requirements  for  the  major  may  state  that  only  courses  in  which  a 
"C-"  or  higher  grade  is  received  may  be  used  in  satisfaction  of  the  major's  require- 
ments. The  student  is  responsible  for  ensuring  the  fulfillment  of  the  requirements 
of  the  major  selected.  Specific  requirements  for  each  of  the  majors  may  be  found 
listed  below  in  alphabetical  order.  Please  note  that  no  course  that  is  counted  to 
fulfill  a  major  requirement  for  one  degree  may  be  used  toward  the  requirements 
of  another  degree. 

For  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  the  following  majors  are  offered: 

American  Studies 

Art 

Art  -  Dual  Degree 

Business  Administration  and  Behavioral  Science 

Communications 

Economics 

Engineering  -  Dual  Degree 

English 

98 


Environmental  Studies  -  Dual  Degree 
French 
History 

Individually  Planned  Major 
International  Studies 

International  Studies  with  Asia  Concentration 
Philosophy 
Politics 
Psychology 
Sociology 

Sociology  with  Social  Work  Concentration 
Spanish 
For  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  the  following  majors  are  offered: 
Accounting 
Biology 

Business  Administration 

Business  Administration  and  Computer  Science 
Chemistry 
Economics 
Mathematics 

Mathematics  and  Computer  Science 
Physics 

Undergraduate  Minor  Programs  and 
Requirements 

A  minor  consists  of  at  least  16  semester  hours  of  course  work  beyond  any  core 
requirements  in  that  discipline.  A  minimum  of  12  semester  hours  of  a  minor  must 
be  in  course  work  taken  at  Oglethorpe. 

Minor  programs  are  available  in  the  fields  listed  below.  Specific  requirements 
for  each  minor  may  be  found  in  the  respective  discipline  that  follows  in  which  the 
course  offerings  are  described. 

Minors  may  be  earned  in  the  following: 

Accounting  Mathematics 

American  Studies  Music 

Art  History  Painting 

Biology  Philosophy 

Business  Administration  Photography 

Communications  Physics 

Chemistry  Politics 

Computer  Science  Psychology 

Drawing  Sociology 

Economics  Spanish 

English  Theatre 

French  Women's  and  Gender  Studies 

History  Writing 

Individually  Planned  Minor 

Japanese 


99 


Academic  Departments 


Organization  of  Oglethorpe's  disciplines  is  by  division,  each  with  its  own  divi- 
sion chair.  The  nine  divisions  are  as  follows: 

Division  I  Philosophy,  Communications,  and  the  Fine  Arts 

Division  II  History,  Politics,  and  International  Studies 

Division  III  Natural  Sciences 

Division  IV  Behavioral  Sciences 

Division  V  Economics  and  Business  Administration 

Division  VI  Education  -  Undergraduate  and  Graduate 

Division  VII  English  Language  and  Comparative  Literature 

Division  VIII  Foreign  Languages 

Division  IX  Mathematics  and  Computer  Science 


Accounting 


Accounting  is  the  language  of  business.  It  is  a  service  activity  whose  function 
is  to  provide  quantitative  information,  primarily  financial  in  nature,  about  eco- 
nomic entities  that  is  intended  to  be  useful  in  making  economic  decisions.  The 
purpose  of  the  major  in  accounting  is  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the  sources  and 
uses  of  financial  information  and  to  develop  the  analytical  ability  necessary  to 
produce  and  interpret  such  information.  The  student  learns  to  observe  economic 
activity;  to  select  from  that  activity  the  events  which  are  relevant  to  a  particular 
decision;  to  measure  the  economic  consequences  of  those  events  in  quantitative 
terms;  to  record,  classify,  and  summarize  the  resulting  data;  and  to  communicate 
the  information  in  various  reports  and  statements  to  appropriate  decision-makers. 

The  major  in  accounting  consists  of  a  coherent  sequence  of  accounting  and 
other  courses  which  provide  the  conceptual  foundation  and  basic  skills  to  begin  a 
career  in  accounting  in  the  private  sector,  to  use  as  an  appropriate  background  for 
such  related  careers  as  financial  services,  computer  science,  management,  indus- 
trial engineering,  law  and  others,  or  to  pursue  a  fifth  year  of  graduate  education. 
The  major  in  accounting  will  assist  in  preparation  for  several  qualifying  examina- 
tions in  accounting  and  finance  such  as  Certified  Public  Accountant  (CPA),  Certi- 
fied Management  Accountant  (CMA),  and  Certified  Financial  Analyst  (CFA). 
Accounting  provides  many  attractive  career  opportunities  in  public  accounting, 
industry,  government,  and  non-profit  organizations.  It  provides  an  excellent  edu- 
cational background  for  anyone  going  into  business. 

Major 

Students  pursuing  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  must  complete  the  follow- 
ing requirements  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher: 
ACC  230      Financial  Accounting 
ACC  231       Managerial  Accounting 
ACC  332       Intermediate  Accounting  I 
ACC  333       Intermediate  Accounting  II 
ACC  334      Cost  and  Managerial  Accounting 
ACC  335      Income  Tax  Accounting:  Individuals 

100 


ACC 

435 

ACC 

437 

BUS 

110 

BUS 

260 

BUS 

310 

BUS 

350 

BUS 

469 

ECO 

121 

ECO 

221 

MAT 

111 

MAT 

121 

Advanced  Accounting 
Auditing 
Business  Law  I 
Principles  of  Management 
Corporate  Finance 
Marketing 

Strategic  Management 
Introduction  to  Economics 
Intermediate  Microeconomics 
Statistics 
Applied  Calculus 

In  addition,  the  student  must  satisfy  the  Computer  Applications  Proficiency 
Requirement.  This  can  be  done  in  one  of  three  ways:  1)  by  assessment  of  skills 
with  the  student's  academic  advisor,  2)  by  successful  completion  of  Introduction 
to  Computer  Applications  Software,  or  3)  by  successful  performance  on  the  com- 
puter proficiency  examination. 

Beginning  in  1998,  new  eligibility  requirements  adopted  by  the  Georgia  State 
Board  of  Accountancy  require  at  least  150  semester  hours  of  college  study  to  qualify 
to  take  the  CPA  examination.  Included  within  the  content  of  this  minimum  edu- 
cation standard  is  the  requirement  to  complete  at  least  30  semester  hours  of  ac- 
counting courses  beyond  Financial  Accounting  and  Managerial  Accounting  and  at 
least  24  semester  hours  of  education  in  business  administration.  For  those  stu- 
dents whose  objective  is  to  qualify  to  take  the  CPA  examination,  it  is  recommended 
that  the  following  courses  be  included  in  these  additional  required  semester  hours: 
ACC    336     Income  Tax  Accounting:  Corporations,  Partnerships,  Estates, 

and  Trusts 
ACC    436     Accounting  Control  Systems 
ACC    438     Accounting  Theory 
BUS    1 1 1     Business  Law  II 

Minor 

Students  desiring  to  minor  in  accounting  must  complete  five  courses:  Finan- 
cial Accounting  and  Managerial  Accounting,  and  three  of  any  of  the  following 
with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher: 

ACC    332    Intermediate  Accounting  I 

ACC    333    Intermediate  Accounting  II 

ACC    334    Cost  and  Managerial  Accounting 

ACC    335    Income  Tax  Accounting:  Individuals 

ACC    435    Advanced  Accounting 

ACC  230.  Financial  Accounting 4  hours 

This  course  is  a  study  of  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  (GAAP) 
and  other  accounting  concepts  with  emphasis  on  their  application  in  the  financial 
statements  of  business  enterprises.  The  measurement  and  reporting  of  assets, 
liabilities,  and  owners'  equity  is  stressed,  along  with  the  related  measurement  and 
reporting  of  revenue,  expense,  and  cash  flow.  Prerequisite:  Sophomore  standing 
or  above  or  approval  by  the  Director  of  Accounting  Studies. 


101 


ACC  231.  Managerial  Accounting 4  hours 

This  course  is  a  study  of  the  use  of  accounting  information  by  managers  and 
decision  makers  within  an  economic  enterprise.  Cost  analysis  for  purposes  of  plan- 
ning and  control  is  emphasized.  Prerequisite:  ACC  230. 

ACC  332.  Intermediate  Accounting  I 4  hours 

This  course  covers  financial  accounting  topics  at  an  intermediate  level.  The 
topics  covered  are  similar  to  Financial  Accounting,  but  in  greater  depth.  The  stan- 
dards promulgated  by  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  are  considered 
and  evaluated.  The  theoretical  foundations  of  accounting  are  emphasized.  Pre- 
requisite: ACC  231. 

ACC  333.  Intermediate  Accounting  II 4  hours 

This  is  a  continuation  of  Intermediate  Accounting  I  with  emphasis  on  ad- 
vanced topics  such  as  capitalized  leases,  pension  costs,  inter-period  income  tax 
allocation  and  accounting  changes.  Prerequisite:  ACC  332. 

ACC  334.  Cost  and  Managerial  Accounting 4  hours 

This  course  provides  an  introduction  to  the  financial  information  required 
for  the  managerial  activities  of  planning,  directing  operational  activities,  control, 
and  decision  making.  The  course  includes  the  study  of  the  analytical  techniques 
and  methodologies  used  to  generate  accounting  information  and  the  managerial 
use  of  accounting  information.  The  topics  include  cost  behavior  and  estimation, 
costing  of  products  and  services,  cost-volume-profit  analysis,  budgeting,  relevant 
cost  analysis,  performance  evaluation,  and  pricing  decisions.  Prerequisite:  ACC 
231. 

ACC  335.  Income  Tax  Accounting:  Individuals 4  hours 

This  course  provides  an  overview  of  the  federal  income  tax  system  primarily 
as  it  relates  to  individuals.  The  study  of  the  federal  tax  law  provides  the  necessary 
tax  background  for  a  variety  of  accounting,  financial,  and  managerial  careers. 
Prerequisite:  ACC  231. 

ACC  336.  Income  Tax  Accounting:  Corporations,  Partnerships, 

Estates,  and  Trusts 4  hours 

This  course  is  a  study  of  the  federal  income  tax  laws  and  related  accounting 
problems  of  corporations  and  partnerships,  with  some  consideration  of  estates 
and  trusts.  Consideration  will  be  given  to  the  role  of  taxation  in  business  plan- 
ning and  decision  making  and  the  interrelationships  and  differences  between  fi- 
nancial accounting  and  tax  accounting.  Prerequisite:  ACC  335. 

ACC  433.  Independent  Study  in  Accounting 1-4  hours 

Supervised  research  on  a  selected  topic  in  accounting.  Prerequisite:  Permis- 
sion of  the  instructor. 

ACC  434.  Internship  in  Accounting 1-4  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formalized  experiential  learning  op- 
portunity to  qualified  students.  The  internship  generally  requires  the  student  to 
obtain  a  faculty  supervisor,  submit  a  learning  agreement,  work  30-35  hours  for 
every  hour  of  academic  credit,  keep  a  written  journal  of  the  work  experience,  have 
regularly  scheduled  meetings  with  the  faculty  supervisor,  and  write  a  research 

102 


paper  dealing  with  some  aspect  of  the  internship.  An  extensive  list  of  internships 
is  maintained  by  the  Career  Services  Office,  including  opportunities  at 
PricewaterhouseCoopers,  Arthur  Andersen,  Ernst  &  Young,  Georgia  Pacific,  and 
Miller,  Ray,  and  Houser.  Graded  on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis.  Prerequi- 
sites: Permission  of  the  faculty  supervisor  and  qualification  for  the  internship 
program. 

ACC  435.  Advanced  Accounting 4  hours 

This  course  is  a  study  of  business  combinations  and  the  related  problems  of 
consolidating  the  financial  statements  of  affiliated  corporations.  The  accounting 
problems  related  to  international  business  are  also  covered  and  governmental  ac- 
counting is  introduced.  Prerequisite:  ACC  333. 

ACC  436.  Accounting  Control  Systems 4  hours 

This  course  is  an  in-depth  study  of  the  application  of  information  systems 
concepts  to  the  accounting  environment.  Emphasis  is  on  the  processing  of  data  in 
a  computerized  environment  as  well  as  the  controls  that  are  necessary  to  assure 
accuracy  and  reliability  of  the  data  processed  by  an  accounting  system.  Practical 
implications  of  accounting  information  system  design  and  implementation  will  be 
investigated  through  the  use  of  cases  and  projects.  Prerequisites:  ACC  231  and 
CSC  240. 

ACC  437.  Auditing 4  hours 

This  course  is  a  study  of  auditing  standards  and  procedures,  including  the  use 
of  statistical  and  other  quantitative  techniques,  and  preparation  of  audit  working 
papers,  reports,  and  financial  statements.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  criteria  for 
the  establishment  of  internal  controls  and  the  effect  of  these  controls  on  examina- 
tions and  reports.  Prerequisites:  ACC  333  and  MAT  111. 

ACC  438.  Accounting  Theory 4  hours 

This  course  covers  the  principles  and  concepts  of  accounting  at  an  advanced 
theoretical  level.  The  emphasis  is  on  critical  analysis  of  the  ideas  on  which  ac- 
counting practice  is  based  along  with  an  appreciation  for  the  intellectual  founda- 
tions for  those  ideas.  Prerequisite:  ACC  333. 

ACC  439.  Special  Topics  in  Accounting 4  hours 

An  intense  study  of  diverse  accounting  topics  under  the  direct  supervision  of 
an  accounting  faculty  member.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor. 

Allied  Health  Studies 


Students  who  plan  to  attend  professional  schools  of  nursing,  physical  therapy, 
occupational  therapy,  medical  technology,  or  other  allied  health  fields  should  plan 
their  programs  at  Oglethorpe  with  the  assistance  of  the  faculty  member  serving 
as  the  Allied  Health  Advisor.  The  name  of  this  advisor  can  be  obtained  at  the 
Registrar's  Office. 

Preparation  for  admission  to  an  allied  health  education  program  typically  fol- 
lows one  of  two  models.  In  the  first  model,  students  are  admitted  to  an  allied 
health  program  after  completing  a  group  of  required  courses  in  specific  academic 


103 


areas  during  two  years  of  college  study.  For  students  pursuing  this  option,  a  mini- 
mum of  64  semester  hours  credit  earned  at  Oglethorpe  and  successful  comple- 
tion of  the  allied  health  education  program  in  an  accredited  professional  school 
are  required  to  earn  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  with  an  individually  planned 
major.  (See  the  description  of  the  individually  planned  major  below.)  The  sec- 
ond model,  which  has  become  common  practice  in  fields  such  as  physical  therapy 
in  the  last  decade,  requires  students  to  earn  a  bachelor's  degree  before  being  ad- 
mitted to  the  allied  health  program.  The  degree  awarded  upon  completion  of  the 
allied  health  program  is  typically  a  master's  or  doctoral  degree.  Students  inter- 
ested in  this  option  may  find  that  one  of  the  majors  regularly  offered  at  Oglethorpe 
fulfills  the  admission  requirements  for  the  allied  health  program.  In  other  cases, 
an  individually  planned  major  can  be  designed  to  meet  the  admission  require- 
ments of  the  allied  health  program. 

Students  who  are  exploring  careers  in  allied  health  fields  can  find  additional 
information  about  them  at  "A  Gateway  to  Health  Professions  Websites"  at  http:// 
www.naahp.org  and  at  http://www.ama-assn.org/ama/pub/category/2322.html. 

American  Studies 


The  interdisciplinary  major  in  American  studies  is  designed  to  provide  stu- 
dents with  the  opportunity  to  develop  a  systematic  and  in-depth  understanding  of 
American  culture.  By  combining  American  studies  courses  and  courses  from  rel- 
evant disciplines  (history,  literature,  the  arts,  economics,  and  the  social  sciences), 
students  may  explore  the  relationships  of  diverse  aspects  of  American  life.  Stu- 
dents also  are  able  to  pursue  their  special  interests  within  American  culture  by 
developing  an  "area  of  concentration"  that  provides  a  specific  focus  for  much  of 
the  work  completed  in  fulfillment  of  major  requirements. 

In  addition  to  introducing  students  to  the  field  of  American  studies,  the  ma- 
jor is  designed  to  help  students  refine  their  fundamental  intellectual  skills,  espe- 
cially their  writing  and  speaking  skills.  Skills  of  this  sort  will  serve  the  student  well 
long  after  many  specific  facts,  postulates,  and  theories  have  been  forgotten.  In 
short,  as  is  consistent  with  Oglethorpe's  stated  institutional  purpose,  the  Ameri- 
can studies  program  seeks  to  prepare  humane  generalists  -  individuals  who  pos- 
sess those  basic  qualities  so  necessary  for  leadership  in  a  rapidly  changing  world. 
The  degree  awarded  is  the  Bachelor  of  Arts. 

Major 

Requirements  of  the  major  include  completion  of  the  following  seven  courses: 
ECO  223    United  States  Economic  History 
ENG  303    American  Poetry 
HIS     230    United  States  History  to  1865 
HIS     231    United  States  History  Since  1865 
HIS     331    The  Age  of  Affluence:  The  United  States  Since  1945 
SOC   202    The  American  Experience  (to  be  taken  in  the  freshman  or 

sophomore  year) 
One  semester  of  a  foreign  language  at  the  second  semester  elementary- 
level  or  higher 


104 


Completion  of  five  of  the  following  courses  also  is  required: 

COM  340  Writing  for  Business  and  the  Professions 

ECO  224  Labor  Economics 

ECO  421  Money  and  Banking 

ECO  425  Public  Finance 

EDU  101  Introduction  to  Education 

ENG  314  Special  Topics  in  Major  British  and  American  Authors 

HIS  430  The  American  Civil  War  and  Reconstruction 

HIS  431  United  States  Diplomatic  History 

POL  201  Constitutional  Law 

POL  302  American  Political  Parties 

POL  311  United  States  Foreign  Policy 

ULP  303  The  New  American  City 

SOC  201  The  Family 

Minor 

Requirements  for  the  minor  include  completion  of  The  American  Experi- 
ence (to  be  taken  in  the  freshman  or  sophomore  year)  and  three  of  the  following 
five  courses: 

ECO     223  United  States  Economic  History 

ENG     303  American  Poetry 

HIS      230  United  States  History  to  1865 

HIS      231   United  States  History  Since  1865 

HIS      331  The  Age  of  Affluence:  The  United  States  Since  1945 

Art 

In  keeping  with  the  concept  of  the  liberal  arts  education,  the  art  department's 
curriculum  is  designed  to  give  students  the  tools  needed  to  express  themselves, 
think  clearly,  and  help  find  their  places  in  the  world.  The  curriculum  is  unique  in 
the  southeast  for  its  emphasis  on  mastering  the  concepts  and  skills  necessary  to 
draw,  paint,  and  sculpt  the  human  figure.  Color  theory,  perspective,  anatomy,  and 
art  history  are  integrated  to  this  goal.  In  addition,  students  are  exposed  to  a  wide 
range  of  mediums,  including  drawing,  painting,  printmaking,  sculpture,  and  pho- 
tography. 

This  singular  combination  of  courses  makes  the  art  major  extremely  valuable. 
While  students  are  learning  to  become  proficient  in  art  history,  they  are  also  re- 
quired to  become  proficient  in  studio.  This  puts  an  unusual  demand  on  students 
in  two  different  areas  of  their  intuitive  and  analytical  thinking.  They  are  asked  to 
perform  and  comprehend  right-  and  left -brain  activities  and  to  use  a  wide  range 
of  knowledge  and  experiences. 

The  wide  range  of  courses,  as  mentioned  above,  is  open  at  the  introductory 
level  to  all  students  regardless  of  major  or  minor.  Introductory-level  courses  em- 
phasize the  development  of  perception  (learning  to  see);  cognitive  skills  (applica- 
tion of  theories  to  visual  phenomena);  a  sense  of  aesthetics  (organization  of  the 
parts  for  the  larger  whole);  and  technical  skills  (facility  in  manipulating  tools). 

Many  courses  are  offered  at  the  intermediate  and  advanced  levels  as  well,  in 
some  cases  under  the  "Special  Topics"  heading.  Intermediate-level  courses  build 


105 


upon  introductory-level  course  material,  undertaking  more  complex  thought  pro- 
cesses and  approaches,  while  advanced-level  courses  emphasize  individual  inquiry 
and  original  thinking. 

Major 

Students  majoring  in  art  must  complete  eight  studio  courses,  two  upper-level 
art  history  courses,  and  one  foreign  language  course  at  the  second  semester  el- 
ementary-level or  higher,  for  a  total  of  1 1  courses  and  44  semester  hours.  Require- 
ments for  the  major  in  art  include  two  drawing  courses;  three  painting  courses; 
Anatomy  For  the  Artist  and  Figure  Drawing;  Introduction  to  Photography;  Mod- 
ern Art  History;  either  Introduction  to  Figure  Sculpture,  Special  Topics  in  Studio: 
Introduction  to  Printmaking,  or  Ways  of  Seeing;  and  one  other  upper-level  art 
history  course.  The  degree  awarded  is  the  Bachelor  of  Arts. 

The  Scientific  Illustration  Track  with  Biological  Science  Emphasis  and  the 
Scientific  Illustration  Track  with  Physical  Science  Emphasis  are  two  programs 
which  enable  the  student  to  combine  art  major  requirements  and  specific  science 
courses.  These  programs  fulfill  admission  requirements  for  graduate  school  pro- 
grams in  medical  and  scientific  illustration.  A  master's  degree  is  necessary  to 
qualify  for  employment  in  these  areas.  The  degree  awarded  is  the  Bachelor  of 
Arts. 

Minor 

For  a  minor  in  art  students  may  have  a  concentration  in  studio  or  art  history. 
For  both  areas  of  concentration  students  must  complete  a  total  of  five  courses  and 
20  semester  hours.  Students  with  a  concentration  in  studio  must  take  four  studio 
courses  and  one  upper-level  art  history  course.  Students  may  take  up  to  three  of 
these  studio  courses  in  one  discipline  (for  example,  photography,  drawing,  paint- 
ing, etc.)  or  in  four  different  disciplines.  At  least  two  of  these  studio  courses  must 
be  in  separate  disciplines.  For  a  concentration  in  art  history  students  must  take 
four  upper-level  art  history  courses  and  one  studio  course. 

ART  101.  Introduction  to  Drawing 4  hours 

This  course  is  an  introductory-level  studio  course  which  will  focus  on  master- 
ing the  fundamentals  of  drawing.  Working  from  observation  in  line  and  value, 
students  will  develop  an  understanding  of  form  and  shape;  volume  and  flatness; 
spatial  relationships;  the  basics  of  perspective  and  composition,  and  the  materials 
and  techniques  of  drawing. 

ART  102.  Introduction  to  Painting 4  hours 

This  course  is  an  introductory-level  studio  course  which  will  focus  on  under- 
standing and  mastering  the  fundamentals  of  painting.  Working  from  observa- 
tion, this  includes  developing  an  understanding  of  color  and  color  relationship; 
form  and  shape;  volume  and  flatness;  the  basics  of  composition,  and  the  materials 
and  techniques  of  oil  painting. 

ART  103.  Introduction  to  Figure  Sculpture 4  hours 

Working  from  the  life  model,  students  will  convey  their  understanding  of  the 
human  form  in  clay.  Planar  structure,  volume,  proportion,  and  major  anatomical 
landmarks  will  be  covered. 


106 


ART  109.  Introduction  to  Photography. 4  hours 

Laboratory  exercises,  in-class  lectures,  critiques  and  assignments  are  designed 
to  develop  an  understanding  of  all  aspects  of  photography,  including  composi- 
tion and  self  expression.  Emphasis  will  be  on  development  of  technical  skills  and 
a  personal  direction  in  photography.  Prerequisite:  A  fully  manual  camera  -  to  be 
brought  to  the  first  class  meeting. 

ART  110.  Ways  of  Seeing 4  hours 

This  course  systematically  breaks  down  the  vocabularies  of  art  to  their  com- 
ponent elements,  studying  how  these  elements  work  together  to  form  visual  lan- 
guage. Problems  in  color  and  composition  will  be  undertaken  in  a  variety  of  media, 
including  ink,  acrylic,  and  photography. 

ART  111.  Anatomy  For  the  Artist  aud  Figure  Drawing 4  hours 

This  course  focuses  on  both  the  scientific  and  the  aesthetic  exploration  of  the 
human  body.  Drawing  from  the  life  model,  students  will  study  form  and  function 
of  the  skeletal  and  muscular  systems,  along  with  proportion  and  surface  land- 
marks. A  variety  of  approaches  to  drawing  and  drawing  materials  will  be  covered. 

ART  201.  Intermediate  Drawing 4  hours 

This  course  explores  drawing  as  a  tool  for  perception  and  a  means  of  self- 
expression.  Students  will  undertake  advanced  problems  in  drawing  which  build 
upon  concepts  and  techniques  covered  in  Introduction  to  Drawing.  These  in- 
clude problems  involving  the  surface  of  the  picture  plane  and  the  ground  plane, 
arrangements  of  elements  in  static  and  dynamic  compositions  and  value  pattern. 
Prerequisite:  ART  101  or  ART  111. 

ART  202.  Intermediate  Painting 4  hours 

Students  will  build  upon  experiences  in  Introduction  to  Painting  and  under- 
take more  complex  formal  and  personal  issues  in  their  work.  They  will  be  ex- 
pected to  master  a  wide  range  of  visual  vocabularies  and  approach  painting  from 
a  variety  of  aesthetic  points  of  view.  Imagery,  realism,  abstraction,  expressionism, 
and  narration  will  be  explored  as  students  begin  to  develop  individual  direction 
in  their  own  work.   Prerequisite:  ART  102. 

ART  203.  Intermediate  Figure  Sculpture  4  hours 

Working  from  the  life  model,  this  level  of  sculpture  builds  upon  conceptual 
and  perceptual  skills  honed  in  Introduction  to  Figure  Sculpture.  Students  are 
expected  to  approach  sculpting  the  human  form  from  a  variety  of  aesthetic  points 
of  view,  including  realism,  abstraction,  and  expressionism.  Prerequisite:  ART 
103. 

ART  205.  Special  Topics  in  Studio  4  hours 

Studio  exercises,  in-studio  lectures,  outside  assignments,  and  critiques  are  de- 
signed to  develop  a  basic  understanding  of  various  media,  including  printmaking 
and  various  specialties  of  artists-in-residence. 

ART  251.  Special  Topics  in  Art  History 4  hours 

An  in-depth  analysis  of  specific  historical  art  periods  will  stress  how  major 
artists  and  trends  were  influenced  by  their  times.  Discussion  of  important  events 
and  ideas  of  significant  individuals  of  the  period  will  serve  to  provide  the  neces- 

107 


sary  background  for  a  thorough  comprehension  of  social  and  intellectual  sources 
of  art.  Prerequisite:  COR  104. 

ART  302.  Advanced  Painting 4  hours 

Students  will  build  upon  prior  experiences  in  Intermediate  Painting  and  be 
guided  to  set  parameters  for  individual  inquiry  in  their  work.  Emphasis  will  be  on 
personal  imagery  and  control  of  formal  issues  to  express  the  students'  ideas.  Each 
student  will  be  expected  to  develop  ideas  and  themes  in  a  cohesive  body  of  work. 
Prerequisite:  ART  202. 

ART  305.  Advanced  Special  Topics  in  Studio 4  hours 

This  is  an  advanced  level  of  Special  Topics  in  Studio  such  as  sculpture,  photog- 
raphy, drawing,  printmaking,  etc.   Prerequisite:  ART  205. 

ART  350.  Modern  Art  History 4  hours 

An  in-depth  analysis  of  the  art  of  the  19th  and  20th  centuries,  stressing  how 
major  trends  and  major  artists  were  influenced  by  their  times,  this  course  will 
begin  with  the  advent  of  the  Industrial  Revolution  and  continue  to  the  present.  It 
will  focus  on  the  art  and  ideas  of  Ingres,  Manet,  Monet,  Van  Gogh,  Gauguin, 
Cezanne,  Picasso,  Matisse,  Dali,  and  Warhol.  Prerequisite:  COR  104. 

ART  410.  Internship  in  Art 1-4  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formalized  experiential  learning  op- 
portunity to  qualified  students.  The  internship  generally  requires  the  student  to 
obtain  a  faculty  supervisor,  submit  a  learning  agreement,  work  30-35  hours  for 
every  hour  of  academic  credit,  keep  a  written  journal  of  the  work  experience,  have 
regularly  scheduled  meetings  with  the  faculty  supervisor,  and  write  a  research 
paper  dealing  with  some  aspect  of  the  internship.  An  extensive  list  of  internships 
is  maintained  by  the  Career  Services  Office,  including  opportunities  at  the  High 
Museum  of  Art,  Nexus  Contemporary  Art  Center,  Atlanta  International  Museum, 
and  Vespermann  Gallery.  Graded  on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis.  Prereq- 
uisites: Permission  of  the  faculty  supervisor  and  qualification  for  the  internship 
program. 


Art  -  Dual  Degree 


Students  seeking  a  broadly  based  educational  experience  involving  the  types 
of  programs  generally  found  at  a  college  of  arts  and  sciences  as  well  as  the  special- 
ized training  offered  by  a  professional  college  may  wish  to  consider  the  dual  de- 
gree program  in  art.  Oglethorpe  University  and  The  Atlanta  College  of  Art  offer 
a  joint  program  for  students  interested  in  a  career  in  the  visual  arts.  The  dual 
degree  program  requires  enrollment  at  Oglethorpe  for  two  years  followed  by  en- 
rollment at  The  Atlanta  College  of  Art  for  another  two  years  and  one  summer. 

The  student  is  required  to  complete  Fresh  Focus,  all  of  the  core  curriculum  at 
Oglethorpe  (including  Art  and  Culture),  a  foreign  language  course  at  the  second 
semester  elementary-level  or  higher,  and  three  courses  in  studio  electives.  Upon 
successful  completion  of  these  courses,  the  student  enrolls  at  The  Atlanta  College 
of  Art  and  completes  75  credit  hours  in  studio  and  art  history  courses.  Placement 
in  studio  courses  is  dependent  on  a  portfolio  review. 


108 


Upon  completion  of  the  joint  program,  the  student  receives  the  degree  of 
Bachelor  of  Arts  from  Oglethorpe  and  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts  from 
The  Atlanta  College  of  Art.  Students  participating  in  the  dual  degree  program 
must  meet  the  entrance  requirements  of  both  institutions.  Dual  degree  students 
are  advised  at  Oglethorpe  by  a  faculty  member  in  the  field  of  visual  arts. 
Note:  Dual-degree  students  in  art  may  not  use  Oglethorpe  financial  aid  assis- 
tance to  attend  other  institutions. 


Biology 


The  curriculum  in  biology  provides  a  foundation  in  both  classical  and  con- 
temporary biological  concepts  and  prepares  the  student  for  continuing  intellec- 
tual growth  and  professional  development  in  the  life  sciences.  These  goals  are 
achieved  through  completion  of  a  set  of  courses  that  provide  a  comprehensive 
background  in  basic  scientific  concepts  through  lectures,  discussions,  writing,  and 
laboratory  work.  The  program  supplies  the  appropriate  background  for  employ- 
ment in  research  institutions,  industry,  and  government;  the  curriculum  also  pre- 
pares students  for  graduate  school  and  for  professional  schools  of  medicine, 
dentistry,  veterinary  medicine,  and  the  like.  Students  planning  to  attend  graduate 
or  professional  schools  should  recognize  that  admission  to  such  schools  is  often 
highly  competitive.  Completion  of  a  biology  major  does  not  ensure  admission  to 
these  schools. 

A  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  must  be  obtained  in  each  freshman-  and  sopho- 
more-level science  or  mathematics  course  that  is  required  for  this  major  or  minor; 
these  courses  are  numbered  100  through  300  in  each  discipline.  A  grade-point 
average  of  2.0  or  higher  is  required  in  all  courses  required  for  the  major. 

Students  who  are  interested  in  medical  illustration  are  encouraged  to  con- 
sider the  Scientific  Illustration  Tracks  that  are  offered  within  the  art  major. 

Major 

The  requirements  for  a  major  in  biology  are  as  follows:  in  sequence,  General 
Biology  I  and  II,  Genetics,  Microbiology,  Comparative  Vertebrate  Anatomy,  Hu- 
man Physiology,  plus  three  additional  directed  biology  courses;  General  Chemis- 
try I  and  II  (with  laboratories),  Organic  Chemistry  I  (with  laboratory),  either 
Organic  Chemistry  II  (with  laboratory)  or  Elementary  Quantitative  Analysis  (with 
laboratory);  General  Physics  I  and  II;  Statistics;  and  three  semester  hours  of  Sci- 
ence Seminar.  The  degree  awarded  is  the  Bachelor  of  Science. 

Minor 

The  requirements  for  a  minor  in  biology  are  General  Biology  I  and  II,  Genet- 
ics, and  Microbiology.  Students  minoring  in  biology  are  not  exempt  from  the  pre- 
requisites for  the  biology  courses  and  thus  also  will  complete  General  Chemistry  I 
and  II  (with  laboratories)  and  Organic  Chemistry  I  (with  laboratory  and  either 
Organic  Chemistry  II  (with  laboratory)  or  Elementary  Quantitative  Analysis  (with 
laboratory). 

Note:  Effective  Spring  Semester  2003,  semester  hour  credit  for  biology  classes 
taken  with  their  respective  labs  will  total  5. 


109 


BIO  101,  BIO  102.  General  Biology  I,  II 4  plus  4  hours/5  plus  5  hours 

An  introduction  to  modern  biology,  these  courses  include  the  basic  principles 
of  plant  and  animal  biology,  with  emphasis  on  structure,  function,  evolutionary 
rejationships,  ecology,  and  behavior.  Lecture  and  laboratory.  Prerequisites:  Pre- 
calculus  in  high  school  or  MAT  103.  BIO  101  must  precede  BIO  102  and  it  is 
recommended  that  the  courses  be  completed  in  consecutive  semesters.  Students 
who  are  majoring  in  biology  must  earn  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  in  BIO  101 
before  taking  BIO  102. 

BIO  201.  Genetics 4  hours/5  hours 

An  introduction  to  the  study  of  inheritance.  The  classical  patterns  of  Mende- 
lian  inheritance  are  related  to  modern  molecular  genetics  and  to  the  control  of 
metabolism  and  development.  Lecture  and  laboratory.  Prerequisites  or  corequisites: 
BIO  102,  CHM  102,  CHM  201,  and  CHM  201L.  A  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  must  be 
earned  in  each  of  the  prerequisite  courses. 

BIO  202.  Microbiology 4  hours/5  hours 

An  introduction  to  the  biology  of  viruses,  bacteria,  algae,  and  fungi.  Consid- 
eration is  given  to  phylogenetic  relationships,  taxonomy,  physiology,  and  economic 
or  pathogenic  significance  of  each  group.  Lecture  and  laboratory.  Prerequisites: 
BIO  201,  CHM  201,  and  CHM  20 1L,  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  in  each  course. 

BIO  251.  Biology  Seminar 1  hour 

This  course  is  open  only  to  students  who  are  majoring  in  biology  who  have 
completed  all  of  the  first  year  course  requirements  in  their  major.  The  course  is 
designed  to  give  practice  in  the  preparation,  delivery,  and  discussion  of  scientific 
papers.  One  hour  of  credit  is  given  per  semester;  the  course  may  be  scheduled  at 
any  time  after  the  student  has  completed  the  freshman-level  requirements  in  the 
major.  Meetings  of  the  biology  seminar  are  held  a  minimum  of  twice  each  month 
during  the  regular  academic  year.  Each  student  is  expected  to  prepare,  deliver, 
and  defend  a  paper  for  at  least  one  seminar  meeting  during  the  period  of  enroll- 
ment; other  seminar  papers  will  be  presented  by  invited  speakers,  including  mem- 
bers of  the  science  faculty.  Graded  on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis  during 
semesters  when  a  presentation  is  not  given;  the  semester  during  which  a  presenta- 
tion is  given  is  letter-graded. 

BIO  301.  Comparative  Vertebrate  Anatomy 4  hours/5  hours 

An  intensive  study  of  the  structural  aspects  of  selected  vertebrate  types.  These 
organisms  are  studied  in  relation  to  their  evolution  and  development.  The  labora- 
tory involves  detailed  examination  of  representative  vertebrate  specimens  .  Pre- 
requisites: BIO  102,  BIO  201,  CHM  201,  and  CHM  201L.  Completion  of  BIO  201 
or  CHM  201  and  coregistration  in  the  other  may  be  acceptable  with  the  permis- 
sion of  the  instructor.  A  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  must  be  earned  in  each  of  the 
prerequisite  courses. 

BIO  302.  Human  Physiology 4  hours/5  hours 

A  detailed  analysis  of  human  functions  that  deals  primarily  with  the  interac- 
tions involved  in  the  operation  of  complex  human  systems.  Lecture  and  labora- 
tory. Prerequisites:  BIO  20 1 ,  CHM  20 1 ,  and  CHM  20 1 L.  A  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher 
must  be  earned  in  each  of  the  prerequisite  courses. 


110 


BIO  310.  Special  Topics  in  Biology 1-4  hours/ 1-5  hours 

Advanced  course  and  laboratory  work,  including  independent  studies,  in  vari- 
ous areas  of  biology.  Approval  by  the  student's  faculty  advisor  and  the  chairper- 
son of  the  department  is  required  for  off-campus  activities.  Prerequisite:  Permission 
of  the  instructor. 

BIO  313.  Embryology 4  hours/  5  hours 

A  course  dealing  with  the  developmental  biology  of  animals.  Classical  obser- 
vations are  considered  along  with  more  recent  experimental  embryology  in  the 
framework  of  an  analysis  of  development.  In  the  laboratory,  living  and  prepared 
examples  of  developing  systems  in  representative  invertebrates  and  vertebrates 
are  considered.  Prerequisites:  BIO  202,  CHM  201,  and  CHM  201L.  A  grade  of  "C-" 
or  higher  must  be  earned  in  each  of  the  prerequisite  courses. 

BIO  316.  Cell  Biology 4  hours/ 5  hours 

An  in-depth  consideration  of  cell  ultrastructure  and  the  molecular  mecha- 
nisms of  cell  physiology.  Techniques  involving  the  culturing  and  preparation  of 
cells  and  tissues  for  experimental  examination  are  carried  out  in  the  laboratory. 
Prerequisites:  BIO  202,  CHM  201,  and  CHM  201L.  A  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  must 
be  earned  in  each  of  the  prerequisite  courses. 

BIO  326.  Vascular  Plants 4  hours/5  hours 

The  biology  of  vascular  plants  is  considered  at  levels  of  organization  ranging 
from  the  molecular  through  the  ecological.  Studies  of  anatomy  and  morphology 
are  pursued  in  the  laboratory,  and  an  independent  project  concerning  plant  hor- 
mones is  required.  Offered  spring  semester  of  even-numbered  years.  Prerequi- 
sites: BIO  202,  CHM  201,  and  CHM  201L.  A  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  must  be 
earned  in  each  of  the  prerequisite  courses. 

BIO  413.  Biochemistry 4  hours/5  hours 

An  introduction  to  the  chemistry  of  living  systems,  this  course  will  investigate 
the  synthesis,  degradation,  and  functions  of  various  molecules  within  living  or- 
ganisms. Central  metabolic  pathways  and  enzyme  reaction  mechanisms  also  will 
be  studied.  Lecture  and  laboratory.  Prerequisites:  BIO  102,  CHM  201,  and  CHM 
20 1L  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  in  each  course;  recommended  prerequisite: 
CHM  310. 

BIO  414.  Molecular  Biology  and  Biotechnology 4  hours/5  hours 

This  course  is  an  introduction  to  the  theory  and  practice  of  molecular  bio- 
science.  Topics  covered  include  the  principles  and  processes  of  molecular  biol- 
ogy, DNA  isolation  and  characterization,  restriction  enzyme  analysis,  cloning, 
construction  and  selection  of  recombinants  made  in  vitro  and  preparation  and 
analysis  of  gene  libraries.  Lecture  and  Laboratory.  Prerequisites:  BIO  202,  CHM 
201,  CHM  20 1L  and  BIO  413  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  in  each  course. 

BIO  416.  Evolution 4  hours 

A  course  dealing  with  the  various  biological  disciplines  and  their  meaning  in 
an  evolutionary  context.  Also,  a  consideration  of  evolutionary  mechanisms  and 
the  various  theories  concerning  them.  Prerequisites:  BIO  202,  CHM  201,  and  CHM 
20 1 L.  A  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  must  be  earned  in  each  of  the  prerequisite  courses. 


Ill 


BIO  423.  Ecology 4  hours/5  hours 

A  course  dealing  with  the  relationships  between  individual  organisms  and 
their  environments.  The  emphasis  is  on  the  development  of  populations  and  in- 
teractions between  populations  and  their  physical  surroundings.  Lecture  and  labo- 
ratory. Offered  spring  semester  of  odd-numbered  years.  Prerequisites:  Junior  or 
senior  standing  and  a  declared  biology  major. 

Business  Administration 

The  business  administration  curriculum  is  designed  to  prepare  students  for  ca- 
reers as  business  leaders  who  will  earn  their  livelihoods  by  discerning  and  satisfy- 
ing people's  wants  and  needs.  Success  in  this  endeavor  requires  1)  the  ability  to 
think  independently,  2)  knowledge  of  business  terminology  and  business  institu- 
tions, both  domestic  and  international,  and  3)  communication  skills.  The  ability 
to  think  independently  is  enhanced  through  study  of  the  courses  in  the  core  cur- 
riculum. Courses  in  economics  and  the  functional  areas  of  business  administra- 
tion introduce  the  student  to  business  institutions,  terminology,  and  methods  of 
inquiry.  Most  business  administration  and  economics  courses  have  a  communica- 
tions component.  These  courses  and  the  capstone  course  in  Strategic  Manage- 
ment provide  opportunity  to  develop  and  enhance  thinking  and  communication 
skills. 

The  program  in  business  administration  is  also  designed  to  give  graduates  a 
solid  foundation  in  the  concepts  and  analysis  of  business  functional  areas  that  will 
be  needed  for  graduate  study.  Many  graduates  of  this  program  go  on  to  receive  a 
Master  of  Business  Administration  degree  or  a  master's  degree  in  a  specific  busi- 
ness area. 

In  addition  to  preparing  students  for  business  careers  and  graduate  school, 
the  program  in  business  administration  is  valuable  preparation  for  other  careers. 
Students  learn  administrative  skills  and  methods  of  inquiry  that  are  applicable  in 
governmental  and  non-profit  organizations.  Since  much  legal  practice  involves 
businesses  and  a  knowledge  of  business  terminology  and  institutions,  this  major  is 
an  excellent  background  for  the  study  and  practice  of  law. 

Major 

Students  pursuing  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  must  complete  the  follow- 
ing requirements  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher: 

ACC  230  Financial  Accounting 

ACC  231  Managerial  Accounting 

BUS  219  Management  Science 

BUS  260  Principles  of  Management 

BUS  310  Corporate  Finance 

BUS  350  Marketing 

BUS  469  Strategic  Management 

ECO  121  Introduction  to  Economics 

ECO  221  Intermediate  Microeconomics 

ECO  222  Intermediate  Macroeconomics 

MAT  1 1 1  Statistics 

MAT  121  Applied  Calculus 


112 


In  addition,  the  student  must  satisfy  the  Computer  Applications  Proficiency 
Requirement.  This  can  be  done  in  one  of  three  ways:  1)  by  assessment  of  skills 
with  the  student's  academic  advisor,  2)  by  successful  completion  of  Introduction 
to  Computer  Applications  Software,  or  3)  by  successful  performance  on  the  com- 
puter proficiency  examination. 

Finally,  three  additional  advanced  level  courses  must  be  successfully  completed 
at  the  300  or  400  level  in  accounting,  business  administration,  economics,  and/or 
computer  science.  These  courses  may  be  taken  in  a  specific  functional  area  as  a 
concentration  or  taken  in  different  areas. 

A  concentration  may  be  earned  in  the  areas  of  finance,  international  business 
studies,  management,  or  marketing.  Each  concentration  requires  that  the  student 
take  at  least  nine  credit  hours  of  course  work  at  the  300,  400,  or  MBA  level  in  that 
area.  For  a  course  to  be  included  as  part  of  a  student's  concentration,  it  must  be 
approved  by  the  student's  advisor. 

Students  who  wish  to  take  MBA-level  courses  as  part  of  their  concentration 
must  have  1)  at  least  junior  standing,  2)  a  cumulative  grade-point  average  of  2.8, 
and  3)  written  permission  from  the  MBA  director.  In  addition,  there  must  be 
sufficient  space  availability  for  undergraduate  students.  A  student  may  take  no 
more  than  six  credit  hours  of  the  concentration  at  the  MBA  level. 

Minor 

A  minor  in  business  administration  is  designed  to  provide  the  student  with 
an  elementary  foundation  in  the  major  disciplines  within  business  administration. 
It  is  a  useful  minor  for  students  who  wish  to  prepare  for  an  entry-level  position  in 
business  while  pursuing  another  major  outside  of  business  administration.  It  is 
also  useful  for  those  who  wish  to  continue  work  after  graduation  toward  a  Master 
of  Business  Administration  degree  at  Oglethorpe  or  elsewhere.  The  requirements 
for  a  minor  are  the  successful  completion  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  in  each  of 
the  following  courses: 

ACC  230    Financial  Accounting 

ACC  231     Managerial  Accounting 

BUS  260     Principles  of  Management 

BUS  310    Corporate  Finance 

BUS  350    Marketing 

ECO  121     Introduction  to  Economics 

BUS  110.  Business  Law  I 4  hours 

This  course  is  designed  to  give  the  student  an  awareness  of  a  limited  area  of 
those  aspects  of  the  law  which  will  be  needed  in  day-to-day  dealings  with  the  prob- 
lems of  business.  Special  emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  law  of  contracts,  negotiable 
instruments,  agency,  and  a  study  of  the  Uniform  Commercial  Code  as  it  applies. 

BUS  111.  Business  Law  II  4  hours 

This  course  is  a  study  of  partnerships,  corporations,  sales,  bailments,  security 
devices,  property,  bankruptcy,  and  trade  infringements.  Prerequisite:  BUS  110. 

BUS  219.  Management  Science 4  hours 

An  introduction  to  operations  research,  model  building,  optimization,  linear 
programming,  inventory  models,  and  simulation.  Major  techniques  and  models 
of  quantitative  analysis  as  applied  to  business  are  studied.  Prerequisites:  CSC  240, 
MAT  111,  and  MAT  121. 

113 


BUS  260.  Principles  of  Management  4  hours 

This  course  is  an  introduction  to  the  principles  of  management  and  adminis- 
tration. It  includes  the  study  of  leadership,  conflict  resolution,  decision  making, 
and  the  general  functions  of  management  in  large  and  small  organizations.  Stu- 
dents will  use  computers  extensively  to  do  active  research,  and  will  learn  spread- 
sheet and  graphical  tools  to  aid  in  the  development  of  their  decision-making  skills. 

BUS  310.  Corporate  Finance 4  hours 

This  course  is  a  study  of  the  basic  principles  of  organizational  finance  and  its 
relation  to  other  aspects  of  business  management  and  to  the  economic  environ- 
ment within  which  the  firm  operates.  Attention  is  given  to  basic  financial  con- 
cepts, techniques  of  financial  analysis,  sources  of  funding,  asset  management, 
capital  budgeting,  capital  structure,  cost  of  capital,  time  value  of  money,  and  fi- 
nancial decision  making  under  conditions  of  uncertainty.  Prerequisites:  ACC  231, 
ECO  121,  and  MAT  111. 

BUS  350.  Marketing 4  hours 

This  course  is  concerned  with  the  policies  and  problems  involved  in  the  op- 
eration of  market  institutions.  It  will  examine  broad  principles  and  concepts  in- 
volved in  the  operation  of  market  planning,  market  segmentation,  consumer 
behavior,  and  product  management,  pricing,  distribution,  and  promotion  of  goods 
and  services.  Aspects  of  global  marketing,  current  marketing  topics,  and  ethical 
and  social  responsibility  issues  in  marketing  are  addressed.  Prerequisites:  ACC 
231  and  ECO  121. 

BUS  352.  Marketing  Communications 4  hours 

Principles,  concepts,  and  practices  relating  to  the  various  kinds  of  communi- 
cations employed  to  disseminate  information  about  products  and  services  to  po- 
tential buyers  are  topics  in  this  course.  Communication  methods  to  be  studied 
include  advertising,  personal  selling,  sales  promotion,  and  public  relations.  The 
behavioral  aspects  of  both  messages  and  media  will  be  explored.  Prerequisite: 
BUS  350. 

BUS  362.  Human  Resources  Management 4  hours 

In  this  course  students  will  explore  the  perspectives  and  challenges  of  Human 
Resources  Management  within  the  context  of  the  emerging  global  economy.  The 
class  will  look  at  traditional  HRM  topics  such  as  selection  and  compensation  and 
also  at  how  students  can  manage  their  own  human  resource  potential.  Prerequi- 
site: Bus  260. 

BUS  370.  International  Business  4  hours 

This  course  is  designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the  problems  encoun- 
tered in  conducting  business  outside  one's  own  country  and  to  provide  a  basis  for 
evaluating  the  impact  on  business  activities  of  changing  economic,  political,  and 
cultural  factors.  Cases  will  be  used  throughout  the  course  to  give  the  student  expe- 
rience with  the  problems  and  advantages  of  doing  business  across  national  fron- 
tiers. A  cultural  diversity  simulation  game  also  will  be  used.  Prerequisite:  BUS 
260. 


114 


BUS  410.  Advanced  Corporate  Finance 4  hours 

As  a  continuation  of  Corporate  Finance,  topics  in  .lis  course  will  include 
capital  budgeting,  intermediate  and  long-term  funding,  current  asset  management, 
working  capital  management,  and  dividend  policy.  Case  studies  will  be  used  to 
emphasize  actual  business  situations  and  to  focus  on  the  comprehensive  financial 
management  of  the  firm.  Prerequisite:  BUS  310. 

BUS  411.  Investments 4  hours 

An  introduction  to  the  environment  in  which  investment  decisions  are  made. 
Topics  explored  will  include  efficient  markets,  the  capital  asset  pricing  model, 
term  structure  of  interest  rates,  risk  versus  return,  and  performance  measures. 
Although  the  emphasis  will  be  on  stocks  and  bonds,  other  investments  will  be 
discussed.  Prerequisite:  BUS  310. 

BUS  456.  Marketing  Research 4  hours 

This  course  is  designed  to  explore  topics  such  as  the  types  of  research,  the 
research  process,  research  design,  sampling  procedures,  data  collection  methods, 
data  analysis,  and  preparation  and  presentation  of  research  findings.  A  research 
project  and  presentation  of  findings  is  usually  required  in  the  course.  Prerequi- 
sites: BUS  350,  CSC  240  or  equivalent,  and  MAT  111. 

BUS  461.  Total  Quality  Management  4  hours 

This  course  will  explore  major  systematic  approaches  to  Total  Quality  Man- 
agement. Students  will  examine  quality  management  from  a  "profound  knowl- 
edge" perspective  (Deming,  Pirsig,  Goldratt),  and  will  learn  how  to  understand 
quality  as  a  concept  for  achieving  effective  management  within  a  firm,  and  in 
one's  own  life.  Prerequisites:  BUS  260  and  MAT  111. 

BUS  469.  Strategic  Management 4  hours 

This  course  is  the  capstone  integration  course  for  the  business  program.  Stu- 
dents learn  integrative  thinking  skills  and  strategic  management  tools  through 
both  the  reading  of  conceptual  work  and  the  extensive  use  of  the  case  studies. 
This  course  must  be  taken  in  residence  in  order  to  fulfill  the  requirements  for  a 
degree  in  this  major.   Prerequisites:  BUS  260,  BUS  310,  and  BUS  350. 

BUS  490.  Internship  in  Business  Administration 1-4  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formalized  experiential  learning  op- 
portunity to  qualified  students.  The  internship  generally  requires  the  student  to 
obtain  a  faculty  supervisor,  submit  a  learning  agreement,  work  30-35  hours  for 
every  hour  of  academic  credit,  keep  a  written  journal  of  the  work  experience,  have 
regularly  scheduled  meetings  with  the  faculty  supervisor,  and  write  a  research 
paper  dealing  with  some  aspect  of  the  internship.  An  extensive  list  of  internships 
is  maintained  by  the  Career  Services  Office,  including  opportunities  at  Office 
Depot,  the  Metro  Atlanta  Chamber  of  Commerce,  SunTrust  Bank  and  the  Atlanta 
Thrashers.  Graded  on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis.  Prerequisites:  Permis- 
sion of  the  faculty  supervisor  and  qualification  for  the  internship  program. 

BUS  494.  Independent  Study  in  Business  Administration 1-4  hours 

Supervised  research  on  a  selected  topic  in  business  administration.  Prerequi- 
site: Permission  of  the  instructor. 


115 


BUS  495.  Special  Topics  in  Business  Administration 4  hours 

An  intense  study  of  diverse  business  topics  under  the  direct  supervision  of  a 
business  administration  faculty  member.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instruc- 
tor. 

Business  Administration  and  Behavioral  Science 

The  interdisciplinary  major  in  business  administration  and  behavioral  sci- 
ence provides  students  with  the  knowledge  and  skills  of  the  behavioral  sciences  as 
they  may  be  applied  in  the  business  world.  The  major  helps  to  prepare  students 
for  careers  in  business,  especially  those  related  to  human  resources,  or  institu- 
tional administration  such  as  hospitals.  In  addition,  it  is  a  useful  major  for  con- 
tinuing graduate  study  in  business  administration  or  applied  psychology. 

The  major  consists  of  nine  required  courses  and  four  directed  electives.  The 
four  directed  electives  should  be  selected  carefully  with  the  assistance  of  a  faculty 
advisor  and  must  be  divided  evenly  between  business  administration  courses  and 
courses  in  behavioral  sciences.  A  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  in  each  course  in  the 
major  is  required  for  completion  of  this  major.  The  degree  awarded  is  the  Bach- 
elor of  Arts. 

Requirements  of  the  major  include  completion  of  the  following  courses: 

ACC   230     Financial  Accounting 

ACC   231      Managerial  Accounting 

BUS    260     Principles  of  Management 

BUS    350     Marketing 

MAT  1 1 1      Statistics 

PSY    204     Social  Psychology 

PSY    303     Psychological  Testing 

SOC   302     The  Sociology  of  Work  and  Occupations 

One  semester  of  a  foreign  language  at  the  second  semester  elementary- 
level  or  higher 
Two  of  the  following  behavioral  science  courses: 

PSY    202     Organizational  Psychology 

PSY    203     Learning  and  Conditioning 

PSY    205     Theories  of  Personality 

PSY    301      Introduction  to  Quantitative  Research  Methods 

SOC   308     Culture  and  Society 
Two  of  the  following  business  administration  courses: 

BUS    110     Business  Law  I 

BUS    219     Management  Science 

BUS    310     Corporate  Finance 

BUS    352     Marketing  Communications 

BUS    362     Human  Resources  Management 

BUS    456     Marketing  Research 

BUS    461     Total  Quality  Management 

BUS    495     Special  Topics  in  Business  Administration:  Entrepreneur- 
ship  and  Innovation 

BUS    495     Special  Topics  in  Business  Administration:  Insights  Into 
Great  Leaders  in  Action 


116 


ECO  221      Intermediate  Microeconomics 

ECO  222      Intermediate  Macroeconomics 

ECO  224  Labor  Economics 
In  addition,  the  student  must  satisfy  the  Computer  Applications  Proficiency 
Requirement.  This  can  be  done  in  one  of  three  ways:  1)  by  assessment  of  skills 
with  the  student's  academic  advisor,  2)  by  successful  completion  of  Introduction 
to  Computer  Applications  Software,  or  3)  by  successful  performance  on  the  com- 
puter proficiency  examination. 

Business  Administration  and  Computer  Science 

The  administration  of  business  involves  the  collection,  storage,  analysis,  and 
reporting  of  large  volumes  of  financial  as  well  as  non-financial  data.  By  combin- 
ing courses  in  business  administration  and  computer  science,  this  interdiscipli- 
nary major  acquaints  students  with  the  ways  in  which  computer  systems  can  assist 
in  carrying  out  the  accounting,  finance,  marketing,  and  management  functions  of 
business.  An  additional  aim  is  to  encourage  innovative  approaches  to  administra- 
tion that  would  be  impractical  without  the  computational  capacity  of  the  com- 
puter. 

The  interdisciplinary  major  in  business  administration  and  computer  science 
requires  the  completion  of  1 1  specific  courses  plus  three  directed  electives  with  a 
grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  in  each  course.  In  addition,  the  student  must  satisfy  the 
Computer  Applications  Proficiency  Requirement.  This  can  be  done  in  one  of  three 
ways:  1)  by  assessment  of  skills  with  the  student's  academic  advisor,  2)  by  success- 
ful completion  of  Introduction  to  Computer  Applications  Software,  or  3)  by  suc- 
cessful performance  on  the  computer  proficiency  examination.  The  degree  awarded 
is  the  Bachelor  of  Science. 

Requirements  of  the  major  include  completion  of  the  following  courses: 

Financial  Accounting 

Managerial  Accounting 

Principles  of  Management 

Corporate  Finance 

Marketing 

Strategic  Management 

Principles  of  Computer  Programming  in  C++  or 
Principles  of  Computer  Programming  in  Java 

Principles  of  File  Processing  in  COBOL 

Introduction  to  Economics 

Applied  Calculus 

Statistics 
Completion  of  three  of  the  following  courses  also  is  required: 

Introduction  to  Computer  Applications  Software  or 
Principles  of  Computer  Programming  in  C++  or 
Principles  of  Computer  Programming  in  Java 

Introduction  to  Data  Structures  in  Ada 

Principles  of  Object-Oriented  Programming  UsingC++ 

Assembly  Language  and  Computer  Architecture 

Special  Topics  in  Computer  Science 


117 


ACC 

230 

ACC 

231 

BUS 

260 

BUS 

310 

BUS 

350 

BUS 

469 

CSC 

243 

CSC    244 

CSC 

344 

ECO 

121 

MAT 

121 

MAT 

111 

lpletion  of  tl 

CSC 

240 

CSC    243 

CSC    244 

CSC 

342 

CSC 

440 

CSC 

441 

CSC 

442 

Chemistry 


The  chemistry  program  covers  four  general  areas  of  chemistry:  inorganic, 
organic,  physical,  and  analytical.  The  first  half  of  a  student's  chemistry  curricu- 
lum involves  courses  which  present  the  fundamentals  of  the  various  areas.  The 
second  half  of  the  curriculum  consists  of  advanced  courses  which  cover  special- 
ized topics  in  chemistry.  In  addition  to  factual  knowledge  about  chemistry,  the 
student  gains  an  understanding  about  the  scientific  method  and  a  systematic  ap- 
proach to  research.  A  large  portion  of  the  chemistry  curriculum  includes  labora- 
tory courses.  These  courses  teach  the  techniques  and  skills  used  in  chemical 
experimentation. 

A  student  who  has  completed  the  Bachelor  of  Science  program  in  chemistry 
has  several  career  options.  These  options  include  technical  or  analytical  work  in  a 
chemical  laboratory  and  non-research  positions  in  the  chemical  industry  such  as 
sales  or  marketing.  Another  option  is  to  enter  a  graduate  or  professional  school. 
Graduates  interested  in  doing  chemical  research  should  pursue  the  M.S.  or  Ph.D. 
degrees.  Those  interested  in  professions  such  as  medicine  or  dentistry,  would  en- 
ter the  appropriate  professional  school  after  receiving  the  Bachelor  of  Science 
degree.  Lastly,  the  chemistry  major  is  an  excellent  preparation  for  careers  as  di- 
versified as  patent  law  and  teaching. 

A  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  must  be  obtained  in  each  freshman-  and  sopho- 
more-level science  course  that  is  required  for  this  major  or  minor;  these  courses 
are  numbered  100  through  300  in  each  discipline.  A  grade-point  average  of  2.0  or 
higher  is  required  in  all  courses  required  for  the  major. 

Students  who  are  interested  in  scientific  illustration  are  encouraged  to  con- 
sider the  Scientific  Illustration  Tracks  that  are  offered  within  the  art  major. 

Note:  Effective  Spring  Semester  2003,  semester  hour  credit  for  chemistry 
lecture  classes  will  total  4. 

Major 

The  requirements  for  a  major  in  chemistry  are  as  follows:  General  Chemistry 
I  and  II  (with  laboratories),  Organic  Chemistry  I  and  II  (with  laboratories),  El- 
ementary Quantitative  Analysis,  Instrumental  Methods  of  Chemical  Analysis,  Physi- 
cal Chemistry  I  and  II  (with  laboratory),  Inorganic  Chemistry  (with  laboratory), 
Advanced  Organic  Chemistry,  and  Organic  Spectroscopy. 

Minor 

The  requirements  for  a  minor  in  chemistry  are  as  follows:  General  Chemistry 
I  and  II  (with  laboratories),  Organic  Chemistry  I  and  II  (with  laboratories),  El- 
ementary Quantitative  Analysis  (with  laboratory),  and  one  additional  lecture  course 
in  chemistry. 

CHM  101,  CHM  102.  General  Chemistry  I,  II ....  3  plus  3  hours/4  plus  4  hours 

An  introduction  to  the  fundamental  principles  of  chemistry,  including  a  study 
of  the  theories  of  the  structure  of  atoms  and  molecules  and  the  nature  of  the 
chemical  bond;  the  properties  of  gases,  liquids,  and  solids;  the  rates  and  energet- 
ics of  chemical  reactions;  the  properties  of  solutions;  chemical  equilibria;  electro- 
chemistry, and  the  chemical  behavior  of  representative  elements.  Prerequisites: 

118 


MAT  102  and  MAT  103  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  in  each  course.  Corequisites: 
CHM  10 1L  and  CHM  102L.  A  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  must  be  earned  in  CHM 
101  before  taking  CHM  102. 

CHM  10 1L,  CHM  102L.  General  Chemistry  Laboratory  I,  II 1  plus  1  hour 

The  laboratory  course  is  designed  to  complement  CHM  101  and  CHM  102. 
Various  laboratory  techniques  will  be  introduced.  Experiments  will  demonstrate 
concepts  covered  in  the  lecture  material.  Corequisites:  CHM  101  and  CHM  102. 

CHM  201,  CHM  202.  Organic  Chemistry  I,  II ....  3  plus  3  hours/4  plus  4  hours 

An  introductory  course  in  the  principles  and  theories  of  organic  chemistry. 
The  structure,  preparation,  and  reactions  of  various  functional  groups  will  be 
investigated.  Emphasis  will  be  on  synthesis  and  reaction  mechanisms.  Prerequi- 
sites: CHM  101  and  CHM  102  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  in  each  course. 
Corequisites:  CHM  201LandCHM  202L.  A  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  must  be  earned 
in  CHM  201  before  taking  CHM  202. 

CHM  20 1L,  CHM  202L.  Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory  I,  II 1  plus  1  hour 

The  laboratory  course  is  designed  to  complement  CHM  201  and  CHM  202. 
Various  techniques,  such  as  distillation,  extraction,  and  purification,  are  studied 
in  the  first  semester.  The  second  semester  involves  synthesis  and  identification  of 
a  variety  of  organic  compounds.  Corequisites:  CHM  201  and  CHM  202. 

CHM  301,  CHM  302.  Physical  Chemistry  I,  II....  3  plus  3  hours/4  plus  4  hours 

A  systematic  study  of  the  foundations  of  chemistry.  Particular  attention  is 
paid  to  thermodynamics,  including  characterization  of  gases,  liquids,  solids,  and 
solutions  of  electrolytes  and  nonelectrolytes;  the  First,  Second,  and  Third  Laws; 
spontaneity  and  equilibrium;  phase  diagrams  and  one-  and  two-component  sys- 
tems; electrochemistry;  and  an  introduction  to  the  kinetic  theory  and  statistical 
mechanics.  Additionally,  both  phenomenological  and  mechanistic  kinetics  are 
presented,  as  is  a  brief  introduction  to  quantum  mechanics.  Prerequisites:  MAT 
233,  CHM  202,  and  PHY  102  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  in  each  course. 

CHM  30 1L,  CHM  302L.  Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  I,  II 1  plus  1  hour 

Intended  to  complement  the  physical  chemistry  lecture  courses,  these  courses 
provide  the  student  with  an  introduction  to  physico-chemical  experimentation. 
Corequisite:  CHM  301,  302. 

CHM  310.  Elementary  Quantitative  Analysis 3  hours/4  hours 

An  introduction  to  elementary  analytical  chemistry,  including  gravimetric 
and  volumetric  methods.  Emphasis  is  on  the  theory  of  analytical  separations,  solu- 
bility, complex,  acid-base,  and  redox  equilibria.  Intended  for  both  chemistry  ma- 
jors and  those  enrolled  in  pre-professional  programs  in  other  physical  sciences 
and  in  the  health  sciences.  Prerequisite:  CHM  201  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher. 

CHM  310L.  Elementary  Quantitative  Analysis  Laboratory 1  hour 

Analyses  are  carried  out  in  this  course  which  illustrate  the  methods  discussed 
in  CHM  310.   Corequisite:  CHM  310. 


119 


CHM  422.  Instrumental  Methods  of  Chemical  Analysis 3  hours/4  hours 

A  discussion  of  the  principles  and  applications  of  modern  instrumentation 
used  in  analytical  chemistry.  Methods  discussed  are  primarily  non-optical,  includ- 
ing an  overview  of  electrochemistry;  potentiometric  methods,  including  use  of 
pH  and  other  ion  meters;  electrogravimetry;  coulometry;  polarography; 
amperometry;  and  gas-  and  liquid-chromatography.  Offered  spring  semester  of 
odd-numbered  years.  Prerequisite:  CHM  310  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher. 

CHM  422L.  Instrumental  Methods  Laboratory 1  hour 

This  laboratory  accompanies  CHM  422  and  will  consider  the  practical  appli- 
cations of  modern  instrumentation  in  analytical  chemistry.  Corequisite  CHM  422. 

CHM  424.  Advanced  Organic  Chemistry 3  hours/4  hours 

A  discussion  of  selected  reactions  and  theoi  ies  in  organic  chemistry.  Empha- 
sis is  placed  on  reaction  mechanisms  and  reactive  intermediates  encountered  in 
organic  synthesis.   Prerequisite:  CHM  202  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher. 

CHM  424L.  Advanced  Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory 1  hour 

Intended  to  complement  Advanced  Organic  Chemistry,  this  course  will  inves- 
tigate general  reactions  and  mechanistic  principles  in  organic  synthesis.  The  study 
will  require  the  multi-step  synthesis  of  various  organic  molecules.  Corequisite: 
CHM  424 

CHM  432.  Inorganic  Chemistry 3  hours/4  hours 

A  study  of  the  principles  of  modern  inorganic  chemistry,  including  atomic 
structure;  molecular  structure;  ionic  bonding;  crystal  structures  of  ionic  solids,  a 
systematic  study  of  the  behavior  of  inorganic  anions;  coordination  chemistry,  in- 
cluding structure  and  mechanisms  of  aqueous  reactions;  and  acids  and  bases.  Of- 
fered spring  semester  of  even-numbered  years.  Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  CHM 
302. 

CHM  432L.  Inorganic  Chemistry  Laboratory 1  hour 

Intended  to  complement  Inorganic  Chemistry,  this  course  provides  experi- 
ence in  the  methods  of  preparation  and  characterization  of  inorganic  compounds. 
Corequisite:  CHM  432 

CHM  434.  Organic  Spectroscopy 3  hours/4  hours 

A  course  dealing  with  several  spectroscopic  methods  as  applied  to  organic 
molecules.  The  principles  and  interpretation  of  ultra-violet,  visible,  infrared,  mass, 
and  nuclear  magnetic  resonance  spectra  will  be  studied.  Offered  fall  semester  of 
odd-numbered  years.  Prerequisite:  CHM  202  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher. 

CHM  434L.  Organic  Spectroscopy  Laboratory 1  hour 

Students  enrolled  in  this  course  use  various  spectrometers  for  qualitative  and 
quantitative  analysis.   Corequisite:  CHM  434 

CHM  490.  Special  Topics  in  Chemistry 1-4  hours/ 1-5  hours 

Advanced  topics  will  be  offered  in  the  following  fields:  Organic  Chemistry, 
Organic  Qualitative  Analysis,  Biochemistry,  Theoretical  Chemistry,  and  Advanced 
Inorganic  Chemistry.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor. 


120 


CHM  499.  Independent  Study  in  Chemistry  1-4  hours/ 1-5  hours 

This  course  is  intended  for  students  of  senior  standing  who  wish  to  do  inde- 
pendent laboratory  and/or  theoretical  investigations  in  chemistry.  Prerequisite: 
Permission  of  the  instructor. 

Communications 

Communications,  as  studied  and  taught  at  Oglethorpe,  is  rooted  in  the  disci- 
pline of  rhetoric,  one  of  the  historical  liberal  arts.  A  background  in  rhetoric  and 
communications  enables  students  to  understand  human  beings  as  symbol  users 
who  communicate  in  a  variety  of  discourse  communities  and  cultural  contexts. 
Communications  encourages  students  to  examine  their  own  modes  of  communi- 
cation and  to  analyze  the  communication  of  others,  from  individual  utterances  to 
mass  media  broadcasts.  Students  learn  strategies  of  rhetorical  analysis  to  gener- 
ate, evaluate,  and  revise  documents  that  are  responsive  to  designated  audiences 
and  purposes. 

A  program  in  communications  teaches  students  to  express  themselves  effec- 
tively in  speech  and  in  writing.  Communications  at  Oglethorpe  is  a  writing-inten- 
sive program,  which  prepares  graduates  for  careers  and  advanced  study  in 
journalism,  public  relations,  advertising,  mass  media,  corporate  communications, 
and  related  fields.  All  majors  receive  hands-on  experience  in  a  communications 
field  of  their  choice  through  a  required  internship.  A  leading  center  for  the  com- 
munications industry,  Atlanta  provides  excellent  opportunities  for  students  to 
explore  their  career  options  and  apply  their  newly  acquired  skills. 

Oglethorpe  communications  graduates  are  ready  to  face  the  challenges  of 
the  21st  century.  These  future  leaders  leave  with  the  critical  skills  and  insights 
needed  for  success  in  their  professions  and  lives.  Students  learn  effective  speak- 
ing and  writing  skills  as  well  as  active  problem-solving  strategies  through  collabo- 
rative efforts.  The  program  encourages  students  to  understand  the  new  electronic 
media,  to  develop  ethical  awareness  and  civic  engagement,  and  to  evaluate  the 
globalization  of  media  and  its  effects  on  national  and  international  communica- 
tion. 

All  communications  majors  must  complete  a  minor  course  of  study,  other 
than  writing,  to  enable  them  to  apply  their  communication  skills  to  a  related  body 
of  knowledge  and  to  enhance  career  possibilities.  Students  are  encouraged  to 
broaden  their  knowledge  and  skills  through  this  required  minor  in  such  areas  as 
art,  psychology,  computer  science,  business  administration,  politics,  and  interna- 
tional studies.  The  degree  awarded  is  the  Bachelor  of  Arts. 

Major 

The  following  courses  are  required: 

COM     101      Theories  of  Communications 

COM     110      Public  Speaking  I 

COM    390     Special  Topics  in  Communications 

COM    401      Internship  in  Communications 

One  year  of  a  foreign  language  at  the  first-year  college  level  (or  the 
equivalent  determined  through  testing) 
One  course  selected  from  the  following  two: 

COM    220     Investigative  Writing 

COM    221      Persuasive  Writing 

121 


One  course  selected  from  the  following  two: 

COM  240  Journalism 

COM  340  Writing  for  Business  and  the  Professions 
Three  courses  selected  from  the  following: 

COM  1 1 1  Public  Speaking  II 

COM  250  Broadcasting  and  the  New  Electronic  Media 

COM  380  Independent  Study  in  Communications 

COM  390  Special  Topics  in  Communications 

ENG  230  Creative  Writing 

ENG  231  Biography  and  Autobiography 

ENG  331  Writing  Prose,  Fiction,  and  Nonfiction 

WRI  381  Independent  Study  in  Writing 

WRI  391  Special  Topics  in  Writing 

Minor 

A  student  may  take  a  communications  minor  or  writing  minor,  but  not  both. 
For  the  requirements  of  the  writing  minor,  please  see  the  writing  discipline  in 
alphabetical  order  below. 

The  following  course  is  required: 

COM  101     Theories  of  Communications 
One  course  selected  from  the  following  two: 

COM  220     Investigative  Writing 

COM  221     Persuasive  Writing 
Three  courses  selected  from  the  following: 

COM  1 1 1     Public  Speaking  II 

COM  240    Journalism 

COM  250     Broadcasting  and  the  New  Electronic  Media 

COM  340     Writing  for  Business  and  the  Professions 

COM  390     Special  Topics  in  Communications 

COM  401     Internship  in  Communications 

WRI   391     Special  Topics  in  Writing 

COM  101.  Theories  of  Communications  4  hours 

This  course  offers  a  general  introduction  to  the  study  of  individual,  group, 
and  mass  media-based  communications.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  fundamental 
ways  humans  communicate  (verbally,  nonverbally,  and  in  writing)  and  involves 
investigation  of  the  purposes  for,  and  techniques  used  in,  many  forms  of  commu- 
nication. 

COM  110.  Public  Speaking  I 4  hours 

This  course  is  designed  to  develop  and  enhance  students'  ability  to  communi- 
cate effectively  to  any  audience.  Students  will  deliver  both  prepared  and  impromptu 
speeches.  They  will  give  humorous  and  inspirational  speeches  as  well  as  informa- 
tional speeches  focusing  on  organization  and  the  use  of  visual  aids.  Students 
develop  all  the  tools  necessary  to  effectively  communicate— their  voice,  their  ges- 
tures, their  body  language,  and  their  eye  contact.  They  will  receive  timely  written 
and  oral  feedback  from  the  instructor.  Speeches  will  be  videotaped  and  critiqued. 
The  goal  is  to  become  a  more  polished  and  confident  speaker. 


122 


COM  111.  Public  Speaking  II 4  hours 

This  course  develops  communication  skills  gained  in  Public  Speaking  I.  Stu- 
dents will  learn  to  convey  their  messages  directly,  confidently,  and  persuasively. 
Students  will  practice  delivering  persuasive  speeches  for  a  variety  of  occasions 
from  the  classroom  to  the  boardroom.  They  will  learn  to  make  the  closing  argu- 
ment to  the  jury,  to  field  the  difficult  interview  question,  to  close  the  sale,  to  give 
the  congratulatory  toast,  and  to  deliver  the  inspirational  speech.  Speeches  will  be 
videotaped  and  critiqued.   Prerequisite:  COM  110. 

ARC  201.  Seminar  for  Student  Tutors 1  hour 

Peer  tutors  at  the  Academic  Resource  Center  spend  two  hours  per  week  assist- 
ing other  students,  individually  or  in  groups,  with  course  material,  papers,  and 
preparation  for  examinations.  In  addition,  they  participate  in  support  and  train- 
ing meetings  with  the  ARC  directors  and  with  instructors  of  the  courses  in  which 
they  tutor.  They  discuss  how  to  work  with  texts  in  different  disciplines,  encourage 
study  group  members  to  help  each  other  learn,  and  foster  student  engagement 
with  and  assimilation  of  course  content.  Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  instruc- 
tor and  Associate  Provost  for  Student  Achievement. 

COM  220.  Investigative  Writing 4  hours 

This  expository  writing  course  is  designed  to  develop  research  and  writing 
skills.  Emphasis  will  be  on  learning  a  wide  range  of  library  and  Internet-based 
research  techniques  and  purposefully  presenting  information  to  a  variety  of  audi- 
ences in  appropriate  format  and  style.  Students  will  be  asked  to  define  their  own 
investigative  projects,  and  to  analyze  and  revise  their  own  writing.  Investigative 
Writing  or  Persuasive  Writing  is  a  prerequisite  for  upper-level  communications 
courses.   Prerequisites:  COR  101  and  COR  102. 

COM  221.  Persuasive  Writing 4  hours 

This  course  is  designed  to  develop  sophisticated  strategies  of  persuasion  for 
analyzing  and  generating  arguments  responsive  to  targeted  audiences  in  a  variety 
of  contexts,  including  civic,  professional,  and  academic.  Students  will  learn  both 
classical  and  contemporary  strategies  of  persuasion.  Emphasis  will  be  on  present- 
ing clear,  coherent,  and  logical  arguments.  Students  will  be  asked  to  define  their 
own  projects  within  assigned  contexts.  Students  will  evaluate  their  own  and  oth- 
ers' writing  to  enable  the  revision  process.  Investigative  Writing  or  Persuasive 
Writing  is  a  prerequisite  for  upper-level  communications  courses.  Prerequisites: 
COR  101  and  COR  102. 

COM  240.  Journalism 4  hours 

This  course  teaches  the  fundamentals  of  journalistic  news  writing  and  report- 
ing. From  interviews  to  the  Internet,  students  will  learn  how  to  gather  information 
from  a  variety  of  sources  and  write  stories  using  different  types  of  leads,  endings, 
and  structures.  They  will  also  engage  in  a  critique  of  today's  journalistic  practices. 
Prerequisites:  COM  101  and  COM  220  or  COM  221. 

COM  250.  Broadcasting  and  the  New  Electronic  Media 4  hours 

This  course  is  designed  to  introduce  students  to  the  economic,  regulatory, 
and  creative  forces  that  affect  the  broadcast  industry.  The  course  will  raise  theo- 

123 


retical  questions  and  practical  concerns  about  the  different  types  of  media  (TV, 
radio,  and  the  Internet)  that  deal  with  the  electronic  transmission  of  information. 
Students  will  analyze  and  engage  in  the  genres  through  which  this  information  is 
transmitted  (for  example,  radio  programs  and  TV  news  scripts).  Prerequisites: 
COM  101  and  COM  220  or  COM  221. 

COM  340.  Writing  for  Business  and  the  Professions 4  hours 

A  course  for  students  who  have  mastered  the  basic  skills  and  insights  of  writ- 
ing and  who  wish  to  improve  their  ability  to  write  clear,  concise,  persuasive  prose 
designed  for  audiences  in  business  and  the  professions.  Students  are  required  to 
write  a  variety  of  texts,  such  as  proposals,  progress  reports,  recommendation  re- 
ports, and  manuals.  Other  elements  of  the  course  may  include  desktop  publishing 
and  oral  presentations.  Prerequisites:  COM  101  and  COM  220  or  COM  221. 

COM  380.  Independent  Study  in  Communications 1-4  hours 

Supervised  independent  communications  project.  Prerequisites:  Permission 
of  the  instructor,  and  the  student  must  be  pursuing  a  major  in  communications. 

WRI  381.  Independent  Study  in  Writing 1-4  hours 

Supervised  independent  writing  project.  Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  in- 
structor and  the  student  must  be  pursuing  a  minor  in  writing  or  a  major  in  com- 
munications. 

COM  390.  Special  Topics  in  Communications 4  hours 

This  advanced  course  will  examine  selected  topics  in  journalism,  communica- 
tions, or  media  studies,  such  as  The  New  Journalism,  Global  Communications, 
Civic  Literacy,  Gender  and  Communication,  or  Reading  Television.  Prerequi- 
sites: COM  101  and  COM  220  or  COM  221. 

WRI  391.  Special  Topics  in  Writing 4  hours 

Study  of  a  selected  topic  in  the  field  of  writing,  such  as  Scientific  and  Techni- 
cal Writing,  Oral  History,  Contrastive  Rhetoric  and  Analytical  Writing,  Writing 
for  Educators,  or  The  Art  of  the  Essay.  The  topic  will  vary  from  year  to  year  and 
may  be  offered  by  communications  or  English  faculty.  Prerequisites  for  special 
topics  taken  with  communications  faculty:  COM  101  and  COM  220  or  COM  221. 

COM  401.  Internship  in  Communications  1-4  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formalized  experiential  learning  op- 
portunity to  qualified  students.  The  internship  generally  requires  the  student  to 
obtain  a  faculty  supervisor,  submit  a  learning  agreement,  work  30-35  hours  for 
every  hour  of  academic  credit,  keep  a  written  journal  of  the  work  experience,  have 
regularly  scheduled  meetings  with  the  faculty  supervisor,  and  write  a  research 
paper  dealing  with  some  aspect  of  the  internship.  An  internship  for  the  writing 
minor  must  be  writing  intensive.  An  extensive  list  of  internships  is  maintained  by 
the  Career  Services  Office,  including  opportunities  at  CNN,  Fox  5,  Pineapple 
Public  Relations,  Carrol/White  Advertising,  and  Atlanta  Journal  Constitution. 
Graded  on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis.  Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the 
faculty  supervisor  and  qualification  for  the  internship  program. 


124 


Computer  Science 


Minor 

A  minor  in  computer  science  consists  of  five  computer  science  courses,  one 
of  which  must  be  Principles  of  Computer  Programming  in  Java  or  Principles  of 
Computer  Programming  in  C++,  and  no  more  than  two  of  which  may  be  below  the 
300  level.  Internship  in  Computer  Science  may  not  be  used  as  one  of  the  five 
courses  in  a  computer  science  minor. 

CSC  240.  Introduction  to  Computer  Applications  Software 4  hours 

This  course  introduces  the  student  to  the  major  types  of  computer  applica- 
tions software,  including  word  processing,  electronic  spreadsheets,  database  man- 
agement, graphics,  and  presentation  software.  A  predominant  emphasis  is  on  the 
construction  of  significant  applications  systems,  including  integrating  various  ap- 
plications, transferring  data  among  applications,  and  custom  programming.  The 
student  will  use  microcomputer  software  such  as  Microsoft  Office  Professional, 
which  includes  Word,  Excel,  Access,  PowerPoint,  and  Visual  BASIC. 

CSC  243.  Principles  of  Computer  Programming  in  C++ 4  hours 

This  course  introduces  the  student  to  the  fundamental  techniques  of  problem 
solving  and  algorithm  construction  within  the  context  of  the  C++  programming 
language.  The  student  will  design  and  complete  several  substantial  programming 
projects,  most  having  significant  mathematical  content.  Topics  include  data  types, 
control  structures,  file  manipulation,  functions,  parameters,  structures,  unions, 
classes,  arrays,  dynamic  data  structures,  abstract  data  types,  object-oriented  pro- 
gramming, and  separate  compilation  units.  Prerequisite:  MAT  102  or  by  examina- 
tion. 

CSC  244.  Principles  of  Computer  Programming  in  Java 4  hours 

This- course  introduces  the  student  to  the  fundamental  techniques  of  problem 
solving  and  algorithm  construction  within  the  context  of  the  Java  programming 
language.  The  student  will  design  and  implement  several  substantial  program- 
ming projects,  most  having  significant  mathematical  content.  Topics  include  data 
types,  control  structures,  file  manipulation,  functions,  parameters,  classes,  arrays, 
dynamic  data  structures,  object-oriented  programming,  separate  compilation  units, 
HTML,  and  World  Wide  Web  programming.  Prerequisite:  MAT  102  or  by  exami- 
nation. 

CSC  342.  Introduction  to  Data  Structures  in  Ada  4  hours 

This  courses  uses  Ada  language  constructs  to  introduce  the  student  to  the 
important  concepts  of  static  and  dynamic  data  representation,  which,  along  with 
effective  algorithm  development,  are  essential  components  of  successful  computer 
program  development.  Topics  include  arrays,  records,  files,  pointers,  linked  lists, 
stacks,  queues,  priority  queues,  sets,  trees,  b-trees,  strings,  abstract  data  types, 
sorting  and  searching  techniques,  and  implementation  procedures.  Prerequisite: 
CSC  243  or  CSC  244. 

CSC  344.  Principles  of  File  Processing  in  COBOL 4  hours 

This  course  provides  an  accelerated  introduction  to  the  COBOL  language 
and  to  standard  techniques  for  managing  data  in  computer  files.  Students  will  use 


125 


COBOL  to  program  solutions  to  problems  which  arise  predominantly,  though  not 
exclusively,  in  business  environments.  Topics  include  file  creation  and  updating, 
merging  and  searching,  report  generation,  subprograms,  separate  compilation 
units,  interactive  programming,  sequential,  indexed,  and  relative  files,  and  elemen- 
tary concepts  of  database  management.  Prerequisite:  CSC  243  or  CSC  244. 

CSC  440.  Principles  of  Object-Oriented  Programming  Using  C++ 4  hours 

This  course  includes  a  comprehensive  treatment  of  the  C++  programming 
language,  using  the  object-oriented  methodology.  Fundamental  C++  programming 
constructs  will  be  discussed,  including  native  types,  control  structures,  functions, 
parameters,  pointers,  structures,  unions,  classes,  file  manipulation,  arrays,  dynamic 
data  structures,  and  separate  compilation  units.  In  addition,  the  student  will  study 
such  important  object-oriented  notions  as  objects,  constructors,  parametric 
polymorphim,  and  exceptions.  Prerequisite:  CSC  243  or  CSC  244. 

CSC  441.  Assembly  Language  and  Computer  Architecture  4  hours 

This  course  provides  a  concentrated  introduction  to  assembly  language  pro- 
gramming for  the  8086/8088  family  of  microprocessors  and  to  the  architecture 
embodied  in  those  processors.  Special  attention  will  be  given  to  implementing  the 
familiar  control  structures  of  a  high-level  language  using  assembly  language's  much 
more  restricted  instruction  set,  and  to  the  problems  of  decimal  and  floating  point 
numeric  representation,  conversions,  and  computations.  Topics  include  structured 
programming,  control  structures,  object  library  maintenance,  macro  program- 
ming, interrupts,  registers,  buses,  bit  manipulation,  memory  management,  input/ 
output  file  manipulation,  strings,  and  interfacing  with  high-level  languages.  Pre- 
requisite: CSC  243  or  CSC  244. 

CSC  442.  Special  Topics  in  Computer  Science 4  hours 

This  course  focuses  on  a  variety  of  timely  concepts  and  useful  language  envi- 
ronments. Current  topics  include  artificial  intelligence,  machine  simulators,  com- 
piler and  assembler  construction,  computer-aided  instruction,  graphics,  database 
management,  computer  architecture,  operating  systems,  and  systems  program- 
ming. These  topics  may  be  examined  in  the  context  of  languages  such  as  Ada, 
assembly  language,  COBOL,  C++,  Forth,  LISP,  Logo,  Pascal,  Scheme,  Visual  BA- 
SIC, and  applications  software.  Prerequisite:  CSC  342  or  CSC  344. 

CSC  443.  Independent  Study  in  Computer  Science  1-4  hours 

Supervised  research  on  a  selected  topic  in  computer  science.  Prerequisite: 
Permission  of  the  instructor. 

CSC  446.  Internship  in  Computer  Science 1-4  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formalized  experiential  learning  op- 
portunity to  qualified  students.  The  internship  generally  requires  the  student  to 
obtain  a  faculty  supervisor,  submit  a  learning  agreement,  work  30-35  hours  for 
every  hour  of  academic  credit,  keep  a  written  journal  of  the  work  experience,  have 
regularly  scheduled  meetings  with  the  faculty  supervisor,  and  write  a  research 
paper  dealing  with  some  aspect  of  the  internship.  An  extensive  list  of  internships 
is  maintained  by  the  Career  Services  Office,  including  opportunities  at  Array 
Computer  Technologu  s,  the  Nwoko  Group,  and  the  Catapult  Group.  Graded  on  a 


126 


satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis.  Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  faculty  supervi- 
sor and  qualification  for  the  internship  program. 

Economics 


Economics  is  a  way  of  thinking  based  on  the  premise  that  individuals  make 
decisions  that  advance  their  own  interests.  From  this  premise,  economics  attempts 
to  understand  individual  behavior  and  the  social  order  that  results  from  the  inter- 
action of  many  individual  decision-makers  along  with  evaluating  the  resulting  so- 
cial order. 

There  are  three  aspects  of  economic  study  that  are  related  to  citizenship  and 
careers.  First,  the  attempt  to  predict  individual  behavior  results  in  the  derivation 
of  several  economizing  principles  that  are  useful  in  business  practice.  Second, 
much  of  the  interaction  of  individuals  is  in  the  form  of  exchanges  in  markets. 
Knowledge  of  how  markets  function  is  helpful  both  to  business  people  and  voters 
who  will  make  decisions  about  such  market-related  economic  matters  as  taxes, 
interest  ceilings,  minimum  wages,  and  public  utility  rates.  Third,  the  practice  in 
evaluating  different  social  orders  leads  students  to  replace  their  unschooled  opin- 
ions about  complex  situations  with  disciplined  thought.  This  major  is  useful  for 
those  who  plan  careers  in  business,  law,  politics,  government,  or  religion. 

Major 

Students  pursuing  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  must  complete  the  following 
requirements  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher: 

ACC  230      Financial  Accounting 

ACC  231      Managerial  Accounting 

BUS  219      Management  Science 

BUS  260      Principles  of  Management 

BUS  310      Corporate  Finance 

BUS  350      Marketing 

BUS  469      Strategic  Management 

ECO  121      Introduction  to  Economics 

ECO  221      Intermediate  Microeconomics 

ECO  222      Intermediate  Macroeconomics 

MAT  1 1 1      Statistics 

MAT  1 2 1  Applied  Calculus 
In  addition,  the  student  must  also  complete  three  additional  electives  in  eco- 
nomics and  satisfy  the  Computer  Applications  Proficiency  Requirement.  This  can 
be  done  in  one  of  three  ways:  1)  by  assessment  of  skills  with  the  student's  aca- 
demic advisor,  2)  by  successful  completion  of  Introduction  to  Computer  Applica- 
tions Software,  or  3)  by  successful  performance  on  the  computer  proficiency 
examination. 

Major 

Students  pursuing  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  must  complete  the  following 
requirements  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher: 
BUS   219     Management  Science 
ECO  121     Introduction  to  Economics 
ECO  221     Intermediate  Microeconomics 


127 


ECO  222     Intermediate  Macroeconomics 

MAT  111     Statistics 

MAT  121     Applied  Calculus 

One  semester  of  a  foreign  language  at  the  second  semester  elementary- 
level  or  higher 
In  addition  the  student  must  also  complete  four  additional  electives  in  eco- 
nomics and  satisfy  the  computer  applications  proficiency  requirement.  This  can 
be  done  in  one  of  three  ways:  1)  by  assessment  of  skills  with  the  student's  aca- 
demic advisor,  2)  by  successful  completion  of  Introduction  to  Computer  Applica- 
tions Software,  or  3)  by  successful  performance  on  the  computer  proficiency 
examination. 

Minor 

Students  desiring  to  minor  in  economics  must  complete  the  following  courses 
with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher: 

ECO  121     Introduction  to  Economics 

ECO  221     Intermediate  Microeconomics 

ECO  222     Intermediate  Macroeconomics 
In  addition  the  student  must  complete  two  additional  electives  in  economics. 

ECO  121.  Introduction  to  Economics 4  hours 

This  course  is  designed  to  familiarize  the  student  with  basic  economic  prin- 
ciples and  concepts.  The  student  will  be  introduced  to  a  few  key  economic  prin- 
ciples that  can  be  used  in  analyzing  various  economic  events.  The  materials  will 
include  a  history  of  economic  thought,  monetary  and  financial  economics,  and 
supply  and  demand  analysis. 

ECO  221.  Intermediate  Microeconomics 4  hours 

This  course  develops  the  economic  principles  necessary  to  analyze  and  inter- 
pret the  decisions  of  individuals  and  firms  with  respect  to  consumption,  invest- 
ment, production,  pricing,  and  hiring.  The  principles  are  used  to  understand  the 
behavior  of  business  firms  and  public  policy-making  institutions.  Prerequisites: 
ECO  121  and  MAT  121. 

ECO  222.  Intermediate  Macroeconomics 4  hours 

This  course  examines  the  goals  of  economic  policy  and  the  policy  instru- 
ments available  to  achieve  those  goals.  Attention  is  given  to  both  monetary  and 
fiscal  policy  along  with  the  theory  and  measurement  of  national  income,  employ- 
ment, and  price  levels,  and  the  international  implications  of  economic  policy.  Pre- 
requisite: ECO  121. 

ECO  223.  United  States  Economic  History 4  hours 

This  course  will  study  the  origin  and  growth  of  the  American  economic  sys- 
tem from  pre-colonial  through  the  20th  century.  The  course  traces  the  develop- 
ment of  the  evolution  of  American  agricultural,  commercial,  manufacturing, 
financial,  labor,  regulatory,  and  technological  sectors.  Prerequisite:  ECO  121. 

ECO  224.  Labor  Economics  4  hours 

This  course  will  be  a  comprehensive  study  of  the  cause  and  effect  relationship 
between  work  and  income.  It  will  examine  labor  market  structures,  human  capital 


128 


theory,  union-management  relations,  labor  history,  economic  policy,  and  earning 
profiles  by  gender  and  race.  Prerequisite:  ECO  121. 

ECO  324.  History  of  Economic  Thought 4  hours 

This  course  is  a  study  of  the  major  writers  and  schools  of  economic  thought, 
related  to  the  economic,  political,  and  social  institutions  of  their  times:  the  Medi- 
eval, Mercantilist,  Physiocrat,  Classical,  Marxist,  Historical,  Neoclassical,  Institu- 
tionalist,  Keynesian,  and  post-Keynesian  schools.  Prerequisite:  ECO  121. 

ECO  327.  Economic  Development 4  hours 

This  course  is  a  study  of  the  economic,  social,  and  political  factors  that  ac- 
count for  the  contrast  between  the  economic  stagnation  in  much  of  the  world  and 
the  steadily  rising  incomes  in  the  United  States,  Europe,  and  Japan.  General  prin- 
ciples are  applied  to  the  development  experience  of  selected  countries  in  the  his- 
torically less-developed  world  and  the  formerly  centrally-planned  economies  of 
Eastern  and  Central  Europe.  Prerequisite:  ECO  121. 

ECO  421.  Money  and  Banking 4  hours 

This  course  will  study  the  role  of  private  financial  institutions  and  the  Fed- 
eral Reserve  System  in  the  creation  of  the  nation's  money  supply  and  the  theory 
that  links  the  money  supply  to  the  nation's  inflation  rate  and  output  level.  Addi- 
tional topics  are  the  international  payments  mechanism,  capital  flows,  the  deter- 
mination of  exchange  rates,  and  the  use  of  a  common  currency  by  several  countries. 
Prerequisites:  ECO  221,  ECO  222,  and  proficiency  in  the  use  of  spreadsheet  soft- 


ECO  423.  International  Economics 4  hours 

This  course  is  a  study  of  international  trade  and  finance.  The  microfoundations 
of  the  course  will  address  why  countries  trade,  why  special  interest  groups  fight 
international  trade,  regional  specialization,  international  agreements  on  tariffs 
and  trade,  and  national  commercial  policies.  The  macrofoundations  of  the  course 
will  focus  on  exchange  rates,  balance  of  payments,  international  investments,  and 
coordination  and  cooperation  of  international  monetary  and  fiscal  policies.  Pre- 
requisites: ECO  221  and  ECO  222. 

ECO  425.  Public  Finance 4  hours 

An  analysis  of  the  impact  of  federal,  state,  and  local  government  expendi- 
tures, revenues,  debt  management,  and  budgeting  on  the  allocation  of  resources, 
the  distribution  of  income,  the  stabilization  of  national  income  and  employment, 
and  economic  growth.  Topics  will  include  expenditure  patterns,  tax  structure,  ben- 
efit-cost analysis,  policy  analysis,  and  microeconomic  and  macroeconomic  theo- 
ries of  public  expenditures  and  taxation.  Prerequisites:  ECO  221  and  ECO  222. 

ECO  426.  Internship  in  Economics  1-4  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formalized  experiential  learning  op- 
portunity to  qualified  students.  The  internship  generally  requires  the  student  to 
obtain  a  faculty  supervisor,  submit  a  learning  agreement,  work  30-35  hours  for 
every  hour  of  academic  credit,  keep  a  written  journal  of  the  work  experience,  have 
regularly  scheduled  meetings  with  the  faculty  supervisor,  and  write  a  research 
paper  dealing  with  some  aspect  of  the  internship.  An  extensive  list  of  internships 
is  maintained  by  the  Career  Services  Office,  including  opportunities  at  the  Fed- 

129 


eral  Reserve  Bank  and  Prudential  Securities.  Graded  on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfac- 
tory basis.  Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  faculty  supervisor  and  qualification 
for  the  internship  program. 

ECO  427.  Independent  Study  in  Economics 1-4  hours 

Supervised  research  on  a  selected  topic.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  in- 
structor. 

ECO  428.  Special  Topics  in  Economics 4  hours 

An  intense  study  of  diverse  topics  under  the  direct  supervision  of  an  econom- 
ics faculty  member.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor. 

Education 

Studies  in  education  at  Oglethorpe  include  undergraduate  courses  and  the 
Master  of  Arts  in  Teaching— Early  Childhood  Education  Program. 

Grounded  in  the  liberal  arts  tradition,  the  education  program  emphasizes 
strong  academic  preparation  and  the  notion  of  teacher  as  learner.  Teacher  educa- 
tion at  Oglethorpe  University  is  designed  to  challenge  students  to  think  critically 
about  issues  in  education,  to  be  informed  decision  makers,  and  to  become  change 
agents  in  their  schools.  The  program  also  has  strong  connections  to  the  Atlanta 
community,  both  urban  and  suburban.  Oglethorpe  is  committed  to  preparing  teach- 
ers for  the  variety  of  settings  and  diverse  populations  of  metropolitan  schools. 

EDU  101.  Introduction  to  Education  4  hours 

A  study  of  the  historical  development,  the  philosophy,  and  the  political  and 
social  issues  underlying  the  American  educational  system  and  the  teaching  profes- 
sion. Provision  is  made  for  classroom  observation  in  public  schools  in  the  Atlanta 
area. 

EDU  201.  Educational  Psychology 4  hours 

A  study  of  learning  theory  and  its  application  to  such  problems  as  classroom 
management,  the  organization  of  learning  activities,  understanding  individual 
differences,  and  evaluating  teaching  and  learning.  Emphasis  is  given  to  factors 
which  facilitate  and  interfere  with  learning.  Prerequisite:  PSY  101  with  a  grade  of 
"C"  or  higher. 

EDU  302.  Secondary  Curriculum 4  hours 

This  course  examines  the  nature  and  goals  of  secondary  education  and  vari- 
ous secondary  curriculum  theories.  Students  develop  lesson  plans  and  a  unit  of 
study.  Provision  is  made  for  students  to  observe  classrooms  in  the  Atlanta  area. 
Prerequisite:  Admission  to  the  Teacher  Education  Program. 

EDU  323.  Teaching  Language  Arts  and  Reading:  Grades  7-12 4  hours 

The  NCTE/IRA  Standards  for  Teaching  the  English  Language  Arts  form  a 
basis  for  this  course  which  is  designed  to  prepare  English  majors  to  teach  reading, 
literature,  and  writing  in  grades  seven  through  twelve.  The  course  examines  lan- 
guage processes  at  a  theoretical  level,  then  focuses  on  methods,  materials,  and 
pedagogical  procedures  for  effective  teaching  of  the  English  language  arts  with 
emphasis  on  a  literature-based  approach  and  integration  of  reading  and  writing. 


130 


Field  experiences  will  allow  students  to  implement  what  they  are  learning.  Prereq- 
uisites: EDU  201  and  admission  to  the  Teacher  Education  Program. 

EDU  326.  Teaching  Social  Studies:  Grades  7-12 4  hours 

This  course  examines  social  studies  in  grades  seven  through  twelve  through  a 
constructivist  perspective.  This  perspective  recognizes  that  the  goal  of  social  stud- 
ies education  is  to  actively  engage  students  in  the  construction  and  relating  of 
knowledge,  to  advance  the  freedom  of  individuals,  and  to  provide  and  promote 
an  aimosphere  of  experimentation.  Social  studies  is  presented  as  a  product  and  as 
a  process  within  and  outside  the  school  setting.  Students  apply  the  national  stan- 
dards of  social  studies  to  the  curriculum,  and  interpret  and  use  the  synoptic  method 
of  social  studies  as  a  way  to  develop,  connect,  and  extend  sociocultural  experi- 
ences, which  support  citizenship.  In  addition,  students  review,  critique,  and  re- 
port current  studies  and  perspectives  in  social  studies  which  ground  components. 
Prerequisites:  EDU  201  and  admission  to  the  Teacher  Education  Program. 

EDU  401.  The  Exceptional  Child 4  hours 

This  course  is  designed  to  assist  regular  classroom  teachers  in  the  identifica- 
tion and  education  of  children  who  have  special  needs.  In  addition  to  characteris- 
tics of  special  learners,  students  will  study  topics  such  as  the  referral  process, 
educational  approaches  for  use  with  special  learners,  methods  of  diagnostic  teach- 
ing, mainstreaming,  and  inclusion.  Prerequisites:  EDU  201  and  admission  to  the 
Teacher  Education  Program. 

EDU  412.  Teaching  Mathematics:  Grades  7-12 4  hours 

This  course  is  designed  to  prepare  teachers  to  plan  and  teach  mathematics  in 
grades  seven  through  twelve.  The  NCTM  Curriculum  and  Evaluation  Standards 
are  emphasized.  Experience  in  high  school  mathematics  classes  is  included.  Pre- 
requisites: EDU  201  and  admission  to  the  teacher  education  program. 

EDU  415.  Teaching  Science:  Grades  7-12 4  hours 

This  course  examines  the  rationale,  curricula,  teaching  methods,  and  materi- 
als for  teaching  science  in  the  high  school.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  a  hands-on, 
discovery  approach  to  teaching.  National  standards  for  the  teaching  of  science  are 
addressed.  Experience  in  high  school  science  classes  is  included.  Prerequisites: 
EDU  201  and  admission  to  the  Teacher  Education  Program. 

EDU  479.  Secondary  Student  Teaching  and  Seminar 16  hours 

Student  teaching  is  the  culminating  experience  in  the  teacher  education  pro- 
gram. For  an  entire  semester  the  student  participates  in  a  high  school  classroom 
in  the  Atlanta  area  under  the  supervision  of  a  qualified  supervising  teacher.  This 
is  designed  to  promote  gradual  introduction  to  responsible  teaching,  including 
participation  in  the  supervising  teacher's  usual  daily  responsibilities  and  extracur- 
ricular activities.  A  weekly  seminar  on  the  University  campus  focuses  on  class- 
room management  strategies  and  professional  issues.  Prerequisites:  Approval, 
Opening  of  School  Experience,  completion  of  all  other  course  requirements,  and 
passing  scores  on  the  Praxis  II  test(s)  required  for  certification  in  the  content 
field. 


131 


Education  —  Master  of  Arts  in  Teaching- 
Early  Childhood  Education 

The  Master  of  Arts  in  Teaching— Early  Childhood  Education  (grades  P-5)  Pro- 
gram at  Oglethorpe  University  is  based  on  a  commitment  to  a  broad  liberal  arts 
background  as  the  best  content  preparation  for  teaching  and  to  preparing  teach- 
ers for  the  diverse  schools  of  the  21"  century.  The  program  offers  both  the  Master 
of  Arts  in  teaching  degree  and  initial  certification  for  early  childhood  educators. 
Successful  completion  of  the  program  is  necessary  to  obtain  recommendation  for 
a  teaching  certificate. 

Admission 

Application  forms  may  be  obtained  from  the  Division  of  Education.  To  be 
admitted  to  the  graduate  program,  applicants  must  meet  the  following  admission 
criteria: 

1.  Completion  of  a  bachelor's  degree  at  a  regionally  accredited  institution. 
Oglethorpe  undergraduate  students  may  be  able  to  "bridge"  into  the 
Master  of  Arts  in  Teaching— Early  Childhood  Program  in  the  final  semes- 
ter of  their  senior  year. 

2.  A  minimum  undergraduate  grade-point  average  of  2.8  from  all  college 
work. 

3.  Prerequisites  as  follows: 

•  Two  courses  in  humanities  (including  English  composition) 

•  Two  courses  in  social  studies 

•  Two  courses  in  mathematics  (including  College  Algebra  and  one 

course  beyond) 

•  Two  courses  in  laboratory  science 

•  Two  courses  in  the  arts 

•  EDU    101     Introduction  to  Education 

•  EDU    201      Educational  Psychology 

•  EDU    401     The  Exceptional  Child 

•  PSY     201     Child  and  Adolescent  Psychology 

4.  A  passing  score  on  all  sections  (reading,  writing,  and  mathematics)  of 
the  Praxis  I  Pre-Professional  Skills  Test  (PPST)  developed  and  adminis- 
tered by  Educational  Testing  Service.  Applicants  are  exempt  from  this 
requirement  if  they  have  earned  qualifying  scores  on  any  of  these  tests: 

•  SAT  total  score  1000,  with  at  least  480  verbal  and  520  mathematical 

•  ACT  total  score  22,  with  at  least  21  verbal  and  22  mathematical 

•  GRE  total  score  1030,  with  at  least  490  verbal  and  540  quantitative 

5.  A  combined  score  of  1000  on  the  verbal  and  quantitative  portions  of  the 
GRE,  with  a  minimum  of  500  on  the  verbal  section. 

6.  A  500-  to  1000-word  written  statement  describing  experiences  in  working 
with  children  or  youth  as,  for  example,  a  tutor,  camp  counselor,  day  care 
worker,  church  school  teacher,  substitute  teacher,  or  volunteer  working 
with  children. 

7.  Three  letters  of  recommendation,  including  one  from  a  faculty  advisor, 
one  from  another  university  professor,  and  one  from  a  supervisor  in  a 
work  or  volunteer  setting. 


132 


Note:   Admission  to  the  graduate  program  does  not  imply  acceptance  as  a  candi- 
date for  the  master's  degree.   See  Admission  to  Candidacy  below. 

Program  Completion  Requirements 

Candidates  for  the  degree  and  initial  certification  must  meet  the  following 
requirements: 

1.  Maintain  a  cumulative  grade-point  average  of  3.0  or  higher  for  all  work 
taken  at  Oglethorpe. 

2.  Complete  all  courses  in  the  Master  of  Arts  in  Teaching— Early  Child- 
hood Education  Program  with  a  grade  of  "C"  or  higher. 

3.  Complete  50  hours  of  field  experience  during  fall  and  spring  enroll- 
ment in  the  program  and  a  semester-long  student  teaching  experience  - 
EDU  619  Student  Teaching  and  Capstone  Seminar. 

4.  Pass  the  appropriate  Praxis  II  tests  prior  to  enrolling  for  EDU  619  Stu- 
dent Teaching  and  Capstone  Seminar. 

5.  Complete  EDU  619  Student  Teaching  and  Capstone  Seminar  success- 
fully. In  order  to  enroll,  students  must  show  proof  of  liability  insurance 
and  sign  the  "Personal  Affirmation,"  affirming  their  legal  status  and 
giving  the  Georgia  Professional  Standards  Commission  the  right  to  per- 
form a  background  check,  if  required.  Student  teaching  placement  in 
some  school  districts  may  also  require  a  background  check  and/or  fin- 
gerprinting. 

6.  Compile  and  successfully  present  an  electronic  professional  portfolio. 
In  this  portfolio,  candidates  must  demonstrate  their  knowledge  base  for 
each  of  the  10  INTASC  standards. 

Admission  to  Candidacy 

Graduate  students  must  be  admitted  to  candidacy  before  enrolling  for  EDU 
619  Student  Teaching  and  Capstone  Seminar.  The  candidacy  application  must  be 
filed  with  the  Chair  of  the  Division  of  Education.  Admission  to  candidacy  may  be 
given  or  denied  following  a  careful  review  of  all  work  of  the  student,  including 
participation  in  field  experience.  Notice  of  action  taken  on  the  candidacy  appli- 
cation will  be  given  in  writing  to  the  student. 

Residence 

At  least  30  semester  hours  of  graduate  work  must  be  completed  at  Oglethorpe 
University. 

Transfer  Credit 

The  Master  of  Arts  in  Teaching— Early  Childhood  Education  Program  at 
Oglethorpe  is  unique  in  both  conception  and  implementation.  For  this  reason, 
only  limited  transfer  credit  is  possible.  A  maximum  of  six  semester  hours  of  credit 
may  be  transferred  from  another  accredited  graduate  institution  subject  to  the 
following  conditions: 

1.  Transfer  credit  may  be  awarded  for  courses  that  are  comparable  to  Cul- 
tural Psychology,  Assessing  Teaching  and  Learning,  and/or  Technology 
of  Teaching  if  the  student  has  received  InTech  certification.  Transfer 
credit  cannot  be  accepted  for  other  courses. 

2.  Determination  of  transfer  credit  is  made  by  the  Chair  of  the  Division  of 


133 


Education  in  consultation  with  the  student's  advisor.  The  student  must 
present  a  catalog  course  description  for  the  requested  course.  Work  al- 
ready applied  toward  another  degree  cannot  be  accepted. 

3.  Work  must  have  been  completed  within  the  previous  six  years  and  must 
have  been  applicable  toward  a  graduate  degree  at  the  institution  where 
the  credit  was  earned. 

4.  Acceptance  of  transfer  credit  does  not  reduce  the  residency  requirement. 

5.  An  official  transcript  showing  the  credits  to  be  transferred  must  be  on 
file  in  the  Registrar's  Office.  A  copy  of  the  transcript  should  be  attached 
to  the  request. 

6.  Under  no  circumstances  may  credit  earned  through  correspondence  or 
online  courses  be  applied  toward  satisfaction  of  degree  requirements. 

Advisement  and  Registration 

Upon  admission  to  the  graduate  program,  each  student  is  assigned  to  a  mem- 
ber of  the  faculty  of  the  Division  of  Education  who  serves  as  advisor  to  guide  the 
student  in  planning  the  program  of  study.  Registration  dates  for  each  semester 
are  listed  in  the  Academic  Calendar  in  this  Bulletin.  Preregistration  occurs  in 
November  for  the  spring  semester  and  in  April  for  the  summer  and  fall  semesters. 
Students  must  meet  with  their  advisors  to  plan  for  registration  for  courses. 

Course  Load 

A  full-time  course  load  for  graduate  students  is  12  semester  hours  or  three 
courses. 

Tuition  and  Fees 

An  application  fee  (non-refundable)  of  $35  must  accompany  the  application. 
Tuition  is  charged  on  a  per-course  basis.  All  fees  are  subject  to  change.  Please 
direct  inquiries  regarding  current  fees  to  the  Business  Office.  An  application  for 
degree  must  be  made  by  mid-October  in  the  Registrar's  Office  prior  to  comple- 
tion of  degree  requirements  the  following  December,  May,  or  August,  at  which 
time  an  $85  degree  completion  fee  is  due. 

Academic  Standards 

Candidates  for  the  master's  degree  must  meet  the  following  academic  stan- 
dards: 

1.  The  student's  overall  grade-point  average  for  work  in  the  graduate  pro- 
gram must  be  3.0  or  higher. 

2.  If  in  any  case  the  candidate  fails  to  maintain  satisfactory  academic  and 
professional  standards,  a  review  by  the  Teacher  Education  Council  will 
determine  the  student's  continuation  in  the  program. 

3.  Any  student  who  falls  below  a  3.0  grade-point  average  or  has  a  total  of 
two  course  grades  of  "C"  or  below  will  be  placed  on  academic  probation. 
A  student  who  received  a  third  grade  of  "C"  or  less  or  who  does  not 
achieve  a  3.0  grade-point  average  upon  completion  of  three  additional 
graduate  courses  will  be  dismissed  from  the  program. 

EDU  601.  Exploring  Constructivist  Teaching  and  Learning 4  hours 

The  purposes  of  this  course,  the  first  in  the  Master  of  Arts  in  Teaching  pro- 
gram sequence,  are  to  explore  the  historical  and  philosophical  foundations  of 


134 


constructivist  teaching  and  learning  and  to  provide  learners  with  pedagogical  skills 
to  plan,  implement,  and  assess  inquiry-based  instruction.  Students  will  engage  in 
regular  and  systematic  reflection  on  their  developing  knowledge  and  then  apply 
their  knowledge  in  field-based  classroom  experiences  in  diverse  settings. 

EDU  602.  Cultural  Psychology 4  hours 

Cultural  psychology  is  an  interdisciplinary  field  between  psychology  and  an- 
thropology. It  focuses  on  the  ways  in  which  culture  and  mind,  and  more  specifi- 
cally, culture  and  self,  mutually  constitute  each  other.  Therefore,  cultural 
psychology  primarily  addresses  how  the  mutual  constitution  of  culture  and  self 
has  implications  for  cross-culturally  divergent  psychological  patterns  in  cognition, 
emotion,  motivation,  moral  reasoning,  and  psychopathologies. 

EDU  603.  Assessing  Teaching  and  Learning 4  hours 

This  course  provides  an  introduction  to  the  concepts  and  skills  needed  to 
develop  paper-and-pencil  and  performance  assessments  for  formative  and 
summative  classroom  evaluation.  Planning  student  evaluations,  coordinating  evalu- 
ations with  objectives,  item  development,  item  analysis,  relating  evaluation  to  in- 
struction, grading,  and  reporting  achievement  outcomes  to  students,  parents,  and 
school  personnel  are  discussed. 

EDU  604.  Technology  of  Teaching 4  hours 

The  purposes  of  this  course  are  two:  1)  to  prepare  prospective  teachers  to 
meet  the  Georgia  technology  standards  for  educators,  and  2)  for  these  prospective 
teachers  to  learn  to  integrate  technology  into  meaningful  learning  experiences  for 
the  students  they  will  teach.  To  accomplish  these  goals,  students  in  the  course  will 
learn  to  use  technology  as  a  tool  for  designing  and  conducting  learning  projects  in 
which  inquiry  is  the  means  of  investigation. 

EDU  611.  Arts  of  Diverse  Peoples  4  hours 

This  course  provides  future  teachers  with  an  appreciation  and  understanding 
of  the  arts  disciplines  of  music,  visual  art,  dance,  and  theatre  as  a  means  to  under- 
stand self,  others,  and  the  human  condition.  It  also  offers  students  an  opportu- 
nity for  personal  inquiry  experiences  and  skill  development  in  the  arts  so  that 
they  feel  prepared  to  incorporate  study  of  the  arts  into  their  classrooms.  Students 
will  engage  in  regular  and  systematic  reflection  on  their  developing  knowledge 
base.  Students  will  also  apply  their  knowledge  in  field-based  classroom  experi- 
ences in  diverse  settings. 

EDU  612.  Literacy  and  Literature 4  hours 

This  course  prepares  students  to  be  literacy  teachers  in  diverse  early  child- 
hood classrooms.  The  course  includes  methods  of  literacy  instruction  and  explo- 
rations in  literature  from  various  cultural  perspectives.  Students  will  engage  in 
regular  and  systematic  reflection  on  their  developing  knowledge  base  and  apply 
their  knowledge  in  field-based  classroom  experiences  in  diverse  settings. 

EDU  613.  Studies  of  Diverse  Cultures  4  hours 

This  course  includes  exploration  of  social  studies  content  and  methods  for 
teaching  social  studies  in  early  childhood  education.    From  a  variety  of  perspec- 


135 


tives,  students  will  examine  the  types  of  questions  social  scientists  ask  about  hu- 
man experience,  institutions,  and  interactions.  In  the  course,  prospective  teach- 
ers will  use  appropriate  methods  of  inquiry  to  investigate  some  of  those  questions. 
They  will  engage  in  regular  and  systematic  reflection  on  their  developing  knowl- 
edge base  and  then  apply  that  knowledge  in  field-based  classroom  experiences  in 
diverse  settings. 

EDU  614.  Mathematical  Inquiry 4  hours 

The  foundation  for  this  course  is  that  knowing  mathematics  is  doing  math- 
ematics; thereby,  students  will  be  prepared  to  teach  mathematics  well.  The  focus 
is  mathematics  content:  number  systems,  geometry,  and  an  additional  unit  (from 
probability/statistics,  graph  theory,  or  another  appropriate  area).  Methods,  as- 
sessment, technology,  and  historical  perspective  are  integral  to  this  course. 

EDU  615.  Inquiring  Into  Science 4  hours 

In  this  course,  students  will  explore  nature,  content,  and  processes  of  science 
while  examining  current  best  practices  and  issues  in  teaching  science  to  children. 
Students  will  understand  the  role  that  inquiry  plays  in  the  development  of  scien- 
tific knowledge.  Students  will  explore  relationships  between  science,  technology, 
and  other  curriculum  areas  in  a  community  of  diverse  elementary  learners. 

EDU  619.  Student  Teaching  and  Capstone  Seminar 12  hours 

Student  teaching,  a  supervised  internship  semester  in  a  diverse  elementary 
public  school  classroom,  is  the  capstone  experience  in  teacher  preparation,  the 
point  at  which  theory  and  practice  converge.  The  course  includes  14  weeks  of  full- 
time  participation  and  teaching  in  a  public  school  classroom  with  weekly  seminar 
meetings  for  professional  development. 


Engineering  -  Dual  Degree 


Oglethorpe  is  associated  with  the  Georgia  Institute  of  Technology,  the  Uni- 
versity of  Florida,  Auburn  University,  Mercer  University,  and  the  University  of 
Southern  California  in  combined  programs  of  liberal  arts  and  engineering.  The 
programs  require  the  student  to  complete  three  years  at  Oglethorpe  University 
and  the  final  two  years  at  one  of  these  engineering  schools.  The  three  years  at 
Oglethorpe  include  core  curriculum  courses,  General  Chemistry  I  and  II,  College 
Physics  I  and  II,  Calculus  I-III,  a  choice  of  Differential  Equations  or  Linear  Alge- 
bra and  a  foreign  language  course  at  the  second  semester  elementary-level  or  higher. 
The  two  years  of  technical  education  require  the  completion  of  courses  in  one  of 
the  branches  of  engineering. 

In  this  combined  plan,  the  two  degrees  which  are  awarded  upon  the  success- 
ful completion  of  the  program  are  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts  by  Oglethorpe 
University  and  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Engineering  by  the  engineer- 
ing school.  Because  the  required  pre-engineering  curricula  of  the  five  affiliated 
schools  are  slightly  different,  the  student  is  advised  to  consult  frequently  with  the 
faculty  member  serving  as  dual  degree  engineering  program  advisor. 

Engineering  is  a  difficult  subject.  Students  can  maximize  their  chances  for 
success  by  starting  at  Oglethorpe  where  the  faculty's  primary  concern  is  effective 
teaching  and  working  closely  with  students.  Classes  are  small,  and  laboratories 

136 


offer  the  opportunity  for  hands-on  experience  with  sophisticated  equipment.  This 
strong  foundation  gives  the  student  an  excellent  preparation  for  professional  school, 
resulting  in  more  effective  learning  in  advanced  engineering  courses.  As  a  liberal 
arts  and  sciences  university,  Oglethorpe  stresses  broad  education  for  intelligent 
leadership.  Here,  the  student  will  explore  the  fundamental  fields  of  knowledge, 
further  his  or  her  understanding  of  science  and  mathematics,  and  refine  the  abili- 
ties to  read,  write,  speak,  and  reason  with  clarity.  This  preparation  will  serve  the 
student  well  in  any  career  but  particularly  so  in  the  engineering  field.  With  strong 
preparation  in  engineering  plus  a  liberal  arts  education,  the  student  will  be  ready 
for  a  variety  of  career  positions.  The  dual  degree  engineering  program  provides 
an  education  that  is  both  broad  and  deep  -  a  combination  that  will  serve  the 
graduate  well  as  career  responsibilities  increase. 

Note:    Dual-degree  students  in  engineering  may  not  use  Oglethorpe  financial  aid 
assistance  to  attend  other  institutions. 


English 


In  literature  courses,  students  examine  written  works  to  determine  their  mean- 
ing, to  reach  judgments  about  their  value,  to  explore  their  relation  to  life,  and  to 
derive  pleasure.  To  these  ends,  students  make  written  and  oral  analyses,  support- 
ing their  conclusions  with  close  examination  of  specific  passages  from  the  works 
of  literature  being  studied.  In  both  literature  and  writing  courses,  students  learn 
to  compose  their  generalizations  and  supporting  details  into  a  coherent  structure 
of  thought  and  language. 

An  English  major  at  Oglethorpe  is  excellent  preparation  for  law  school  or  any 
other  professional  training  that  requires  students  to  interpret  written  material 
and  support  their  assertions  with  specific  evidence.  Given  the  expressed  need  in 
the  business  community  for  people  who  can  communicate  well  orally  and  on  pa- 
per, the  combination  of  an  English  major  and  courses  in  business  administration 
or  an  accounting  minor  may  be  very  attractive  to  prospective  employers.  The  course 
Business  and  Technical  Communications  focuses  on  the  kinds  of  speaking  and 
writing  abilities  graduates  will  need  to  get  and  keep  jobs  in  personnel,  sales,  and 
management.  Oglethorpe  graduates  also  work  in  public  relations  and  editing,  where 
they  use  their  skill  with  words  -  a  major  emphasis  of  every  English  course.  They 
go  into  teaching,  and  sometimes  work  for  publishers,  television  stations,  film-mak- 
ing companies,  or  computer  firms.  They  write  press  releases,  training  manuals, 
in-house  newspapers,  and  news  copy. 

To  help  students  bridge  the  gap  between  academic  life  and  work  experience, 
Oglethorpe  places  English  majors  in  internships  with  area  newspapers,  publishing 
companies,  public  relations  firms,  cultural  associations,  and  radio  and  television 
stations.  Such  experiences  enhance  students'  chances  of  finding  the  jobs  they 
want  after  graduation. 

Major 

Students  who  major  in  English  are  required  to  take  four  period  courses:  An- 
cient Literature,  Medieval  and  Renaissance  Literature,  The  Enlightenment  Through 
Victorian  Literature,  and  Modern  and  Contemporary  Literature.  Students  also 
are  required  to  take  one  writing  course;  Shakespeare  or  Chaucer;  four  electives 
from  the  upper-level  (300)  literature  courses,  and  one  semester  of  a  foreign  lan- 

137 


guage  at  the  second  semester  elementary-level  or  higher.  The  degree  awarded  is 
the  Bachelor  of  Arts. 

Minor 

Students  who  minor  in  English  are  required  to  take  a  minimum  of  five  literature 
courses.  At  least  three  of  these  must  be  upper-level  (300)  courses. 

ENG  100.  Independent  Study  in  Literature  and  Composition 1-4  hours 

Supervised  study  in  specified  genres  or  periods.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of 
the  instructor. 

ENG  101.  Ancient  Literature  4  hours 

This  course  will  examine  the  literature  of  the  ancient  world.  Although  the 
primary  focus  will  be  on  Greek,  Roman,  and  Hebrew  culture,  non-Western  mate- 
rials may  also  be  studied.  Works  and  authors  might  include:  Gilgamesh,  Homer, 
Job,  and  Virgil. 

ENG  102.  Medieval  and  Renaissance  Literature 4  hours 

This  course  will  examine  the  transition  of  the  cultural  world  of  Dante  to  that 
of  Shakespeare  and  Milton.  Although  the  primary  focus  will  be  Western,  non- 
Western  works  may  also  be  studied.  Texts  and  authors  might  include:  Chretien, 
Dante,  The  Tale  ofGenji,  Chaucer,  Montaigne,  Shakespeare,  Cervantes,  and  Milton. 

ENG  103.  The  Enlightenment  Through  Victorian  Literature 4  hours 

This  course  will  investigate  literature  of  the  18th  and  19lh  centuries.  Authors 
might  include:  Defoe,  Pope,  Basho,  Austen,  Emerson,  Twain,  and  George  Eliot. 

ENG  104.  Modern  and  Contemporary  Literature 4  hours 

This  course  will  investigate  the  literature  of  the  20th  century.  Authors  might 
include:  T  S.  Eliot,   Woolf,  Lawrence,  Frost,  Morrison,  and  Marquez. 

ENG  201.  Chaucer 4  hours 

Students  will  learn  to  read  and  appreciate  the  works  of  Geoffrey  Chaucer,  the 
first  great  English  poet,  in  his  original  language;  to  enjoy  the  rich  and  varied 
nature  of  his  works;  and  to  appreciate  why  he  is  called  "the  Father  of  English." 
Prerequisites:  COR  101,  COR  102,  and  one  100-level  English  course. 

ENG  202.  Shakespeare 4  hours 

The  plays  and  theatre  of  William  Shakespeare.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 
Prerequisites:  COR  101,  COR  102,  and  one  100-level  English  course. 

ENG.  230.  Creative  Writing 4  hours 

This  course  is  an  introduction  to  writing  poetry  and  prose  fiction.  The  stu- 
dent will  be  asked  to  submit  substantial  written  work  each  week,  keep  a  journal, 
and  read  published  writers.  Much  class  time  will  be  spent  discussing  student  and 
published  work.   Prerequisites:  COR  101  and  COR  102. 


138 


ENG  231.  Biography  and  Autobiography 4  hours 

This  course  is  an  introduction  to  biographical  and  autobiographical  writing 
with  practice  in  the  personal  narrative  as  well  as  other  forms  such  as  the  profile 
and  the  interview.  Students  will  submit  substantial  written  work  each  week  and 
keep  a  journal.  The  class  will  follow  a  workshop  format,  discussing  the  students' 
and  published  work.   Prerequisites:  COR  101  and  COR  102. 

ENG  300.  The  Bible  as  Literature 4  hours 

This  course  will  examine  the  Bible  as  a  literary  artifact  and  within  an  historical 
context.  Students  will  be  particularly  interested  in  the  varied  ways  in  which  the 
Bible  generates  meaning.  These  include  archetypal  repetition,  the  weaving  to- 
gether of  historically  disparate  texts,  parable,  and  allegory.  Prerequisites:  COR 
101,  COR  102,  and  one  100-level  English  course. 

ENG  301.  Russian  Literature 4  hours 

This  course  will  consist  of  Russian  literature  in  translation,  mostly  fiction,  mostly 
from  the  19th  century.  Central  to  the  course  is  Anna  Karenina.  In  addition  to 
Tolstoy,  authors  might  include:  Gogol,  Dostoevski,  and  Chekhov.  Prerequisites: 
COR  101,  COR  102,  and  one  100-level  English  course. 

ENG  302.  The  Child  in  Literature 4  hours 

This  course  will  involve  a  wide-ranging  study  of  works  which  employ  inno- 
cence, particularly  in  childhood,  in  order  to  deepen  the  understanding  of  experi- 
ence. Authors  might  include:  Sophocles,  Blake,  Carroll,  James,  and  Kafka. 
Prerequisites:  COR  101,  COR  102,  and  one  100-level  English  course. 

ENG  303.  American  Poetry 4  hours 

This  course  will  consider  the  work  of  major  American  poets  such  as  Whitman, 
Dickinson,  Frost,  Eliot,  and  Williams.  Prerequisites:  COR  101,  COR  102,  and  one 
100-level  English  course. 

ENG  304.  Images  of  Women  in  Literature 4  hours 

An  exploration  of  various  stereotypical,  archetypal,  and  realistic  images  of 
women  in  literature.  Prerequisites:  COR  101,  COR  102,  and  one  100-level  English 
course. 

WGS  304.  Women  Poets 4  hours 

This  course  is  a  survey  of  poetry  by  women,  from  ancient  Chinese,  Persian, 
and  others  in  translation,  to  medieval  Irish  and  Renaissance  English,  to  19lh-  and 
20lh-century  Americans,  as  well  as  Eastern  Europeans  and  Latin  Americans  in 
translation.  Included  will  be  several  recent  poets  such  as  Gwendolyn  Brooks, 
Adrienne  Rich,  and  Mary  Oliver  in  order  to  discover  what  themes,  images,  and 
attitudes  seem  to  emerge  from  the  works.  Prerequisites:  COR  101  and  COR  102. 

ENG  305.  Chivalric  Romance 4  hours 

This  course  will  explore  the  chivalric  tales  of  "knights  and  ladies'  gentle  deeds," 
paying  particular  attention  to  models  of  heroism  and  temptation;  tensions  be- 
tween holy  and  secular  quests;  dichotomies  of  masculine  and  feminine  identity; 
and  canons  of  moral  and  ethical  behavior.  Authors  might  include  Marie  de  France, 
Chretien  de  Troyes,  Arisoto,  and  Spenser.  Prerequisites:  COR  101,  COR  102,  and 
one  100-level  English  course. 


139 


ENG  306.  Special  Topics  in  Drama 4  hours 

Drama  as  literature  and  genre,  through  survey  and  period  studies.  Prerequi- 
sites: COR  101,  COR  102,  and  one  100-level  English  course. 

ENG  307.  Milton 4  hours 

This  course  will  examine  the  major  prose  and  poetry  of  John  Milton  and  their 
place  in  17lh  century  English  culture.  Works  studied  will  include  Areopagitica,  Lycidas, 
Samson  Agonistes,  and  Paradise  Lost.  Prerequisites:  COR  101,  COR  102,  and  one 
100-level  English  course. 

ENG  308.  Special  Topics  in  Poetry 4  hours 

This  course  will  focus  on  particular  poets,  movements,  styles,  or  periods.  Pre- 
requisites: COR  101,  COR  102,  and  one  100-level  English  course. 

ENG  309.  The  Literature  of  the  City  and  the  Country 4  hours 

This  course  will  concentrate  on  19th  and  20th  century  English  and  American 
literature  in  order  to  deepen  the  student's  understanding  and  test  the  conceptions 
of  the  natural  and  the  urban.  Authors  might  include  Wordsworth,  Dickens, 
Thoreau,  Woolf,  and  Frost.  Prerequisites:  COR  101,  COR  102,  and  one  100-level 
English  course. 

ENG  310.  Special  Topics  in  Fiction  4  hours 

English,  American,  and  continental  narrative  prose  will  be  examined  in  the 
context  of  theme,  period,  or  genre.  Prerequisites:  COR  101,  COR  102,  and  one 
100-level  English  course. 

ENG  311.  Ulysses 4  hours 

This  course  will  focus  on  a  thorough  reading  of  Ulysses  but  might  also  exam- 
ine other  works  by  James  Joyce,  such  as  Dubliners,  A  Portrait  of  the  Artist  as  a  Young 
Man,  and  selections  from  Finnegans  Wake.  Prerequisites:  COR  101,  COR  102,  and 
one  100-level  English  course. 

ENG  312.  Special  Topics  in  Literature  and  Culture 4  hours 

Courses  relating  literature  with  aspects  of  social  and  intellectual  history  or  a 
particular  issue  or  theme.  Possible  offerings  may  include  women  in  literature, 
American  civilization,  African-American  (or  other  ethnic)  literature,  popular  cul- 
ture, the  literature  of  a  single  decade,  children's  literature,  and  myth  and  folklore 
in  literature.  Usually  offered  in  alternate  years.  Prerequisites:  COR  101,  COR  102, 
and  one  100-level  English  course. 

ENG  313.  African-American  Literary  Traditions  4  hours 

This  course  surveys  African-American  literature  and  literary  history.  It  be- 
gins with  a  close  examination  of  the  slave  narrative  and  the  African-American 
sentimental  novel  of  the  19th  century.  An  exploration  is  made  of  the  literature  of 
the  Harlem  Renaissance,  followed  by  works  like  Ralph  Ellison's  Invisible  Man  and 
Richard  Wright's  Native  Son.  Finally,  civil  rights  era  literature  and  works  by  au- 
thors such  as  Gloria  Naylor  and  Alice  Walker  will  be  examined.  Prerequisites: 
COR  101,  COR  102,  and  one  100-level  English  course,  preferably  Modern  and 
Contemporary  Literature. 


140 


ENG  314.  Special  Topics  in  Major  British  and  American  Authors 4  hours 

An  intensive  study  of  between  one  and  five  British  or  American  authors. 
Prerequisite:  COR  101,  COR  102,  and  one  100-level  English  course. 

ENG  315.  Vision,  Violence,  and  Community  in  Milton,  Blake, 

Whitman,  and  Yeats  4  hours 

This  course  will  examine  works  by  four  major  visionary  poets.  In  the  histori- 
cal context  of  English  civil  war,  the  French  Revolution,  the  American  Civil  War, 
and  World  War  I  and  the  Irish  rebellions,  they  tried  to  envision  for  their  cultures 
a  restoration  of  community  between  the  temporal  and  the  eternal,  the  human  and 
the  divine.  In  times  of  fragmentation  and  crisis,  each  re-invented  a  traditional 
mythology.  A  study  will  be  made  of  their  individual  visions  to  those  collective 
myths  and  to  personal  struggles.  Prerequisites:  COR  101,  COR  102,  and  one  100- 
level  English  course. 

ENG  330.  Writing  Poetry 4  hours 

In  weekly  assignments  students  will  try  free  verse  and  various  forms  in  the 
effort  to  discover  and  to  embody  more  and  more  truly  what  they  have  to  say.  Much 
time  will  be  spent  reading  published  poets,  responding  to  student  work  in  class, 
and  trying  to  generate  language  that  reveals  rather  than  explains  intangible  "mean- 
ings."  Prerequisites:  COR  101  and  COR  102. 

ENG  331.  Writing  Prose,  Fiction,  and  Nonfiction 4  hours 

Students  will  get  instruction  and  substantial  practice  in  writing  fictional  and 
nonfictional  prose  which  aims  at  getting  what  Henry  James  called  "a  sense  of  felt 
life"  onto  the  page.  The  class  will  follow  a  workshop  format  with  weekly  assign- 
ments, journal  writing,  extensive  discussion  of  student  work,  and  reading  of  pub- 
lished examples.   Prerequisites:  COR  101  and  COR  102. 

ENG  401.  Internship  in  English 1-4  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formalized  experiential  learning  op- 
portunity to  qualified  students.  The  internship  generally  requires  the  student  to 
obtain  a  faculty  supervisor,  submit  a  learning  agreement,  work  30-35  hours  for 
every  hour  of  academic  credit,  keep  a  written  journal  of  the  work  experience,  have 
regularly  scheduled  meetings  with  the  faculty  supervisor,  and  write  a  research 
paper  dealing  with  some  aspect  of  the  internship.  An  extensive  list  of  internships 
is  maintained  by  the  Career  Services  Office,  including  opportunities  at  Atlanta 
Magazine,  The  Knight  Agency,  and  Peachtree  Publishers.  Graded  on  a  satisfac- 
tory/unsatisfactory basis.  Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  faculty  supervisor  and 
qualification  for  the  internship  program. 

Environmental  Studies  -  Dual  Degree 

The  Cooperative  College  Program  coordinates  the  education  of  students  at 
Oglethorpe  University  with  graduate  programs  in  environmental  studies  and  natu- 
ral resources  offered  by  the  Nicholas  School  of  the  Environment  at  Duke  Univer- 
sity. This  program  provides  a  unique  combination  of  liberal  and  professional 
education  well  suited  for  those  desiring  to  enter  the  fields  of  environmental  stud- 
ies or  natural  resources.  Participating  Oglethorpe  students  are  accepted  into  ei- 
ther of  two  degree  programs  at  Duke:  the  Master  of  Environmental  Management 

141 


(MEM)  or  the  Master  of  Forestry  (MF).  The  degree  awarded  is  determined  by  the 
student's  area  of  concentration  at  Duke.  The  program  accommodates  a  wide  range 
of  undergraduate  backgrounds,  and  experience  indicates  that  students  majoring 
in  one  of  the  natural  or  social  sciences,  pre-engineering,  economics,  or  business 
administration  are  best  suited  for  it.  Although  some  students  may  prefer  to  com- 
plete the  baccalaureate  degree  before  undertaking  graduate  study  at  Duke,  highly 
qualified  students  can  reach  a  satisfactory  level  of  preparation  with  three  years  of 
coordinated  undergraduate  study  at  Oglethorpe;  all  final  admission  decisions  rest 
with  the  Nicholas  School  of  the  Environment.  A  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  is  awarded 
by  Oglethorpe  University  upon  successful  completion  of  one  year  of  study  at  Duke; 
after  four  semesters  at  Duke,  in  which  at  least  48  semester  units  of  credit  are 
earned,  these  students  may  qualify  for  one  of  the  professional  master's  degrees. 
There  are  six  areas  of  concentration  for  the  professional  master's  degree  pro- 
grams offered  by  the  Nicholas  School  of  the  Environment:  Coastal  Environmen- 
tal Management;  Environmental  Toxicology,  Chemistry,  and  Risk  Assessment; 
Resource  Ecology;  Resource  Economics  and  Policy;  Water  and  Air  Resources;  and 
Forest  Resource  Management.  The  undergraduate  course  requirements  are  highly 
flexible  for  some  areas  of  concentration;  others  are  more  stringent.  All  of  the 
programs  have  the  following  requirements: 

1.  Completion  of  the  Oglethorpe  University  core  courses,  including  one  se- 
mester of  a  foreign  language  at  the  second  semester  elementary-level  or 
higher. 

2.  Training  in  the  natural  sciences  or  social  sciences  related  to  the  student's 
area  of  interest  in  natural  resources  and  environmental  science. 

3.  Completion  of  at  least  one  introductory  course  in  calculus  -  either  Applied 
Calculus  or  Calculus  I. 

4.  Completion  of  a  statistics  course  that  includes  descriptive  statistics,  prob- 
ability distributions,  hypothesis  testing,  confidence  intervals,  correlation, 
simple  linear  regression  and  simple  ANOVAs.  Statistics  at  Oglethorpe 
fulfills  this  requirement. 

5.  A  working  knowledge  of  microcomputers  for  word  processing  and  data 
analysis.  Introduction  to  Computer  Applications  Software  fulfills  this  re- 
quirement, although  students  with  extensive  experience  with  computers 
may  have  other  options. 

Qualified  students  who  have  interests  outside  of  the  structured  programs  of 
the  Nicholas  School  of  the  Environment  are  permitted  to  design  individual  pro- 
grams of  study;  all  such  individual  programs  are  subject  to  approval  by  the  Educa- 
tion Committee  of  the  Nicholas  School  of  the  Environment. 

Note:   Dual-degree  students  in  environmental  studies  and  natural  resources  may 
not  use  Oglethorpe  financial  aid  assistance  to  attend  Duke  University. 


Foreign  Languages 


In  order  to  study  in  any  given  foreign  language,  all  students  with  previous 
study  or  experience  in  that  language  must  take  a  language  proficiency  examina- 
tion during  Make  the  Connection  weekend  or  immediately  prior  to  fall  registra- 
tion. They  will  be  placed  in  the  course  sequence  according  to  their  competence. 


142 


Students  are  not  eligible  to  enroll  in  elementary  and  intermediate  courses  in  their 
primary  language. 

Please  refer  to  specific  foreign  languages  in  alphabetical  order  in  this  section 
for  respective  course  offerings. 

FOR  201.  Special  Topics  in  Foreign  Language,  Literature,  and  Culture...  4  hours 

A  course  in  which  advanced  conversation  or  topical  aspects  of  the  literature 
and  cultural  phenomena  of  a  language  not  regularly  offered  is  explored. 

FOR  425.  Internship  in  Foreign  Language 1-4  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formalized  experiential  learning  op- 
portunity to  qualified  students.  The  internship  generally  requires  the  student  to 
obtain  a  faculty  supervisor,  submit  a  learning  agreement,  work  30-35  hours  for 
every  hour  of  academic  credit,  keep  a  written  journal  of  the  work  experience,  have 
regularly  scheduled  meetings  with  the  faculty  supervisor,  and  write  a  research 
paper  dealing  with  some  aspect  of  the  internship.  An  extensive  list  of  internships 
is  maintained  by  the  Career  Services  Office,  including  opportunities  at  the  At- 
lanta Hispanic  Chamber  of  Commerce,  Georgia  Council  for  International  Visi- 
tors, and  the  Georgia  Department  of  Industry,  Trade,  and  Tourism.  Graded  on  a 
satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis.  Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  faculty  supervi- 
sor and  qualification  for  the  internship  program. 

French 


A  French  major  is  designed  to  help  the  student  become  increasingly  knowl- 
edgeable about  the  language,  literature  and  cultures  of  the  people  who  speak  and 
live  the  French  language.  Courses  that  focus  on  developing  language  skills  (read- 
ing, writing,  listening  comprehension,  and  speaking)  are  followed  by  more  ad- 
vanced study  in  literature,  film,  and  civilization.  Acquiring  familiarity  with  culture 
in  the  French-speaking  world  is  a  goal  throughout  the  program.  The  study  of 
another  language  should  provide  the  means  to  appreciate  more  fully  the  global 
community  to  which  all  of  us  increasingly  belong.  It  should  also  furnish  an  insight- 
ful view  of  one's  own  culture  and  language.  Students  can  pursue  graduate  degrees 
or  prepare  themselves  for  careers  in  international  business  or  politics. 

The  study  of  another  culture  and  language  is  greatly  enhanced  by  an  experi- 
ence studying  and  living  where  the  language  is  spoken.  French  majors  are  there- 
fore required  to  study  and  live  in  a  French-speaking  country  for  one  semester  after 
having  completed  an  initial  sequence  of  courses  and  before  beginning  advanced 
classes  in  the  language  at  Oglethorpe.  This  can  be  accomplished  by  participating 
in  the  exchange  program  with  one  of  the  University's  partners  in  France  or  by 
making  other  suitable  arrangements  in  consultation  with  the  student's  advisor. 
Native  speakers  of  French  may  complete  the  study  abroad  portion  of  the  major  at 
Oglethorpe  or  through  cross  registration  for  courses  at  Atlanta  Regional  Consor- 
tium for  Higher  Education  (ARCHE)  institutions. 

French  majors  are  also  strongly  recommended  to  consider  courses  in  French 
and  European  history,  or  other  related  fields. 

All  students  with  previous  study  or  experience  in  French  must  take  a  lan- 
guage placement  examination  during  Make  the  Connection  weekend  or  immedi- 


143 


ately  prior  to  fall  registration.  They  will  be  placed  in  the  course  sequence  accord- 
ing to  their  competence.  Under  no  circumstances  should  students  with  past  expe- 
rience in  the  language  place  themselves  in  courses,  especially  at  the  elementary 
level.  Students  are  not  eligible  to  enroll  in  elementary  and  intermediate  courses  in 
their  primary  languages. 

Major 

Students  who  major  in  French  must  first  complete  the  following  requirements: 
FRE  201     Intermediate  French 
FRE  301     French  Conversation  and  Composition 
FRE  302     French  Lyric  and  Literary  Prose 
Students  will  then  complete  a  semester  in  an  approved  study  abroad  program, 
which  should  include  a  minimum  of  12  semester  hours.  Returning  students  must 
complete  three  upper-level  (300  or  400)  courses  in  French. 

Elementary  Spanish  I  or  equivalent  as  determined  through  the  Spanish  place- 
ment test  is  also  required.  It  is  recommended  that  this  requirement  be  completed 
during  the  student's  first  two  years. 

The  degree  awarded  is  the  Bachelor  of  Arts. 

Minor 

A  minor  in  French  consists  of  these  three  obligatory  courses: 

FRE  201     Intermediate  French 

FRE  301     French  Conversation  and  Composition 

FRE  302     French  Lyric  and  Literary  Prose 
One  upper-level  (300  or  400)  course  is  required  to  complete  the  minor.  Cer- 
tain requirements  may  be  met  through  an  approved  study  abroad  program. 

FRE  101,  FRE  102.  Elementary  French  I,  II 4  plus  4  hours 

This  course  is  beginning  college  French,  designed  to  present  a  sound  founda- 
tion in  understanding,  speaking,  reading  and  writing  contemporary  French.  Pre- 
requisite: None  for  FRE  101;  FRE  101  required  for  FRE  102,  or  placement  by 
testing. 

FRE  201.  Intermediate  French 4  hours 

This  course  involves  further  practice  in  developing  oral  and  written  skills. 
Introduction  to  a  variety  of  unedited  French  texts  will  be  included.  Prerequisite: 
FRE  102  or  placement  by  testing. 

FRE  301.  French  Conversation  and  Composition 4  hours 

This  course  focuses  on  the  development  of  oral  skills  through  practice  in 
group  settings  and  individual  class  presentations  combined  with  weekly  writing 
assignments  in  French  to  be  revised  on  a  regular  basis.  A  study  of  style  and  gram- 
matical forms  used  exclusively  in  the  written  language  completes  the  course  work. 
Prerequisite:  FRE  201  or  placement  by  testing. 

FRE  302.  French  Lyric  and  Literary  Prose  4  hours 

Selected  texts  from  French  literature  are  studied  as  examples  of  prose,  poetry 
and  drama.  Students  will  read  original  works  from  the  French  classical  and  mod- 
ern periods.   Taught  in  French.    Prerequisite:  FRE  301  or  placement  by  testing. 


144 


FRE  401.  Special  Topics  in  French  Language,  Literature,  and  Culture. ..4  hours 

Topical  aspects  of  the  literature  and  cultural  phenomena  associated  with  the 
French  language  are  explored  in  this  course.  Offerings  will  vary  according  to 
faculty  and  student  interest.   Prerequisite:  FRE  301. 

FRE  402.  The  Modern  French  Republics  and  Their  Institutions 4  hours 

A  study  of  both  political  and  cultural  institutions  in  France  from  1870  to  the 
present  with  emphasis  on  the  traditions  established  by  the  new  republican  govern- 
ment in  the  1880s  and  the  creation  in  1958  of  the  Fifth  Republic  under  which 
France  is  currently  governed.   Taught  in  French.   Prerequisite:  FRE  301. 

FRE  403.  Franco-American  Relations  in  Trade  and  Culture 4  hours 

This  course  is  an  orientation  to  French  business  and  cultural  communities 
and  considerations  of  existing  connections  with  their  American  counterparts.  The 
course  includes  an  introduction  to  business  French.  Guest  lecturers  are  invited 
from  the  diplomatic  and  business  community  in  the  wider  Atlanta  area.  Field 
trips  are  also  organized  to  consulates,  trade  offices,  and  businesses.  Taught  in 
French.   Prerequisite:  FRE  301. 

General  Science 


The  physical  science  and  biological  science  courses  are  appropriate  for  stu- 
dents who  have  a  good  background  in  algebra  but  a  minimal  one  in  other  sci- 
ences. Students  with  excellent  preparation  in  the  sciences  may  elect  one  of  the 
regular  lecture-and-laboratory  courses  in  biology,  chemistry,  or  physics. 

GEN  101.  Natural  Science:  The  Physical  Sciences  4  hours 

This  topically-oriented  course  will  examine  the  many  facets  of  scientific  inves- 
tigation. These  include  the  underlying  assumptions,  the  limitations,  the  provi- 
sional nature,  and  the  power  of  the  scientific  process,  as  well  as  the  influences  of 
science  on  other  aspects  of  human  activity.  Experimentation  is  the  hallmark  of 
scientific  investigation.  As  such,  laboratory  experimentation  will  be  a  distinguish- 
ing feature  of  this  course.  Course  time  devoted  to  experimentation  in  the  labora- 
tory, as  well  as  inside  and  outside  the  classroom,  will  intertwine  with  time  devoted 
to  discussion  and  lecture.  Natural  Science:  The  Physical  Sciences  will  deal  with  a 
topic  drawn  from  the  physical  sciences.  These  will  include,  but  not  be  limited  to: 
Chemistry,  Cosmology,  Descriptive  Astronomy,  History  of  Science,  Meteorology, 
Modern  Scientific  Perspectives  of  the  Universe,  and  Oceanography.  Prerequisite: 
MAT  103  or  by  examination. 

GEN  102.  Natural  Science:  The  Biological  Sciences 4  hours 

This  course  is  designed  to  examine  the  many  facets  of  scientific  investigation. 
Laboratory  experimentation  will  be  an  important  feature,  with  course  time  de- 
voted to  experimentation  in  the  laboratory  as  well  as  the  classroom.  Rather  than  a 
survey  of  the  entire  field  of  biology,  this  effort  will  be  directed  toward  specific 
topics  such  as,  but  not  limited  to:  Cancer,  Cell  Biology,  Human  Biology,  Ecology, 
and  Evolution. 

GEN  200.  Internship  in  Science 1-4  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formalized  experiential  learning  op- 

145 


portunity  to  qualified  students.  The  internship  generally  requires  the  student  to 
obtain  a  faculty  supervisor,  submit  a  learning  agreement,  work  30-35  hours  for 
every  hour  of  academic  credit,  keep  a  written  journal  of  the  work  experience,  have 
regularly  scheduled  meetings  with  the  faculty  supervisor,  and  write  a  research 
paper  dealing  with  some  aspect  of  the  internship.  An  extensive  list  of  internships 
is  maintained  by  the  Career  Services  Office,  including  opportunities  at  Piedmont 
Hospital,  The  Centers  for  Disease  Control  and  Prevention,  and  Accura  Analytical 
Laboratory.  Graded  on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis.  Prerequisites:  Permis- 
sion of  the  faculty  supervisor  and  qualification  for  the  internship  program. 

German 

All  students  with  previous  study  or  experience  in  German  must  take  a  lan- 
guage placement  examination  during  Make  the  Connection  weekend  or  immedi- 
ately prior  to  fall  registration.  They  will  be  placed  in  the  course  sequence  according 
to  their  competence.  Under  no  circumstances  should  students  with  past  experi- 
ence in  the  language  place  themselves  in  courses,  especially  at  the  elementary 
level.  Students  are  not  eligible  to  enroll  in  elementary  and  intermediate  courses  in 
their  primary  languages. 

GER  101,  GER  102.  Elementary  German  I,  II 4  plus  4  hours 

This  course  is  beginning  college  German,  designed  to  develop  the  ability  to 
understand,  speak,  read,  and  write  contemporary  German.  Prerequisite:  None  for 
GER  101;  GER  101  required  for  GER  102,  or  placement  by  testing. 

GER  201.  Intermediate  German  I 4  hours 

This  course  will  focus  on  practice  in  speaking  and  understanding  German, 
accompanied  by  a  review  of  grammar.  Reading  and  discussion  of  short  literary 
texts.  Prerequisite:  GER  102  or  placement  by  testing. 

GER  202.  Intermediate  German  II 4  hours 

This  course  is  a  continuation  of  Intermediate  German  I  with  practice  in  spo- 
ken German  and  added  emphasis  on  writing.  Reading  materials  include  both  con- 
temporary topics  and  selections  from  literature.  Prerequisite:  GER  201  or  placement 
by  testing. 

GER  301,  GER  302.  Special  Topics  in  German  Language, 

Literature,  and  Culture  I,  II 4  plus  4  hours 

Topical  aspects  of  the  literature  and  cultural  phenomena  associated  with  the 
German  language  are  explored  in  this  two-semester  sequence  of  courses.  Prereq- 
uisite: GER  202. 

For  a  listing  of  foreign  institutions  and  programs  with  which  Oglethorpe  has 
exchange  agreements  and  affiliations,  please  see  International  Exchange  Partner- 
ships/Study Abroad  in  the  Educational  Enrichment  section  of  this  Bulletin.  Of 
particular  interest  to  students  of  German  is  the  Oglethorpe  exchange  agreement 
with  the  University  of  Dortmund. 


146 


Greek 

All  students  with  previous  study  or  experience  in  Attic  Greek  must  take  a 
language  placement  examination  during  Make  the  Connection  weekend  or  imme- 
diately prior  to  fall  registration.  They  will  be  placed  in  the  course  sequence  ac- 
cording to  their  competence.  Under  no  circumstances  should  students  with  past 
experience  in  the  language  place  themselves  in  courses,  especially  at  the  elemen- 
tary level. 

GRE  101,  GRE  102.  Attic  Greek  I,  II 4  plus  4  hours 

These  courses  will  introduce  students  to  the  grammatical  and  syntactical  ele- 
ments of  the  Attic  dialect  of  5th  century  Athens.  Mastery  of  these  materials  will 
enable  students  to  read  works  written  by  Thucydides,  Sophocles,  Plato,  Aristotle, 
and  other  ancient  authors  of  this  period.  Knowledge  of  Attic  Greek  will  also 
provide  a  foundation  for  those  wishing  to  study  Homeric  epic  or  The  New  Testa- 
ment. Prerequisite:  None  for  GRE  101;  GRE  101  for  GRE  102,  or  placement  by 
testing. 


History 


The  study  of  history  introduces  students  to  important  events  of  the  past  and 
the  people  who  played  significant  roles  in  them.  Embracing  the  principal  fields  of 
liberal  education,  the  study  of  history  enlarges  one's  understanding  of  political 
organizations,  geography,  economic  arrangements,  social  institutions,  religious 
experiences  and  various  forms  of  intellectual  expression. 

The  history  faculty  at  Oglethorpe  University  seeks  to  make  its  students  aware 
of  the  constantly  changing  interpretations  of  the  past  and  acquaint  them  with  the 
increasing  uses  of  the  discipline  in  such  fields  as  law,  journalism,  public  relations, 
art,  theology,  diplomacy,  and  public  service.  Particular  stress  is  placed  on  a  mas- 
tery of  the  techniques  of  research,  which  enhance  one's  usefulness  in  many  fields 
of  professional  life.  Archival  careers  and  postgraduate  studies  in  history  are  op- 
tions with  which  Oglethorpe  students  become  familiar. 

Major 

Students  majoring  in  history  are  required  to  take  at  least  eight  history  courses. 
These  must  cover  the  following  geographic  areas  and  time  periods  (a  course  can 
simultaneously  satisfy  both  one  area  and  one  time-period  requirement):  European, 
United  States,  and  Latin  American  history;  and  ancient  or  medieval  (before  1500), 
early  modern  (1500-1789),  and  modern  (since  1789)  history.  At  least  one  of  these 
courses  must  have  an  emphasis  on  historiography  -  the  study  of  historical  methods 
and  interpretations.  Courses  that  satisfy  this  requirement  include  The  Age  of  Chiv- 
alry, 800-1450,  Early  Modern  Europe,  The  Age  of  Empire  and  Nationalism  -  Eu- 
rope 1848-1914,  German  History  to  1800,  German  History  Since  1800,  The  Fall  of 
Rome  and  the  Barbarians,  or  any  other  course  specifically  designated  by  the  in- 
structor. In  addition,  the  student  must  also  take  Investigative  Writing,  one  course 
in  Asian  Studies,  and  at  least  one  semester  of  a  foreign  language  beyond  the  first- 
year  level,  or  demonstrate  the  equivalent  proficiency.  The  degree  awarded  is  the 
Bachelor  of  Arts. 


147 


Minor 

To  complete  a  minor  four  courses  must  be  taken. 

HIS  101.  The  Foundations  of  the  West 4  hours 

This  course  will  explore  the  history  of  the  Western  world  from  late  antiquity 
to  1600,  focusing  on  the  rise  of  the  Christian  civilizations  of  Eastern  and  Western 
Europe  and  Islamic  civilization.  Special  consideration  will  be  given  to  the  com- 
parative study  of  ideas,  religion,  political  institutions,  and  patterns  of  social  orga- 
nization. Through  the  use  of  primary  documents  and  critical  scholarly  works, 
students  will  gain  first-hand  knowledge  of  the  tools  and  methods  of  historical 
research. 

HIS  102.  The  West  and  the  Modern  World 4  hours 

This  course  covers  the  history  of  Western  civilization  (defined  as  all  the  soci- 
eties descended  from  medieval  Christendom)  since  1600,  with  the  focus  on  its 
modernization  after  1789.  This  process  destroyed  the  relative  homogeneity  of  the 
old  regime  and  fragmented  the  West  along  two  fault  lines:  1)  socio-economic  mod- 
ernization, which  varied  profoundly  between  rich  capitalist  societies  (Germany, 
Britain,  United  States,  Australia)  and  poor  socialist,  neo-feudal,  or  neo-mercantil- 
ist  ones  (Russia,  Romania,  Mexico,  Brazil);  and  2)  political  modernization,  which 
could  be  liberal,  communist,  or  fascist.  Prerequisite:  HIS  101. 

HIS  110.  The  Vikings  and  the  Anglo-Saxons 4  hours 

This  course  will  examine  the  meteoric  rise  of  the  Scandinavians  from  obscu- 
rity to  become  the  terror  of  Europe  in  the  8th  through  the  ll'h  centuries.  For 
purposes  of  comparison,  a  look  will  also  be  taken  at  the  Vikings'  more  "civilized" 
cousins,  the  Anglo-Saxons.  While  both  medieval  and  modern  historians  have 
tended  to  draw  a  thick  line  between  these  two  cultures,  this  course  will  suggest 
that  both  represent  aspects  of  a  general  political,  economic,  and  cultural  zone  in 
the  Northern  Seas. 

HIS  210.  The  Age  of  Chivalry,  800-1450 4  hours 

This  course  will  cover  the  High  and  Later  Middle  Ages,  from  the  later 
Carolingian  period  through  the  War  of  the  Roses.  The  main  focus  will  be  on  the 
evolution  of  state  and  society  in  northern  and  western  Europe  during  these  peri- 
ods. Special  attention  will  be  given  to  such  events  as  the  rise  of  feudal  monar- 
chies, the  Investiture  Contest,  the  Norman  Conquests,  the  Crusades,  and  the 
Hundred  Years'  War. 

HIS  211.  The  Renaissance  and  Reformation 4  hours 

Students  will  study  the  significant  changes  in  European  art,  thought,  and  in- 
stitutions during  the  period  from  1300  to  1550.  The  course  will  focus  on  critical 
readings  of  primary  sources  from  this  era. 

HIS  212.  Early  Modern  Europe 4  hours 

This  course  will  examine  the  development  of  European  society  and  politics 
from  the  end  of  the  Reformation  to  the  eve  of  the  French  Revolution.  Special 
emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  development  of  the  modern  state,  the  contest  be- 
tween absolutism  and  constitutionalism,  and  the  Enlightenment. 

148 


HIS  213.  The  Age  of  Revolution  -  Europe  and  the  Atlantic 

World  1776-1849  4  hours 

The  "old  regime"  (serfdom,  rule  by  monarchs  and  nobles,  and  a  politically 
powerful  church)  and  an  agrarian  way  of  life  had  prevailed  in  much  of  Europe  and 
the  New  World  since  the  Middle  Ages.  From  1776  on,  however,  a  series  of  upheav- 
als, such  as  the  American  and  French  revolutions,  the  Napoleonic  Wars,  the  Latin 
American  Wars  of  Independence,  and  the  European  revolutions  of  1820-21,  1830- 
31,  and  1848-49  had  challenged  the  old  order.  This  course  studies  the  events  of 
this  dramatic  period,  including  the  Industrial  Revolution  and  the  rise  of  romanti- 
cism, socialism,  nationalism,  and  liberalism. 

HIS  214.  The  Age  of  Empire  and  Nationalism  -  Europe  1848-1914 4  hours 

The  six  decades  following  the  revolutions  of  1848  were  a  period  of  remark- 
able power,  prosperity,  and  creativity  in  Europe.  New  nation-states  (Germany  and 
Italy)  were  formed;  old  multiethnic  empires  (Russia  and  Austria-Hungary)  seemed 
rejuvenated;  and  Europeans  acquired  immense  colonial  empires.  Meanwhile,  in- 
dustrialization and  modern  science  and  art  revolutionized  European  life  and 
thought.  However,  this  fusion  of  cultural  and  economic  modernity  with  social 
and  political  conservatism  concealed  grave  weaknesses  that  would  lead,  begin- 
ning in  1914,  to  the  upheavals  of  world  war,  communism,  and  fascism. 

HIS  215.  The  Age  of  World  War  -  Europe  1914-1945 4  hours 

This  course  examines  the  disasters  that  befell  Europe  in  the  three  decades 
after  1914:  World  War  I;  the  Russian  Revolution;  the  ill-fated  Treaty  of  Versailles; 
the  rise  of  Mussolini;  the  Great  Depression;  the  dictatorships  of  Hitler  and  Stalin; 
the  spread  of  fascism  in  the  1930s;  and  World  War  II.  The  course  discusses  the 
reasons  for  the  failure  of  the  international  order  to  prevent  two  horrific  military 
conflicts,  and  for  the  failure  of  moderate  forces  in  many  European  countries  - 
including  Russia,  Germany,  Italy,  and  Spain  -  to  block  the  rise  to  power  of  violent 
and  millenarian  political  forces. 

HIS  230.  United  States  History  to  1865 4  hours 

A  survey  from  Colonial  times  to  1865,  concerned  mainly  with  the  major  do- 
mestic developments  of  a  growing  nation. 

HIS  231.  United  States  History  Since  1865 4  hours 

A  survey  from  1865  to  the  present,  concerned  with  the  chief  events  which 
explain  the  growth  of  the  United  States  to  a  position  of  world  power. 

HIS  240.  Latin  America  to  Independence  4  hours 

Latin  American  history  from  the  origins  of  pre-Columbian  civilizations  to 
independence  will  be  examined  by  exploring:  the  origins  and  development  of 
indigenous  societies  in  Mesoamerica  and  the  Andes;  the  conquest  and  coloniza- 
tion of  (what  became)  Spanish  and  Portuguese  America;  the  nature  of  colonial 
control;  the  response  of  indigenous  populations  to  colonial  society,  administra- 
tion, and  religion;  and  the  developing  tensions  between  Spaniards  and  Creole 
elites.  The  movement  for  independence,  which  arose  from  a  variety  of  issues,  cre- 
ated by  contrasting  views  and  concerns  of  distant  European  authority  and  local 


149 


cultural  identity,  will  be  studied.  Finally,  the  major  challenges  that  faced  the  newly 
emergent  Latin  American  nations  will  be  considered. 

HIS  311.  German  History  to  1800 4  hours 

The  Holy  Roman  Empire  of  the  German  Nation  has  been  derided  by  Voltaire 
as  being  none  of  the  above.  At  the  same  time,  the  Empire  provided  the  primary 
political  organization  of  pre-Modern  Germany,  from  the  10th  century  to  the  Napo- 
leonic Wars.  This  course  will  survey  the  general  history  of  the  Empire  from  the 
Renaissance  to  the  end  of  the  18th  century.  Special  emphasis  will  be  paid  to  the 
primary  social  and  constitutional  questions  of  German  history.  How  was  it  pos- 
sible to  balance  the  sovereignty  of  the  individual  states  with  the  corporate  needs 
of  the  Empire?  Within  the  question  lies  a  greater  problem:  How  did  this  issue  of 
a  "balance  of  power"  between  the  emperor  and  his  estates  relate  to  the  general 
relations  between  rulers  and  the  ruled?  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor. 

HIS  312.  German  History  Since  1800 4  hours 

This  course  is  a  survey  of  German  history  in  the  19th  and  20lh  centuries,  focus- 
ing on  the  unification  of  Germany  in  the  19th  century,  the  Bismarckian  state,  the 
two  world  wars,  the  Weimar  Republic,  the  Third  Reich,  and  the  division  and  sub- 
sequent reunification  of  Germany  after  World  War  II. 

HIS  320.  Russian  History  to  1861 4  hours 

This  course  studies  the  thousand  years  from  the  formation  of  the  Kievan 
state  until  the  abolition  of  serfdom.  It  covers  the  Mongol  invasion,  the  rise  of 
Muscovy,  the  reign  of  Ivan  the  Terrible  and  the  Time  of  Troubles,  Imperial  Russia's 
Westernization  under  Peter  the  Great,  and  its  apogee  under  Catherine  the  Great 
and  her  grandsons. 

HIS  321.  Russian  History  Since  1861  4  hours 

This  course  studies  Russian  history  from  the  abolition  of  serfdom,  which  be- 
gan Imperial  Russia's  last  attempt  to  reform  itself  and  stave  off  revolution,  until 
the  present.  It  also  covers  the  1905  and  1917  revolutions,  the  rise  of  communism, 
the  era  of  Lenin  and  Stalin,  and  the  fall  of  the  communist  system. 

HIS  330.  Between  World  Wars:  The  United  States,  1920-1945 4  hours 

During  this  period  of  war,  prosperity,  and  depression,  the  United  States  un- 
derwent dramatic  economic,  political,  social,  and  cultural  changes.  The  interwar 
years  witnessed  the  emergence  of  the  United  States  as  a  world  power,  an  increas- 
ingly sophisticated  women's  movement,  the  rise  of  mass  production  and  mass 
consumption,  and  a  variety  of  new  challenges  to  social  and  economic  policies. 
The  Great  Depression  and  the  New  Deal  brought  further  challenges  to  traditional 
liberal  political  and  economic  assumptions  as  the  federal  government  intervened 
in  nearly  every  aspect  of  American  life.  World  War  II,  then,  again  transformed  the 
nation  as  it  ushered  in  the  "age  of  affluence"  and  cold  wars  in  the  international 
and  domestic  realms.  Prerequisites:  HIS  230  and  HIS  231  or  permission  of  the 
instructor. 

HIS  331.  The  Age  of  Affluence:  The  United  States  Since  1945  4  hours 

An  interdisciplinary  study  of  American  life  since  World  War  II,  this  course 


L50 


will  emphasize  political,  economic,  and  social  developments.  Foreign  policy  is 
considered  principally  with  respect  to  its  impact  on  domestic  affairs. 

HIS  335.  Georgia  History 4  hours 

This  course  is  a  chronological  examination  of  the  history  of  Georgia  from  the 
Colonial  period  to  the  20th  century.  Emphasis  is  given  to  Old  and  New  South 
themes,  higher  education  development  with  attention  to  the  history  of  Oglethorpe, 
the  transition  from  rural  to  urban  life,  and  Georgia's  role  in  contemporary  Ameri- 
can life.  Prerequisites:  HIS  230,  HIS  231,  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

HIS  340.  Dictatorship  and  Democracy  in  Latin  America 4  hours 

This  course  will  examine  the  roots,  character,  and  impact  of  authoritarian 
rule— and  resulting  resistance  movements— in  Latin  America.  Included  will  be  a 
look  at  the  caudillos  who  competed  for  power  after  independence,  the  Liberal 
dictatorships  of  the  late  19'h  century,  the  Depression  Dictators  of  the  1930s  and 
Populist  dictators  of  the  1940s  and  1950s,  and  the  rise  of  military-bureaucratic 
dictatorships  in  the  1960s  and  1970s.  An  understanding  will  be  sought  for  why 
almost  all  political  orientations  (Republicanism,  Liberalism,  nationalism,  Popu- 
lism, and  Communism)  offered  up  a  dictator  as  their  champion  at  some  point  in 
Latin  American  history  and  how  Latin  American  nations  have  been  able  to  make 
a  transition  to  democracy.  Finally,  consideration  will  be  given  to  how  dictator- 
ships affect  the  everyday  lives  and  perceptions  of  the  people  living  under  them 
and  in  their  aftermath.  Prerequisite:  HIS  240  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

HIS  350.  Special  Topics  in  History 4  hours 

Courses  offered  to  respond  to  topical  needs  of  the  curriculum.  Prerequisite: 
Permission  of  the  instructor. 

HIS  410.  Ancient  History  and  Ancient  Historians 4  hours 

In  this  course  the  history  of  Greek  and  Roman  civilizations  will  be  studied 
through  the  writings  of  several  ancient  historians.  The  methods  used  by  ancient 
authors,  their  literary  style,  and  the  relation  of  their  works  to  the  specific  histori- 
cal context  in  which  they  were  written  will  be  examined.  Special  consideration 
will  be  given  to  the  various  philosophies  of  history  that  emerged  in  antiquity. 
Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor. 

HIS  411.  The  Fall  of  Rome  and  the  Barbarians 4  hours 

This  course  will  examine  the  "fall"  of  the  Roman  Empire  in  late  antiquity  and 
the  subsequent  rise  of  barbarian  kingdoms  in  Europe.  The  primary  issue  will  be 
to  determine  whether  the  Roman  Empire  did  in  fact  "fall"  during  this  time,  or 
whether  the  period  actually  marks  a  transition,  the  birth  of  Europe.  The  role  of 
Christianity  in  the  transformation  of  Europe  will  be  a  major  focus  of  discussion, 
as  well  as  other  social,  political,  and  economic  issues.  Prerequisite:  HIS  410  or 
permission  of  the  instructor. 

HIS  430.  The  American  Civil  War  and  Reconstruction 4  hours 

A  course  for  advanced  history  students  emphasizing  the  causes  of  conflict, 
the  wartime  period,  and  major  changes  that  occurred.  Prerequisites:  HIS  230  and 
HIS  231. 


151 


HIS  431.  United  States  Diplomatic  History 4  hours 

This  course  is  a  study  of  major  developments  in  American  diplomacy  from 
the  end  of  the  Revolution  until  1945.  Recommended  prerequisites:  HIS  230  and 
HIS  231. 

HIS  450.  Independent  Study  in  History 1-4  hours 

Supervised  research  on  a  selected  topic.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  in- 
structor. 

HIS  451.  Internship  in  History 1-4  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formalized  experiential  learning  op- 
portunity to  qualified  students.  The  internship  generally  requires  the  student  to 
obtain  a  faculty  supervisor,  submit  a  learning  agreement,  work  30-35  hours  for 
every  hour  of  academic  credit,  keep  a  written  journal  of  the  work  experience,  have 
regularly  scheduled  meetings  with  the  faculty  supervisor,  and  write  a  research 
paper  dealing  with  some  aspect  of  the  internship.  An  extensive  list  of  internships 
is  maintained  by  the  Career  Services  Office,  including  opportunities  at  the  At- 
lanta History  Center,  the  Atlanta  Preservation  Center,  and  the  Coosawattee  Foun- 
dation archeological  dig.  Graded  on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis. 
Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  faculty  supervisor  and  qualification  for  the  in- 
ternship program. 


Individually  Planned  Major 


A  student  who  wishes  to  pursue  a  course  of  study  not  included  in  one  of  the 
available  majors  may  petition  to  receive  permission  to  complete  an  individually 
planned  major. 

Such  a  major  must  include  at  least  nine  courses  beyond  core  requirements 
(excluding  courses  with  three  or  fewer  semester  hours)  and  including  at  least  one 
semester  of  a  foreign  language  at  the  second  semester  elementary-level  or  higher. 
At  least  four  courses  of  the  major  must  be  completed  in  courses  above  the  intro- 
ductory level  in  one  particular  discipline.  This  discipline  will  be  defined  as  the 
major's  concentration.  Graded  course  work  in  the  major  must  have  a  grade-point 
average  of  at  least  2.0.  Course  work  that  is  included  in  the  individually  planned 
major  may  not  be  counted  toward  a  second  major  or  a  minor. 

To  apply  for  an  individually  planned  major,  the  student,  in  consultation  with 
his  or  her  academic  advisor,  must  complete  an  application,  available  at  the 
Registrar's  Office,  to  be  approved  by  the  chairperson  of  the  division  in  which  the 
proposed  major's  concentration  is  included  and  the  Provost.  This  application  should 
be  submitted  by  the  end  of  the  second  semester  of  the  student's  sophomore  year. 
The  application  must  specify  the  following: 

1.  The  major's  coverage  and  definition. 

2.  The  observed  or  expected  conceptual  linkages  among  the  concentration 
and  the  other  subject(s)  included  in  the  major. 

3.  The  expected  outcomes  of  the  completion  of  the  major  in  terms  of  the 
student's  intellectual  growth  and  plans  for  graduate  study  or  career. 

After  the  student  has  secured  written  approval  from  his  or  her  academic  advi- 
sor, the  chairperson  of  the  division,  and  the  Provost,  the  Provost  will  file  the 


152 


application  in  the  Registrar's  office.  The  Registrar  will  notify  the  student  and  the 
student's  advisor  of  the  acceptance  of  the  proposal. 

The  degree  awarded  upon  successful  completion  of  an  approved  individually 
planned  major  is  Bachelor  of  Arts. 


Individually  Planned  Minor 


A  student  who  wishes  to  pursue  a  course  of  study  not  included  in  one  of  the 
available  minors  may  petition  to  receive  permission  to  complete  an  individually 
planned  minor. 

Such  a  minor  must  include  five  courses  (excluding  courses  with  three  or  fewer 
semester  hours),  of  which  at  least  two  courses  are  in  one  discipline,  which  is  the 
minor's  concentration,  and  must  be  at  the  300  or  400  level.  Of  the  other  three 
courses  included  in  the  minor,  another  two  must  also  be  at  the  300  or  400  level. 
Graded  work  in  the  minor  must  have  a  grade-point  average  of  at  least  2.0.  Course 
work  that  is  included  in  the  individually  planned  minor  may  not  be  counted  to- 
ward a  major  or  another  minor. 

To  apply  for  an  individually  planned  minor,  the  student,  in  consultation  with 
his  or  her  academic  advisor,  must  complete  an  application,  available  at  the 
Registrar's  Office,  to  be  approved  by  the  chairperson  of  the  division  in  which  the 
proposed  minor's  concentration  is  included  and  the  Provost.  This  application 
should  be  submitted  by  the  end  of  the  second  semester  of  the  student's  junior 
year.  The  application  must  specify  the  following: 

1.  The  minor's  coverage  and  definition. 

2.  The  observed  or  expected  conceptual  linkages  among  the  concentration 
and  the  other  subject(s)  included  in  the  minor. 

3.  The  expected  outcomes  of  the  completion  of  the  minor  in  terms  of  the 
student's  intellectual  growth  and  plans  for  graduate  study  or  career. 

After  the  student  has  secured  written  approval  from  his  or  her  academic  advi- 
sor, the  chairperson  of  the  division,  and  the  Provost,  the  Provost  will  file  the 
application  in  the  Registrar's  Office.  The  Registrar  will  notify  the  student  and  the 
student's  advisor  of  the  acceptance  of  the  proposal. 


Interdisciplinary  Studies 


INT  301.  Special  Topics  in  Interdisciplinary  Studies: 4  hours 

These  courses  will  focus  on  materials  and  topics  that  transcend  the  bound- 
aries of  specific  academic  disciplines  and  are  not  offered  on  a  regular  basis.  Such 
courses  have  included  Bioethics  and  Environmental  Science. 

ULP  303.  The  New  American  City 4  hours 

The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  examine  the  problems  and  prospects  of  poli- 
tics and  policymaking  in  the  new  American  city  and  its  environs.  Consideration 
will  be  given  to  the  political  and  sociological  significance  of  a  number  of  the 
factors  that  characterize  this  new  development,  including:  the  extremes  of  wealth 
and  poverty,  the  mix  of  racial  and  ethnic  groups,  and  the  opportunities  and  chal- 
lenges provided  by  progress  in  transportation  and  technology.  Offered  annually. 


153 


ULP  304.  Community  Issues  Forum:  Principles  into  Practice 4  hours 

This  course  is  taught  as  a  weekly  evening  seminar  focusing  on  a  particular 
community  issue  and  accompanied  by  an  issue-related,  off-campus  internship. 
Together  with  community  leaders  and  faculty,  students  analyze  issues  confronting 
stakeholders,  collaborate  on  solutions,  and  present  findings  derived  from  their 
internship  assignments.  Students  have  interned  with  the  state  legislature,  local 
and  state  chambers  of  commerce,  community  food  banks,  arts  organizations,  cor- 
porations, non-profit  Organizations,  and  a  number  of  other  community  groups. 
Topics  covered  in  previous  years  include:  education,  transportation,  health  care, 
and  the  environment.   Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor. 

INT  401.  Internship  in  Interdisciplinary  Studies 1-4  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formalized  experiential  learning  op- 
portunity to  qualified  students.  The  internship  generally  requires  the  student  to 
obtain  a  faculty  supervisor,  submit  a  learning  agreement,  work  30-35  hours  for 
every  hour  of  academic  credit,  keep  a  written  journal  of  the  work  experience,  have 
regularly  scheduled  meetings  with  the  faculty  supervisor,  and  write  a  research 
paper  dealing  with  some  aspect  of  the  internship.  An  extensive  list  of  internships 
is  maintained  by  the  Career  Services  Office.  Graded  on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfac- 
tory basis.  Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  faculty  supervisor  and  qualification 
for  the  internship  program. 

International  Studies 

International  studies  is  an  interdisciplinary  major  which  seeks  to  develop  skills 
and  perspectives  essential  to  effective  participation  in  the  emerging  multicultural 
business  and  social  environment.  The  major  helps  to  prepare  students  for  careers 
in  international  commerce,  the  travel  and  convention  businesses,  international 
banking  and  finance,  and  government.  The  major  also  provides  an  appropriate 
undergraduate  background  for  the  professional  study  of  business,  public  policy, 
and  law.  Students  planning  careers  in  international  business  or  politics  are  strongly 
encouraged  to  satisfy  the  requirements  of  the  major  by  taking  International  Eco- 
nomics. Students  interested  in  this  major  should  ask  the  Registrar  to  refer  them  to 
a  faculty  advisor  who  specializes  in  this  major.  The  degree  awarded  is  the  Bach- 
elor of  Arts. 

Requirements  of  the  major  include  successful  completion  of  1 1  courses,  three 
of  which  must  be  International  Relations,  United  States  Foreign  Policy,  and  Eco- 
nomic Development  or  International  Economics. 

Completion  of  five  courses  selected  from  the  following  also  is  required: 
BUS  370      International  Business 

International  Economics 

The  Modern  French  Republics  and  Their  Institutions 

Franco-American  Relations  in  Trade  and  Culture 

The  Age  of  World  War  -  Europe  1914-1945 

Latin  America  to  Independence 

German  History  Since  1800 

Russian  History  Since  1861 

Dictatorship  and  Democracy  in  Latin  America 

Special  Topics  in  History  * 

154 


ECO  423 

FRE 

402 

FRE 

403 

HIS 

215 

HIS 

240 

HIS 

312 

HIS 

321 

HIS 

340 

HIS 

350 

HIS    431  United  States  Diplomatic  History 

HIS    450  Independent  Study  in  History  * 

INS    400  Independent  Study  in  International  Studies 

INS    401  Internship  in  International  Studies 

POL  121  European  Politics 

POL  131  Asian  Politics 

POL  331  Politics  in  Japan 

POL  350  Special  Topics  in  Politics  * 

POL  411  Advanced  Topics  in  International  Relations 

POL  431  Seminar  in  Politics  and  Culture  * 

POL  450  Independent  Study  in  Politics  * 

SPN  305  Spanish  for  International  Relations  and  Business 

SPN  410  The  Development  of  Latin  American  Cultures 

*  Note:  Special  topics  and  independent  study  courses  fulfill  the  requirements  of 
the  major  only  when  they  have  a  substantial  international  component. 

Students  must  complete  two  years  of  foreign  language  study  or  demonstrate 
the  equivalent  competence  by  examination.  Students  must  also  take  one  addi- 
tional language  course  in  which  the  foreign  language  is  required  for  research, 
reading,  or  discussion. 

A  study  abroad  experience  is  required.  Note  that  no  more  than  two  courses 
may  be  counted  toward  major  requirements  from  a  study  abroad  program.  For- 
eign students  may  count  their  residence  at  Oglethorpe  as  their  study-abroad  expe- 
rience. Please  see  International  Exchange  Partnerships/Study  Abroad  in  the 
Educational  Enrichment  section  of  this  Bulletin. 

Students  who  receive  financial  aid  at  Oglethorpe  should  contact  the  Director 
of  Financial  Aid  early  in  the  pursuit  of  this  major  to  determine  available  funding 
for  the  study  abroad  experience. 

Note:  Students  who  graduated  from  a  secondary  school  located  abroad  at  which 
the  language  of  instruction  was  not  English  have  satisfied  the  foreign  lan- 
guage requirement.  They  may  satisfy  the  study  abroad  requirement  via  their 
residency  in  the  United  States. 

International  Studies  with  Asia  Concentration 

Like  the  general  international  studies  major,  this  is  a  major  designed  to  de- 
velop skills  useful  in  cross-culturally  oriented  careers.  Students  achieve  an  Asia 
concentration  by  taking  at  least  four  courses  that  focus  on  the  culture,  politics, 
history  or  literature  of  nations  in  Asia  in  addition  to  a  selection  of  more  general 
courses  that  cover  fundamental  issues  of  international  studies.  The  specialized 
knowledge  that  students  gain  through  Asia-related  course  work  helps  to  prepare 
them  for  careers  in  fields  such  as  government,  finance,  and  travel  in  this  economi- 
cally growing  and  culturally  rich  area  of  the  globe.  Combined  with  the  other  com- 
ponents of  the  international  studies  major,  the  Asia  concentration  will  assist  students 
with  the  necessary  background  for  entry  into  graduate  or  professional  schools  in 
an  Asian  studies  field.  Students  might  go  on  to  study  in  such  areas  as  anthropol- 
ogy, politics,  and  international  law  or  business.  The  degree  awarded  is  the  Bach- 
elor of  Arts. 

155 


Requirements  of  the  major  include  successful  completion  of  the  following 
five  courses: 

ECO  327     Economic  Development  or 
ECO  423      International  Economics 

POL  1 1 1     International  Relations 

POL  131     Asian  Politics 

POL  331     Politics  in  Japan 

POL  431     Seminar  in  Politics  and  Culture  (Japan/ Asian  concentration) 
Students  must  also  take  two  of  the  following  courses: 

JPN    301     Special  Topics  in  Japanese  Language,  Literature,  and  Culture  I 

POL  311     United  States  Foreign  Policy 

Another  Asian  studies  course  at  Oglethorpe  or  at  another  institution 
pre-approved  by  the  student's  advisor 
Students  must  also  take  one  of  the  following  courses: 

BUS  370     International  Business 

FRE  403     Franco-American  Relations  in  Trade  and  Culture 

HIS    350     Special  Topics  in  History  * 

HIS    450     Independent  Study  in  History  * 

INS    400     Independent  Study  in  International  Studies 

INS    401     Internship  in  International  Studies 

POL  121     European  Politics 

POL  350     Special  Topics  in  Politics  * 

POL  411     Advanced  Topics  in  International  Relations 

POL  431     Seminar  in  Politics  and  Culture  (with  a  different  focus  than 
the  one  above) 

POL  450     Independent  Study  in  Politics  * 

SOC  308     Culture  and  Society 

Any  course  in  20th  century  European  history 

*  Note:  Special  topics  and  independent  study  courses  fulfill  the  requirements  of 
the  major  only  when  they  have  a  substantial  international  component. 

Students  must  take  at  least  one  400-level  course. 

Students  must  demonstrate  at  least  a  second-year  competence  in  an  Asian 
language  or  be  able  to  use  an  Asian  language  for  research  and  writing  in  a  class.  A 
study  abroad  for  one  semester  in  an  Asian  nation  is  strongly  urged.  Please  see 
International  Exchange  Partnerships/Study  Abroad  in  the  Educational  Enrich- 
ment section  of  this  Bulletin.  Note  that  no  more  than  two  courses  may  be  counted 
toward  major  requirements  from  a  study  abroad  program.  Foreign  students  whose 
native  language  is  Asian  may  consider  their  residence  at  Oglethorpe  as  their  study- 
abroad  experience  and  their  foreign  language  requirement  satisfied. 

INS  400.  Independent  Study  in  International  Studies 1-4  hours 

Supervised  research  on  a  selected  topic.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  in- 
structor. 

INS  401.  Internship  in  International  Studies  1-4  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formalized  experiential  learning  op- 
portunity to  qualified  students.  The  internship  generally  requires  the  student  to 
obtain  a  faculty  supervisor,  submit  a  learning  agreement,  work  30-35  hours  for 
every  hour  of  academic  credit,  keep  a  written  journal  of  the  work  experience,  have 

156 


regularly  scheduled  meetings  with  the  faculty  supervisor,  and  write  a  research 
paper  dealing  with  some  aspect  of  the  internship.  An  extensive  list  of  internships 
is  maintained  by  the  Career  Services  Office,  including  opportunities  at  the  South- 
ern Center  for  International  Studies,  the  Georgia  Department  of  Industry,  Trade, 
and  Tourism,  Hispanic  Chamber  of  Commerce,  and  the  United  States  Depart- 
ment of  State.  Graded  on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis.  Prerequisites:  Per- 
mission of  the  faculty  supervisor  and  qualification  for  the  internship  program. 

Japanese 

All  students  with  previous  study  or  experience  in  Japanese  must  take  a  lan- 
guage placement  examination  during  Make  the  Connection  weekend  or  immedi- 
ately prior  to  fall  registration.  They  will  be  placed  in  the  course  sequence  according 
to  their  competence.  Under  no  circumstances  should  students  with  past  experi- 
ence in  the  language  place  themselves  in  courses,  especially  at  the  elementary 
level.  Students  are  not  eligible  to  enroll  in  elementary  and  intermediate  courses  in 
their  primary  languages. 

Minor 

A  minor  in  Japanese  consists  of  successful  completion  of  Intermediate  Japa- 
nese II  and  two  culture  courses,  totaling  24  semester  hours.  At  least  one  of  the 
two  years  of  language  study  must  be  taken  at  Oglethorpe.  The  student  may  select 
two  culture  courses  from  the  following: 

JPN  301,  JPN  302     Special  Topics  in  Japanese  Language,  Literature, 

and  Culture  I,  II 
JPN  303  Modern  Japanese  Literature  Through  1945 

JPN  304  Postwar  Japanese  Literature 

PHI  321  Special  Topics  in  Philosophy:  Philosophical  Issues 

and  Problems  -  Philosophy  of  the  Kyoto  School 
PHI  321  Special  Topics  in  Philosophy:  Philosophical  Issues 

and  Problems  -Japanese  Aesthetics 
POL  33 1  Politics  in  Japan 

Other  courses  offered  at  Oglethorpe  as  special  topics  courses,  as  well  as  cer- 
tain courses  offered  at  other  colleges  and  through  study  abroad  programs,  may 
also  qualify. 

Study  Abroad  and  Internships 

Although  it  is  expected  that  at  least  half  of  the  courses  counted  toward  the 
minor  must  be  taken  at  Oglethorpe,  all  students  of  Japanese  language  and  culture 
are  strongly  encouraged  to  spend  at  least  one  semester  in  Japan.  Guidance  in 
finding  an  appropriate  program  is  provided  by  the  Japanese  department  or  the 
Study  Abroad  Coordinator.  Of  particular  interest  to  students  of  Japanese  is  the 
Oglethorpe  exchange  agreement  with  Seigakuin  University  in  Tokyo  and  Otaru 
University  of  Commerce  in  Hokkaido.  See  also  International  Exchange  Partner- 
ships/Study Abroad  in  the  Educational  Enrichment  section  of  this  Bulletin. 

A  student  can  also  gain  practical  experience  by  pursuing  internship  opportu- 
nities injapanese  organizations  and  firms  in  and  around  Atlanta.  Credit  for  these 
activities  is  given  when  the  internship  is  completed  in  accordance  with  the  objec- 

157 


tives  agreed  upon  with  the  faculty  supervisor.  Credit  is  given  toward  the  minor 
upon  approval  by  the  student's  faculty  advisor.  The  Career  Services  Office  has 
an  extensive  list  of  available  internships. 

JPN  101,  JPN  102.  Elementary  Japanese  I,  II  4  plus  4  hours 

This  is  a  one-year  course  sequence  in  beginning  Japanese  aimed  at  develop- 
ing basic  skills  in  speaking,  reading,  writing,  and  aural  comprehension.  The  kana 
and  kanji  writing  systems  are  introduced.  Prerequisite:  None  for  JPN  101;  JPN  101 
for  JPN  102,  or  placement  by  testing. 

JPN  201.  Intermediate  Japanese  I 4  hours 

A  continuation  of  elementary  Japanese,  the  first  semester  of  the  second-year 
sequence  focuses  on  conversational  skills  and  vocabulary  building,  and  extends 
the  student's  proficiency  in  reading  and  writing.  Aspects  of  the  Japanese  culture 
and  society  are  also  explored.  Prerequisite:  JPN  102  or  permission  of  the  instruc- 
tor. 

JPN  202.  Intermediate  Japanese  II 4  hours 

This  course  consolidates  and  integrates  the  student's  knowledge  of  basic  gram- 
matical patterns,  and  introduces  advanced  grammatical  structures.  Further  prac- 
tice in  reading  and  writing  prepares  the  student  to  pursue  further  study  in  areas 
related  to  his  or  her  major.  Audio-visual  materials  are  used  more  extensively  to 
supplement  the  main  text.   Prerequisite:  JPN  201  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

JPN  301,  JAP  302.  Special  Topics  in  Japanese  Language,  Literature, 

and  Culture  I,  II  4  plus  4  hours 

Topical  aspects  of  the  literature  and  cultural  phenomena  associated  with  the 
Japanese  language  are  explored  through  readings  in  English  in  this  course. 

JPN  303.  Modern  Japanese  Literature  Through  1945  4  hours 

This  course  surveys  Japanese  narrative  literature  from  the  first  decades  of 
Japan's  modernization  until  the  end  of  World  War  II.  The  development  of  narra- 
tive prose  will  be  studied,  focusing  on  style,  narrative  structure  and  theme.  How 
these  texts  both  shaped  and  were  shaped  by  the  social  and  economic  upheavals 
that  characterized  Japan's  era  of  modernization  and  nation-building  will  also  be 
considered.  All  readings  will  be  in  English.  No  prior  knowledge  of  the  language 
or  culture  is  assumed. 

JPN  304.  Postwar  Japanese  Literature  4  hours 

This  course  will  trace  the  development  of  postwar  literature  in  Japan  from 
1945  up  to  the  present.  Topics  of  discussion  will  include  how  postwar  intellectuals 
attempted  to  redefine  human  nature  and  social  responsibility  after  years  of  total 
war;  how  writers  responded  to  the  atomic  bombings;  the  impact  of  rapid  eco- 
nomic growth  on  literature;  the  emergence  of  various  notions  of  "postmodernism" 
and  how  they  have  changed  the  way  writers  view  their  task.  A  substantial  number 
of  readings  will  be  of  works  by  women  and  minorities.  All  readings  will  be  in 
English.   No  prior  knowledge  of  the  language  or  culture  is  assumed. 


158 


Latin 


All  students  with  previous  study  or  experience  in  Latin  must  take  a  language 
placement  examination  during  Make  the  Connection  weekend  or  immediately  prior 
to  fall  registration.  They  will  be  placed  in  the  course  sequence  according  to  their 
competence.  Under  no  circumstances  should  students  with  past  experience  in  the 
language  place  themselves  in  courses,  especially  at  the  elementary  level. 

LAT  101,  LAT  102.  Elementary  Latin  I,  II 4  plus  4  hours 

This  course  is  beginning  Latin,  designed  to  present  a  foundation  in  classical 
Latin  grammar  and  syntax  and  to  introduce  students  to  Roman  literature  and 
history.  Prerequisite:  None  for  LAT  101;  LAT  101  required  for  LAT  102,  or  place- 
ment by  testing. 

LAT  201,  LAT  202.  Special  Topics  in  Latin  Language,  Literature, 

and  Culture  I,  II 4  plus  4  hours 

Aspects  of  the  literature  and  cultural  phenomena  associated  with  the  Latin 
language  are  explored  in  this  two-semester  sequence  of  courses.  Prerequisite:  Per- 
mission of  the  instructor. 

Mathematics 


The  major  in  mathematics  is  designed  to  provide  the  student  with  the  math- 
ematical background  necessary  for  graduate  study  or  immediate  employment. 
Courses  in  analysis,  algebra,  and  other  areas  of  modern  mathematics  introduce 
the  student  to  the  more  theoretical  aspects  of  mathematics  which  are  essential  for 
further  study.  In  addition,  the  major  provides  fundamental  tools  for  the  analysis 
of  problems  in  the  physical,  biological,  and  social  sciences,  as  well  as  in  such  areas 
as  economics  and  business.  Students  with  mathematical  training  at  the  under- 
graduate level  are  sought  by  employers  in  business,  government,  and  industry. 
Career  opportunities  for  mathematics  majors  exist  in  such  areas  as  computer  pro- 
gramming, operations  research,  statistics  and  applied  mathematics. 

Major 

The  object  of  the  course  of  studies  leading  to  a  major  in  mathematics  is  to 
provide  the  student  with  a  comprehensive  background  in  classical  analysis  and  a 
broad  introduction  to  the  topics  of  modern  and  contemporary  mathematics.  The 
following  mathematics  courses  are  required:  Calculus  I,  Calculus  II,  Calculus  III, 
Differential  Equations,  Discrete  Mathematics,  Linear  Algebra,  Abstract  Algebra, 
Complex  Analysis,  Probability,  and  Special  Topics  in  Mathematics.  Although  only 
one  Special  Topics  in  Mathematics  course  is  required,  mathematics  majors  are 
advised  to  take  as  many  different  Special  Topics  in  Mathematics  courses  as  pos- 
sible during  the  junior  and  senior  years.  The  degree  awarded  is  the  Bachelor  of 
Science. 

Minor 

The  required  course  work  for  a  minor  in  mathematics  consists  of  Calculus  I, 
Calculus  II,  and  Calculus  III,  plus  two  of  the  following:  Differential  Equations, 
Discrete  Mathematics,  Linear  Algebra,  Abstract  Algebra,  Complex  Analysis,  Prob- 
ability, or  Special  Topics  in  Mathematics. 

159 


Note:  No  student  will  be  permitted  to  register  for  a  mathematics  course  that  is  a 
prerequisite  to  a  mathematics  course  for  which  the  student  has  already 
received  academic  credit. 

MAT  102.  College  Algebra 4  hours 

The  objective  of  this  course  is  to  equip  students  with  the  algebra  skills  needed 
for  Statistics  and  Applied  Calculus.  Topics  include  algebraic  expressions,  equa- 
tions, inequalities,  basic  functions  (polynomial,  rational,  exponential  and  loga- 
rithmic) and  their  graphs,  the  algebra  of  functions,  inverse  functions,  and  systems 
of  equations  and  inequalities. 

MAT  103.  Precalculus 4  hours 

The  objective  of  this  course  is  to  equip  students  with  the  skills  needed  for 
Calculus  I.  Topics  include  basic  analytic  geometry,  trigonometry  (functions,  equa- 
tions, and  identities),  complex  numbers,  polar  coordinates,  vectors  in  the  plane, 
parametric  equations,  and  transformation  of  coordinates.  Prerequisite:  MAT  102 
with  a  grade  of  "C-"  oi  higher  or  by  examination. 

MAT  111.  Statistics 4  hours 

This  course  includes  descriptive  and  inferential  statistics  with  particular  em- 
phasis upon  parametric  statistics,  rules  of  probability,  interval  estimation,  and 
hypothesis  testing.  Distributions  that  will  be  discussed  include  the  normal,  chi- 
square,  and  t-distribution.  Additional  topics  include  analysis  of  variance,  regres- 
sion and  correlation  analysis,  goodness-of-fit,  and  tests  for  independence. 
Prerequisite:  MAT  102  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  or  by  examination. 

MAT  121.  Applied  Calculus 4  hours 

This  is  the  recommended  calculus  course  for  students  in  business,  econom- 
ics, and  the  social  sciences.  The  goal  of  this  course  is  to  present  calculus  in  an 
intuitive  yet  intellectually  satisfying  way  and  to  illustrate  the  many  applications  of 
calculus  to  the  management  sciences,  business,  economics,  and  the  social  sci- 
ences. Topics  include  functions,  the  derivative,  techniques  of  differentiation, 
applications  of  the  derivative,  the  exponential  and  natural  logarithm  functions, 
applications  of  the  exponential  and  natural  logarithm  functions,  the  definite  inte- 
gral, and  functions  of  several  variables.  Prerequisite:  MAT  102  with  a  grade  of  "C- 
"  or  higher  or  by  examination. 

MAT  131,  MAT  132,  MAT  233.  Calculus  I,  II,  III 4  plus  4  plus  4  hours 

This  is  the  recommended  calculus  sequence  for  students  in  mathematics,  the 
physical  sciences,  and  computer  science.  The  objective  of  these  courses  is  to  intro- 
duce the  fundamental  ideas  of  the  differential  and  integral  calculus  of  functions 
of  one  and  several  variables.  Topics  include  limits,  continuity,  rates  of  change, 
derivatives,  the  Mean  Value  Theorem,  applications  of  the  derivative,  curve  sketch- 
ing, related  rates,  maximization/minimization  problems,  area,  integration,  the 
Fundamental  Theorem  of  Calculus,  inverse  functions,  logarithmic  functions,  ex- 
ponential functions,  techniques  of  integration,  applications  of  integration  to  vol- 
umes and  surface  area,  conic  sections,  sequences,  series,  vectors,  lines,  planes, 
vector-valued  functions,  curves,  partial  derivatives,  multiple  integrals,  and  vector 
fields.    Prerequisite  for  MAT  131:  MAT  103  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  or  by 


160 


examination.  Prerequisite  for  MAT  132:  MAT  131  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher 
or  by- examination.  Prerequisite  for  MAT  233:  MAT  132  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or 
higher. 

MAT  241.  Differential  Equations 4  hours 

The  objective  of  this  course  is  to  introduce  the  fundamental  ideas  of  the  theory 
of  ordinary  differential  equations  and  to  consider  some  of  the  applications  of  this 
theory  to  the  physical  sciences.  Topics  include  equations  of  order  one,  applica- 
tions of  equations  of  order  one,  linear  differential  equations,  linear  equations 
with  constant  coefficients,  nonhomogenous  equations,  undetermined  coefficients, 
variation  of  parameters,  applications  of  equations  of  order  two,  and  power  series 
solutions.   Prerequisite:  MAT  233  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher. 

MAT  261.  Discrete  Mathematics 4  hours 

This  course  may  be  considered  a  general  introduction  to  advanced  mathemat- 
ics. As  such,  it  will  consider  various  methods  and  techniques  of  mathematical 
proof.  Topics  are  drawn  from  logic,  set  theory,  functions,  relations,  combinato- 
rics, graph  theory,  and  boolean  algebra.  Prerequisite:  MAT  132  with  a  grade  of 
"C-"  or  higher. 

MAT  341.  Probability 4  hours 

This  course  provides  a  calculus-based  study  of  probability  theory.  Topics  in- 
clude set-theoretic,  axiomatic  and  combinatorial  foundations,  basic  rules,  condi- 
tional probability,  independence,  random  variable  theory,  special  discrete  and 
continuous  models,  probability  plots,  and  joint  distributions.  Prerequisite:  MAT 
233  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher. 

MAT  351.  Complex  Analysis 4  hours 

The  objective  of  this  course  is  to  introduce  the  fundamental  ideas  of  the  theory 
of  functions  of  a  complex  variable.  Topics  include  complex  numbers,  analytic 
functions,  elementary  functions,  conformal  mapping,  complex  integration,  and 
infinite  series.  Prerequisite:  MAT  233  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher. 

MAT  362.  Linear  Algebra 4  hours 

The  objective  of  this  course  is  to  introduce  the  fundamental  ideas  of  linear 
algebra.  Topics  include  linear  equations,  matrices,  determinants,  vector  spaces, 
inner  products,  linear  transformation,  eigenvalues,  and  eigenvectors.  Prerequi- 
site: MAT  132  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher.  It  is  recommended  that  students 
take  MAT  261  before  taking  this  course. 

MAT  463.  Abstract  Algebra 4  hours 

The  objective  of  this  course  is  to  introduce  the  fundamental  ideas  of  modern 
algebra.  Topics  include  sets,  mappings,  the  integers,  groups,  rings,  and  fields. 
Prerequisite:  MAT  362  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher. 

MAT  471.  Special  Topics  in  Mathematics 4  hours 

Selected  topics  in  advanced  mathematics  are  offered  such  as  Real  Analysis, 
Topology,  Set  Theory,  Number  Theory,  Mathematical  Statistics,  Abstract  Algebra 
II,  and  Differential  Geometry.  Prerequisites  will  depend  on  the  topic  but  will 
include  a  minimum  of  MAT  233  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  and  permission  of 
the  instructor. 


161 


MAT  481.  Independent  Study  in  Mathematics 1-4  hours 

Supervised  research  on  a  selected  topic  in  mathematics.  Prerequisite:  Permis- 
sion of  the  faculty  supervisor. 

MAT  491.  Internship  in  Mathematics 1-4  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formalized  experiential  learning  op- 
portunity to  qualified  students.  The  internship  generally  requires  the  student  to 
obtain  a  faculty  supervisor,  submit  a  learning  agreement,  work  30-35  hours  for 
every  hour  of  academic  credit,  keep  a  written  journal  of  the  work  experience,  have 
regularly  scheduled  meetings  with  the  faculty  supervisor,  and  write  a  research 
paper  dealing  with  some  aspect  of  the  internship.  An  extensive  list  of  internships 
is  maintained  by  the  Career  Services  Office,  including  opportunities  at  the  Lynwood 
Park  Community  Center  Education  Program,  Internal  Revenue  Service,  and  vari- 
ous actuarial  and  consulting  firms.  Graded  on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis. 
Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  faculty  supervisor  and  qualification  for  the  in- 
ternship program. 

Mathematics  and  Computer  Science 

Since  its  inception  as  an  academic  discipline,  computer  science  has  been  closely 
associated  with  mathematics.  Many  of  the  field's  pioneers  are  mathematicians  by 
training.  Indeed,  modern  computer  science  would  not  be  possible  without  the 
existence  of  a  number  of  mathematical  developments  once  thought  to  be  entirely 
theoretical  in  nature. 

The  interdisciplinary  major  in  mathematics  and  computer  science  is  designed 
to  acquaint  students  with  the  various  linkages  between  computer  science  and  math- 
ematics and  to  enable  students  to  understand  more  thoroughly  their  primary  dis- 
cipline, whether  it  is  mathematics  or  computer  science.  Rigorous  training  in 
mathematical  thinking  will  provide  the  computer  science  student  with  essential 
analytical  tools  and  mental  discipline,  while  the  problem-solving  skills  that  will  be 
sharpened  in  the  process  of  developing  algorithms  for  computer  applications  will 
prove  to  be  beneficial  to  students  in  mathematics.  Students  will  become  familiar 
with  ways  in  which  modern  computational  tools  have  made  possible  work  in  math- 
ematics that  would  otherwise  be  prohibitively  laborious.  Understanding  of  the 
many  mathematical  structures  that  are  essential  to  effective  development  and  uti- 
lization of  processes  in  computer  science  will  be  enhanced.  The  degree  awarded  is 
the  Bachelor  of  Science. 

Requirements  of  the  major  include  completion  of  the  following  courses,  all 
with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher: 

MAT    131     Calculus  I 

MAT    132     Calculus  II 

MAT    233     Calculus  III 

MAT    241     Differential  Equations 

MAT    261     Discrete  Mathematics 

MAT    341     Probability 

CSC     244     Principles  of  Computer  Programming  in  Java  or 
CSC     243     Principles  of  Computer  Programming  in  C++ 

MAT    362     Linear  Algebra 


162 


MAT  463      Abstract  Algebra 

CSC    842       Introduction  to  Data  Structures  in  Ada 
Completion  of  three  of  the  following  courses  also  is  required: 
CSC    240       Introduction  to  Computer  Applications  Software  or 
CSC  243       Principles  of  Computer  Programming  in  C++  or 
CSC  244       Principles  of  Computer  Programming  in  Java 
CSC    344       Principles  of  File  Processing  in  COBOL 
CSC    440       Principles  of  Object-Oriented  Programming  in  C++ 
CSC    441       Assembly  Language  and  Computer  Architecture 
CSC    442      Special  Topics  in  Computer  Science 


Music 


The  music  curriculum  includes  courses  in  music  history,  music  theory,  en- 
semble performance,  and  applied  lessons. 

Minor 

To  complete  a  minor  in  music  a  student  must  successfully  complete  the  fol- 
lowing: 

MUS  231       Music  Theory  I 
MUS  232       Music  Theory  II 
MUS  331       History  of  Music  I 
MUS  332       History  of  Music  II 
A  total  of  four  semester  hours  of  University  Singers  and/or  Applied  Instruc- 
tion in  Music  also  must  be  taken. 

MUS  134.  University  Singers  1  hour 

This  is  an  auditioned,  mixed-voice  concert  choir,  which  is  the  primary  musi- 
cal ensemble  for  the  study  and  performance  of  sacred  and  secular  choral  music. 
The  University  Chorale,  an  auditioned  chamber  choir,  is  chosen  from  members  of 
the  University  Singers.  Prerequisites:  An  audition  and  permission  of  the  instruc- 
tor. 

MUS  135.  Beginning  Class  Voice 1  hour 

This  course  is  an  introduction  to  the  basics  of  singing  which  includes  posture, 
breath  pressure,  phonation,  diction,  tone,  and  intonation.  A  variety  of  easy  vocal 
literature  will  be  studied  and  performed.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instruc- 
tor. 

MUS  136.  Applied  Instruction  in  Music 1  hour 

The  study  and  practice  of  techniques  and  literature  on  an  individual  basis. 
Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor. 

MUS  231.  Music  Theory  1 4  hours 

This  course  is  a  study  of  the  materials  and  structure  of  music  using  musical 
examples  from  the  Romanesque  period  to  the  20''1  century,  including  elementary 
composition.  Listening  assignments,  ear  training,  and  computer  drill  time  are 
assigned  and  discussed  with  each  student.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instruc- 
tor. 


163 


MUS  232.  Music  Theory  II 4  hours 

This  course  is  a  continuation  of  Music  Theory  I  using  musical  examples  from 
all  the  musical  periods,  including  composition.  Listening  assignments,  ear  train- 
ing, and  computer  drill  time  are  assigned  and  discussed  with  each  student.  Prereq- 
uisite: MUS  231  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

MUS  331.  Music  History  I 4  hours 

This  course  is  a  study  of  music  with  analysis  of  representative  works  begin- 
ning with  Greek  music  and  continuing  through  the  Classical  period.  Prerequisite: 
Permission  of  the  instructor. 

MUS  332.  Music  History  II 4  hours 

This  course  is  a  study  of  music  with  analysis  of  representative  works  begin- 
ning with  Beethoven  and  continuing  through  the  20th  century.  Prerequisite:  MUS 
331  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

MUS  430.  Special  Topics  in  Music 4  hours 

This  course  will  be  a  study  of  a  selected  topic  in  music,  such  as  Women  in 
Music,  World  Music,  African-American  Composers,  Basic  Techniques  of  Conduct- 
ing, Masterpieces  of  Choral  Literature,  Fundamentals  of  Music,  Acoustics,  and 
Music  and  the  Media.  Prerequisite:  COR  103  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

MUS  431.  Independent  Study  in  Music 1-4  hours 

This  course  is  supervised  research  on  a  selected  project  or  paper.  It  provides 
students  an  opportunity  to  study  and  analyze  in  depth  a  specific  musical  style, 
composer,  work,  etc.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor. 


Philosophy 


The  mission  statement  of  Oglethorpe  University  states  that  Oglethorpe  gradu- 
ates should  be  "humane  generalists"  with  the  intellectual  adaptability  which  is 
needed  to  function  successfully  in  changing  and  often  unpredictable  job  situa- 
tions. The  philosophy  program  at  Oglethorpe  accomplishes  this  goal  by  fostering 
those  abilities  of  critical  thinking  and  intellectual  flexibility  required  in  virtually 
any  professional  career. 

Philosophy,  in  the  broadest  meaning  of  this  term,  is  the  attempt  to  think 
clearly  about  the  world  and  the  place  of  human  beings  in  it.  This  activity  is  a 
response  to  questions  which  arise  because  the  various  areas  of  human  life,  such  as 
science,  art,  morality,  and  religion,  often  do  not  seem  to  be  intelligible  in  them- 
selves or  to  fit  with  one  another.  A  philosophical  world  view,  such  as  the  philoso- 
phy of  Plato  or  the  philosophy  of  Descartes,  represents  an  attempt  to  think  through 
these  difficulties  and  to  arrive  at  a  single,  coherent  vision  of  how  reality  is  and 
how  human  beings  should  relate  to  it. 

The  study  of  philosophy  is  a  noble  and  worthwhile  activity  in  its  own  right  for 
the  enlightenment  which  it  can  provide  about  questions  which  should  be  of  inter- 
est to  everyone.  It  is  important,  however,  that  the  philosophy  major  also  be  effec- 
tive at  imparting  those  general  skills  which  are  crucial  for  most  professions. 
Philosophy  students  learn  how  to  read  and  understand  abstract  and  often  very 
difficult  arguments.   They  also  learn  to  think  critically  and  independently,  to  de- 


164 


velop  their  own  views,  and  to  express  their  insights  in  clear,  articulate  spoken  and 
written  prose.  Such  skills  are  important  for  almost  any  profession  and  are  espe- 
cially useful  for  business  and  law. 

Philosophy  courses  need  not  be  taken  in  a  rigid  sequence.  Any  philosophy 
course  should  improve  a  student's  overall  philosophical  abilities  and  thereby 
strengthen  the  student's  performance  in  any  subsequent  philosophy  course.  The 
courses  are,  however,  classified  by  the  difficulty  of  the  reading  involved  and  the 
amount  of  philosophical  training  and  background  which  is  advisable. 

Major 

The  philosophy  major  consists  of  nine  courses  in  philosophy,  at  least  two  of 
which  must  be  Level  III  courses. 

Students  majoring  in  philosophy  are  also  required  to  take  at  least  one  semes- 
ter of  a  foreign  language  at  the  second  semester  elementary-level  or  higher.  Such 
study  is  especially  useful  for  students  who  plan  to  do  graduate  work  in  philosophy. 
Students  who  have  attained  some  proficiency  in  a  foreign  language  may  make  use 
of  this  ability  by  adding  one  semester  hour  of  foreign  language  credit  to  certain 
philosophy  courses.  For  example,  a  student  might  add  one  semester  hour  of  credit 
to  the  Nietzsche  course  by  reading  some  parts  of  Nietzsche's  writings  in  the  origi- 
nal German,  or  add  one  semester  hour  of  credit  to  the  Plato  course  by  reading 
portions  of  Plato's  dialogues  in  Greek.  Most  philosophy  courses  at  Oglethorpe 
are  suitable  for  such  foreign  language  supplementation.  Credit  for  such  extra 
study  will  be  arranged  between  the  student  and  the  instructor.  The  degree  awarded 
is  the  Bachelor  of  Arts. 

Minor 

The  philosophy  minor  consists  of  any  five  courses  in  philosophy. 

Level  I  courses  are  suitable  for  students  who  have  no  background  in  philosophy 
and  may  serve  as  an  introduction  to  the  study  of  philosophy. 

PHI  101.  Significance  of  Human  Life  -  Western  Responses 4  hours 

This  course  introduces  the  student  to  Western  philosophy  through  the  ques- 
tion of  whether  human  life  as  a  whole  has  any  ultimate  meaning  or  significance 
outside  of  individual  desires.  This  question  will  be  considered  by  studying 
Ecclesiastes,  The  Book  of  Job,  the  philosophy  of  Socrates  in  Plato's  Euthyphro,  Apol- 
ogy, and  Crito,  Lucretius,'  On  the  Nature  of  Things,  and  Hume's  Dialogues  Concern- 
ing Natural  Religion. 

PHI  102.  Significance  of  Human  Life  -  Eastern  Responses  4  hours 

Here  the  student  is  introduced  to  non-Western  philosophy  through  a  study  of 
some  Asian  responses  to  the  question  of  human  significance.  Students  will  study 
four  thinkers  who  are  different  from  one  another  but  who  are  all  important  in  the 
Asian  intellectual  tradition.  By  studying  these  four  in  some  depth,  students  will 
be  able  to  contrast  their  own  Western  philosophical  background  with  something 
quite  different  from  it.  Students  are  encouraged  but  not  required  to  take  PHI  101 
and  PHI  102  as  a  two-semester  sequence. 

PHI  103.  Logic 4  hours 

This  course  is  an  introduction  to  both  logical  thinking  and  thinking  about 
logic.    It  is  divided  into  three  parts:  informal  logic  (a  study  of  logical  fallacies  in 

165 


thinking),  formal  logic  (a  primer  to  develop  literacy  in  symbolic  logic),  and  the 
philosophy  of  logic  (exactly  what  is  logic?). 

Level  II  courses  are  for  students  who  have  some  philosophical  background,  to  the 
extent  of  at  least  one  Level  I  course. 

PHI  201.  Classical  Ethical  Theory 4  hours 

This  is  the  first  semester  of  a  year-long  course  on  the  history  of  ethical  theory. 
What  ways  does  the  Western  tradition  offer  us  to  think  about  goodness  and  value? 
What  ought  I  to  do?  The  first  semester  will  pursue  these  questions  by  comparing 
Plato's  transcendent  approach  to  the  question  of  ultimate  value  with  Aristotle's 
this-worldly  claims  about  the  source  of  value.  The  course  will  also  include  the 
ethical  philosophies  of  Hume  and  Kant. 

PHI  202.  Contemporary  Ethical  Theory 4  hours 

In  this  second-semester  course  on  the  history  of  ethical  theory,  students  will 
read  several  contemporary  works  concerning  the  nature  of  the  ethical.  Works  will 
be  drawn  from  both  the  analytic  and  the  Continental  traditions  and  an  effort  will 
be  made  to  put  the  two  traditions  into  dialogues  with  each  other.  Students  are 
encouraged,  but  not  required  to  take  PHI  201  and  PHI  202  as  a  two-semester 
sequence. 

PHI  203.  Philosophy  of  Law 4  hours 

This  course  will  attempt  to  answer  three  questions:  What  is  law?  What  is  jus- 
tice? What  is  the  relationship  between  law  and  justice?  To  this  end,  students  will 
read  four  seminal  figures:  Plato,  Kant,  Rawls,  and  Derrida.  The  course  will  con- 
clude with  a  case  study  of  the  philosophical  issues  involved  in  constitutional  pri- 
vacy. 

PHI  204.  Plato 4  hours 

This  course  is  a  study  of  the  philosophy  of  Plato  through  a  reading  of  his 
major  dialogues.  In  addition  to  the  "Socratic"  dialogues,  readings  will  include  the 
Phaedo,  Phaedrus,  Symposium,  Republic,  and  Timaeus. 

PHI  205.  Aristotle 4  hours 

This  course  is  a  study  of  the  philosophy  of  Aristotle  through  a  reading  of  his 
major  works.  Readings  will  include  portions  of  the  Logic,  Physics,  DeAnima,  Meta- 
physics, and  Nicomachean  Ethics. 

PHI  206.  The  Rise  of  Christian  Thought 4  hours 

This  course  involves  a  study  of  the  distinctively  Christian  view  of  human  na- 
ture and  the  human  situation,  as  developed  primarily  by  Paul  and  Augustine  and 
continued  in  later  thinkers  such  as  Martin  Luther.  Students  will  consider  the 
philosophical  theories  of  Antiquity  to  which  the  Christian  doctrines  were  a  re- 
sponse, and  the  adequacy  and  persuasiveness  of  the  Christian  answer  to  them. 
Readings  will  include  the  Gospels,  the  letters  of  St.  Paul,  and  St.  Augustine's  Con- 
fessions, On  the  Free  Choice  of  the  Will,  and  parts  of  The  City  of  God. 

PHI  301.  Philosophy  of  Art  (Aesthetics) 4  hours 

This  course  will  attempt  to  trace  the  philosophic  underpinnings  of  the  move- 
ment within  art  toward  non-representational  art.  The  course  begins  with  Kant's 

166 


third  Critique  and  includes  readings  by  Hegel,  Heidegger,  Derrida,  and  several 
others.  Students  will  also  read  several  works  by  artists  themselves,  including 
Kandinsky,  Francis  Bacon,  and  Anselm  Kiefer. 

PHI  302.  Knowledge  and  Scepticism  (Epistemology) 4  hours 

This  course  will  cover  various  issues  concerned  with  the  nature  and  validity 
of  human  knowledge.  The  topics  studied  will  include  the  distinction  between  knowl- 
edge and  belief,  arguments  for  and  against  scepticism,  perception  and  our  knowl- 
edge of  the  physical  world,  and  the  nature  of  truth. 

PHI  303.  Space,  Time,  and  God 4  hours 

This  course  examines  our  conception  of  the  universe  as  a  totality,  both  in  its 
own  nature  and  in  relation  to  an  external  cause.  We  will  consider  whether  space 
and  time  are  "absolute"  realities  or  only  systems  of  relations  among  objects,  whether 
they  are  finite  or  infinite,  and  whether  or  not  there  logically  could  exist  space- 
time  universes  in  addition  to  our  own.  The  course  will  conclude  with  the  question 
of  whether  our  space-time  universe  is  self-sufficient  or  requires  an  ultimate  cause 
or  explanation  (God)  outside  of  itself. 

PHI  304.  Philosophy  of  Mind 4  hours 

This  course  involves  the  study  of  philosophical  questions  about  the  nature  of 
human  persons.  Students  will  examine:  1)  The  mind-body  problem  -  the  nature  of 
the  mind  and  consciousness,  and  the  relation  of  consciousness  to  physical  pro- 
cesses within  the  body;  2)  Personal  identity  -  what  makes  a  person  one  mind  or 
subject  both  at  a  single  moment  and  over  time;  and  3)  Free  will  -  the  status  of  a 
person  as  a  free  agent  and  the  relation  of  this  freedom  to  the  causally  determined 
processes  in  the  person's  body. 

PHI  305.  Nietzsche 4  hours 

In  this  course  students  will  study  the  philosophy  of  Nietzsche  through  a  read- 
ing of  his  major  works,  including  The  Birth  of  Tragedy,  The  Uses  and  Abuses  of  History 
for  Life,  Thus  Spake  Zarathustra,  Beyond  Good  and  Evil,  Twilight  of  the  Idols,  and  The 
Anti-Christ.  Students  will  also  study  some  contemporary  and  influential  readings 
of  Nietzsche. 

PHI  306.  African  Philosophy 4  hours 

Taking  African  philosophy  as  a  case  study  of  post-colonial  thought,  students 
will  study  the  African  critique  of  traditional  modes  of  philosophizing.  The  au- 
thors read  will  include  Cesaire,  Senghor,  Sartre,  Mudimbe,  Appiah,  Achebe, 
Soyinka,  Ngugi  wa  Thiong'o,  and  Victor  Turner. 

PHI  320.  Special  Topics  in  Philosophy:  Philosophers 4  hours 

Intensive  study  of  the  thought  of  a  single  important  philosopher  or  group  of 
philosophers. 

PHI  321.  Special  Topics  in  Philosophy:  Philosophical  Issues 

and  Problems  4  hours 

Studies  of  selected  philosophical  questions  usually  of  special  relevance  to  the 
present  day  have  included  courses  such  as  Philosophy  of  History,  War  and  Its 
Justification,  and  Philosophical  Issues  in  Women's  Rights. 


167 


PHI  322.  Independent  Study  in  Philosophy 1-4  hours 

Supervised  research  on  a  selected  topic.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  in- 
structor. 

PHI  323.  Internship  in  Philosophy 1-4  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formalized  experiential  learning  op- 
portunity to  qualified  students.  The  internship  generally  requires  the  student  to 
obtain  a  faculty  supervisor,  submit  a  learning  agreement,  work  30-35  hours  for 
every  hour  ot'academic  credit,  keep  a  written  journal  of  the  work  experience,  have 
regularly  scheduled  meetings  with  the  faculty  supervisor,  and  write  a  research 
paper  dealing  with  some  aspect  of  the  internship.  An  extensive  list  of  internships 
is  maintained  by  the  Career  Services  Office,  including  opportunities  at  the  Ameri- 
can Civil  Liberties  Union,  the  Georgia  Attorney  General's  Office,  and  Georgia 
Justice  Project.  Graded  on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis.  Prerequisites:  Per- 
mission of  the  faculty  supervisor  and  qualification  for  the  internship  program. 

POL  341.  Political  Philosophy  I:  Ancient  and  Medieval  4  hours 

This  is  an  examination  of  the  origins  of  philosophical  reflection  on  the  fun- 
damental issues  of  politics,  which  is  designed  to  lead  to  the  critical  consideration 
of  the  political  views  of  our  time.  Among  the  topics  discussed  are  the  relationship 
between  knowledge  and  political  power  and  the  character  of  political  justice.  Por- 
tions of  the  works  of  Aristophanes,  Plato,  Aristotle,  Aquinas,  and  Alfarabi  are 
examined.   Prerequisite:  COR  201  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

POL  342.  Political  Philosophy  II:  Modern 4  hours 

This  is  a  critical  examination  of  the  peculiarly  modern  political  and  philo- 
sophical stance  beginning  where  Political  Philosophy  I  concludes.  Among  the 
authors  discussed  are  Machiavelli,  Hobbes,  Rousseau,  Kant,  and  Kojeve.  Prerequi- 
site: POL  341  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

Level  III  courses  are  the  most  difficult  and  challenging  and  are  for  students  who 
have  significant  philosophical  background,  to  the  extent  of  at  least  one  or  two 
Level  II  courses. 

PHI  401.  The  Philosophical  Response  to  the  Scientific  Revolution 4  hours 

This  course  is  a  study  of  the  philosophical  systems  of  Hobbes,  Descartes, 
Spinoza  and  Leibniz.  Each  of  these  philosophies  is  an  attempt  to  come  to  terms 
with  the  scientific  picture  of  the  world  which  had  been  given  to  the  West  by 
Copernicus  and  Galileo.  The  course  begins  with  the  materialist  philosophy  of 
Hobbes,  followed  by  Descartes'  dualistic  (between  mind  and  matter)  view  of  the 
created  world,  and  then  considers  Spinoza's  pantheistic  monism  and  Leibniz's 
idealistic  atomism  as  responses  to  the  difficulties  in  the  Cartesian  philosophy. 

PHI  402.  Kant's  Critique  of  Pure  Reason 4  hours 

A  study  of  Kant's  theoretical  philosophy,  his  "metaphysics  of  experience," 
through  a  reading  and  analysis  of  his  major  work.  An  attempt  will  be  made  to 
discover  which  portions  of  Kant's  philosophy  can  be  accepted  as  valid  and  true  in 
the  light  of  present-day  philosophy  and  science. 


168 


PHI  403.  Heidegger's  Being  and  Time 4  hours 

This  course  involves  a  close  and  patient  reading  of  one  of  the  most  important 
and  difficult  works  of  Continental  philosophy.  An  effort  will  be  made  to  avoid 
speaking  "heideggerianese"  and  to  translate  the  dense  language  of  the  text  into  a 
way  of  speaking  accessible  to  students. 

PHI  404.  Contemporary  French  Philosophy 4  hours 

It  has  been  argued  that  the  most  provocative  developments  in  the  current 
development  of  German  philosophy  have  been  the  French  readings  of  now  classic 
German  writers  such  as  Kant,  Hegel,  Marx,  Nietzsche,  Freud,  and  Heidegger,  to 
name  a  few.  Students  will  attempt  to  test  this  thesis  by  reading  some  representa- 
tive and  challenging  texts.  The  authors  studied  may  include  Bataille,  Foucault, 
Deleuze,  Derrida,  Althusser,  Blanchot,  and  others. 


Physics 


The  physics  curriculum  is  designed  to  provide  well-rounded  preparation  in 
classical  and  modern  physics.  The  successful  completion  of  this  program  will  pre- 
pare the  graduate  to  gain  admission  to  one  of  the  better  graduate  programs  in 
physics  or  a  related  scientific  field,  or  to  secure  employment  in  a  technical,  scien- 
tific, or  engineering  setting. 

A  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  must  be  obtained  in  each  freshman-  and  sopho- 
more-level science  course  that  is  required  for  this  major  or  minor;  these  courses 
are  numbered  100  through  300  in  each  discipline.  A  grade-point  average  of  2.0  or 
higher  is  required  in  all  courses  required  for  the  major. 

Students  who  are  interested  in  scientific  illustration  are  encouraged  to  con- 
sider the  Scientific  Illustration  Tracks  that  are  offered  within  the  art  major. 

Major 

The  requirements  for  a  major  in  physics  are  as  follows:  College  Physics  I  and 
II  taken  after  or  concurrently  with  Calculus  I  and  II  (preferably  in  the  freshman 
year);  Classical  Mechanics  I  and  II  taken  after  or  concurrently  with  Calculus  III 
(suggested  for  the  sophomore  year);  Thermal  and  Statistical  Physics;  Modern  Op- 
tics; Modern  Physics  I  and  II;  Electricity  and  Magnetism  I  and  II;  Mathematical 
Physics;  and  Special  Topics  in  Theoretical  Physics  or  Special  Topics  in  Experimen- 
tal Physics.  Examination  is  generally  required  to  transfer  credit  for  any  of  these 
courses.  The  degree  awarded  is  the  Bachelor  of  Science. 

Minor 

A  minor  in  physics  is  offered  to  provide  students  with  an  opportunity  to 
strengthen  and  broaden  their  educational  credentials  either  as  an  end  in  itself  or 
as  an  enhancement  of  future  employment  prospects.  The  requirement  for  the 
physics  minor  is  three  lecture  courses  numbered  PHY  202  or  higher  plus  at  least 
one  physics  laboratory  course  at  the  300  level  or  above. 

Note:  Effective  Spring  Semester  2003,  semester  hour  credit  for  physics  lecture 
classes  will  total  4. 


169 


PHY  101,  PHY  102.  General  Physics  I,  II 3  plus  3  hours/4  plus  4  hours 

An  introductory  course  without  calculus.  Fundamental  aspects  of  mechanics, 
heat,  light,  sound,  and  electricity  are  included.  The  text  will  be  on  the  level  of 
Serway  and  Faughn,  College  Physics.  Three  lectures  and  three  hours  of  laboratory 
per  week.  Prerequisite:  MAT  103;  PHY  101  must  precede  PHY  102.  Corequisites: 
PHY  lOlLandPHY  102L. 

PHY  201,  PHY  202.  College  Physics  I,  II 4  plus  4  hours/5  plus  5  hours 

Introductory  physics  with  calculus.  Subject  matter  is  the  same  as  in  general 
physics  but  on  a  level  more  suited  to  physics  majors,  engineering  majors,  etc.  One 
year  of  calculus  as  a  prerequisite  is  preferred,  otherwise  calculus  must  be  taken 
concurrently.  The  text  will  be  on  the  level  of  Halliday,  Resnick,  and  Walker,  Funda- 
mentals of  Physics.  Prerequisite:  PHY  201  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  must  pre- 
cede PHY  202.  Corequisites:  PHY  101L  and  PHY  102L. 

PHY  10 1L,  PHY  102L.  Introductory  Physics  Laboratory  I,  II 1  plus  1  hour 

Introductory  physics  laboratories  to  accompany  PHY  101,  102,  201  and  202. 

PHY  211,  PHY  212.  Classical  Mechanics  I,  II 4  plus  4  hours 

This  is  the  student's  first  introduction  to  theoretical  physics.  Lagrangian  and 
Hamiltonian  methods  are  developed  with  Newton's  laws  of  motion  and  applied  to 
a  variety  of  contemporary  problems.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  problem  work,  the 
object  being  to  develop  physical  intuition  and  facility  for  translating  physical  prob- 
lems into  mathematical  terms.  The  text  will  be  on  the  level  of  Analytical  Mechanics 
by  Fowles.  Prerequisites:  MAT  132  and  PHY  202  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  in 
each  course.  A  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  must  be  earned  in  PHY  211  before  taking 
PHY  212. 

PHY  232.  Fundamentals  of  Electronics 3  hours/4  hours 

This  course  is  designed  primarily  for  science  majors  and  dual  degree  engi- 
neering students.  Coverage  includes  DC  and  AC  circuits,  semi-conductor  devices, 
amplifiers,  oscillators,  and  digital  devices.  The  intent  is  to  provide  a  working  un- 
derstanding of  common  instrumentation  in  science  and  technology.  Prerequisite: 
PHY  102  or  PHY  212  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher. 

PHY  232L.  Fundamentals  of  Electronics  Laboratory 1  hour 

The  laboratory  component  of  PHY  232. 

PHY  331,  PHY  332.  Electricity  and  Magnetism  I,  II  4  plus  4  hours 

A  thorough  introduction  to  one  of  the  two  fundamental  disciplines  of  classi- 
cal physics,  using  vector  calculus  methods.  After  a  brief  review  of  vector  analysis, 
the  first  semester  will  treat  electrostatic  and  magnetic  fields  and  provide  an  intro- 
duction to  the  special  theory  of  relativity.  The  second  semester  will  develop  elec- 
trodynamics, including  Maxwell's  equations,  the  propagation  of  electromagnetic 
waves,  radiation,  and  the  electromagnetic  theory  of  light.  The  treatment  will  be 
on  the  level  of  the  text  of  Reitz,  Milford,  and  Christy.  It  is  recommended  that  MAT 
241  be  taken  concurrently.  Prerequisites:  MAT  233  and  PHY  202  with  a  grade  of 
"C-"  or  higher  in  each  course;  PHY  331  must  precede  PHY  332. 


170 


PHY  333.  Thermal  and  Statistical  Physics 4  hours 

The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  provide  physics,  engineering,  and  chemistry 
majors  with  a  fundamental  understanding  of  heat  and  the  equilibrium  behavior 
of  complex  systems.  Topics  will  include  the  zeroth,  first  and  second  laws  of  ther- 
modynamics with  applications  to  closed  and  open  systems;  microcanonical  and 
canonical  ensembles  for  classical  and  quantum  systems,  with  applications  to  ideal 
gases,  specific  heats,  blackbody  radiation,  etc.;  the  kinetic  description  of  equilib- 
rium properties.  Text  will  be  on  the  level  of  Kestin  and  Dorfman  or  Zemansky. 
Prerequisites:  MAT  132  and  PHY  202  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  in  each  course. 

PHY  333L.  Thermal  and  Statistical  Physics  Laboratory 1  hour 

Laboratory  work  will  emphasize  classic  experiments  such  as  the  ballistic  pen- 
dulum, hard  sphere  scattering,  the  Millikan  oil  drop  experiment,  the  Michelson 
interferometer,  etc.  Emphasis  also  will  be  placed  on  measuring  fundamental  con- 
stants such  as  the  speed  of  light,  h,  G,  e  and  e/m.  Corequisite:  PHY  333. 

PHY  335.  Introduction  to  Modern  Optics 3  hours/4  hours 

A  standard  intermediate-level  optics  course  which  will  treat  the  basics  of  wave 
theory  and  the  electromagnetic  origin  of  optical  phenomena,  geometrical  optics, 
physical  optics  including  Fourier  optics,  Fraunhofer  and  Fresnel  diffraction,  and 
dispersion.  The  course  will  conclude  with  some  consideration  of  current  topics 
such  as  holography,  quantum  optics,  and  non-linear  optics.  Text  will  be  on  the 
level  of  Jenkins  and  White  or  Hecht.  Prerequisites:  MAT  241  and  PHY  202  with  a 
grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  in  each  course. 

PHY  335L.  Modern  Optics  Laboratory 1  hour 

This  laboratory  accompanies  course  PHY  335. 

PHY  421,  PHY  422.  Introduction  to 

Modern  Physics  I,  II 3  plus  3  hours/4  plus  4  hours 

For  physics,  engineering,  and  chemistry  majors,  this  is  a  one-year  sequence 
that  discusses  the  most  important  developments  in  20th-century  physics.  The  first 
semester  will  review  special  relativity  and  treat  the  foundations  of  quantum  phys- 
ics from  a  historical  perspective;  the  quantum  theory  of  one-electron  atoms  will  be 
developed.  In  the  second  semester,  there  will  be  a  treatment  of  many-electron 
atoms,  molecules,  and  solids,  with  an  introduction  to  nuclear  and  elementary  par- 
ticle physics.  The  text  will  be  on  the  level  of  Eisberg  and  Resnick,  Quantum  Physics. 
Prerequisites:  PHY  202  and  PHY  332;  PHY  421  must  precede  PHY  422. 

PHY  42 1L,  PHY  422L.  Modern  Physics  Laboratory  I,  II 1  plus  1  hour 

Laboratory  work  will  emphasize  modern  physics  in  areas  such  as  microwave 
optics,  superconductivity,  measurements  of  magnetic  fields,  electron  spin  reso- 
nance, the  Franck-Hertz  experiment,  laser  optics,  etc.  Corequisites:  PHY  421  and 
PHY  422. 

PHY  423.  Mathematical  Physics 4  hours 

This  course  will  examine  a  variety  of  mathematical  ideas  and  methods  used 
in  physical  sciences.  Topics  may  include:  vector  calculus;  solutions  of  partial  dif- 
ferential equations,  including  the  wave  and  heat  equations;  special  functions;  eigen- 


171 


value  problems;  Fourier  analysis  and  mathematical  modeling,  particularly  numerical 
computer  methods.  Text  will  be  on  the  level  of  Arf  ken  or  Mathews  and  Walker. 
Prerequisite:  MAT  241  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher. 

PHY  431.  Special  Topics  in  Theoretical  Physics 1-4  hours/ 1-5  hours 

Topics  to  be  chosen  in  accordance  with  the  student's  interest  include  Laser 
Physics,  Plasma  Physics,  Theory  of  the  Solid  State,  Nuclear  and  Particle  Physics, 
Astrophysics,  and  Cosmology. 

PHY  441.  Special  Topics  in  Experimental  Physics 1-4  hours/1-5  hours 

Topics  to  be  chosen  in  accordance  with  the  student's  interest  in  experimental 
physics. 

PHY  499.  Independent  Study  in  Physics  1-4  hours/ 1-5  hours 

Supervised  study  of  a  topic  of  interest  to  the  student,  which  is  not  treated  in 
the  regularly  scheduled  course  offerings.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instruc- 
tor. 

Politics 

The  study  of  politics  at  Oglethorpe  University  focuses  on  the  interpretation 
of  events,  both  past  and  current,  from  a  perspective  informed  by  the  study  of 
political  thought  and  institutions.  In  addition,  students  in  this  discipline  develop 
their  capacity  to  compare  analogous  cases  and  to  generalize.  The  ability  to  read 
difficult  texts  carefully  and  thoughtfully  is  especially  important  in  political  phi- 
losophy courses.  Students  of  politics  develop  some  tolerance  for  ambiguity  and 
disagreement,  while  at  the  same  time  learning  to  appreciate  the  difference  be- 
tween informed  and  uninformed  opinion.  The  study  of  politics  provides  good 
training  for  life  in  a  world  that,  for  better  or  worse,  is  shaped  profoundly  by  politi- 
cal institutions.  It  is  especially  appropriate  for  those  interested  in  careers  in  law, 
business,  teaching,  journalism,  and  government. 

To  engage  in  career  exploration  and  to  learn  more  about  practical  politics, 
majors  are  encouraged  to  seek  internships.  Oglethorpe's  location  in  metropolitan 
Atlanta  means  that  a  diverse  array  of  internships  is  readily  available  to  students.  In 
recent  years,  students  have  taken  advantage  of  the  Georgia  Legislative  Intern  and 
Governor's  Intern  Programs,  working  with  the  Georgia  State  Legislature,  the  De- 
partment of  Industry,  Trade,  and  Tourism,  and  the  League  of  Women  Voters, 
among  others.  The  University's  Career  Services  Office  also  is  prepared  to  help 
students  identify  and  develop  interesting  internships.  In  addition,  the  University 
is  able  to  arrange  numerous  exciting  opportunities  through  its  affiliations  with 
The  Washington  Center  for  Internships  and  the  Washington  Semester  Program  of 
American  University.  While  students  may  earn  up  to  16  semester  hours  of  intern- 
ship credit,  only  eight  may  count  toward  the  fulfillment  of  major  requirements 
and  four  toward  the  fulfillment  of  minor  requirements. 

Students  majoring  in  politics  also  are  encouraged  to  consider  the  possibility 
of  studying  abroad.  For  a  listing  of  foreign  institutions  and  programs  with  which 
Oglethorpe  has  exchange  agreements  and  affiliations,  please  see  International 
Exchange  Partnerships/Study  Abroad  in  the  Educational  Enrichment  section  of 
this  Bulletin. 

172 


Major 

The  requirements  for  a  major  in  politics  are  satisfactory  completion  of  at 
least  10  courses  in  the  discipline,  of  which  the  following  five  are  required: 
POL   101    Introduction  to  American  Politics 
POL   111    International  Relations 
POL   121    European  Politics 
POL   131    Asian  Politics 

POL  341    Political  Philosophy  I:  Ancient  and  Medieval  or 
POL    342      Political  Philosophy  II:  Modern 
In  addition,  students  must  take  two  courses  at  the  300  level  and  one  at  the  400 
level,  and  complete  at  least  one  semester  of  a  foreign  language  at  the  second 
semester  elementary-level  or  higher.  The  degree  awarded  is  the  Bachelor  of  Arts. 

Minor 

To  receive  a  minor,  students  must  take  four  courses  distributed  among  three 
of  the  four  subfields  of  the  discipline  (American  politics,  comparative  politics, 
international  relations,  and  political  philosophy). 

POL  101.  Introduction  to  American  Politics 4  hours 

This  course  is  an  introduction  to  the  fundamental  questions  of  politics  through 
an  examination  of  the  American  founding  and  political  institutions. 

POL  111.  International  Relations 4  hours 

This  course  is  an  introduction  to  the  conduct  of  politics  in  a  condition  of 
anarchy.  The  central  issues  will  be  how  and  whether  independent  states  can  estab- 
lish and  preserve  international  order  and  cooperate  for  the  achievement  of  their 
common  interests  in  an  anarchic  environment.  These  questions  will  be  explored 
through  a  reading  of  relevant  history  and  theoretical  writings  and  an  examination 
of  present  and  future  trends  influencing  world  politics. 

POL  121.  European  Politics 4  hours 

This  course  is  a  factual,  conceptual  and  historical  introduction  to  politics  on 
the  European  continent,  including  (but  not  necessarily  limited  to)  Britain,  France, 
Germany,  Italy,  Russia,  and  the  European  Union.  These  regimes  will  be  studied 
through  a  comparison  of  their  social  structures,  party  systems,  institutions  and 
constitutions,  political  cultures  and  (if  possible)  their  domestic  policies.  Prerequi- 
site: POL  101. 

POL  131.  Asian  Politics 4  hours 

This  course  is  a  general  introduction  to  the  variety  of  political  systems  in 
Asia,  concentrating  particularly  on  the  nations  of  East  Asia.  It  will  emphasize  the 
methods  of  comparative  political  study  and  will  focus  on  understanding  the  fac- 
tors that  determine  different  political  outcomes  in  nations  that  share  a  geographi- 
cal region  and  many  similar  cultural  and  historical  influences. 

POL  201.  Constitutional  Law 4  hours 

In  this  course,  we  will  examine  the  Constitution  and  the  efforts  of  the  United 
States  Supreme  Court  to  expound  and  interpret  it.  In  addition  to  reading  and 
briefing  many  Supreme  Court  decisions,  we  will  examine  some  leading  contempo- 
rary works  in  constitutional  and  legal  theory.  Prerequisite:  POL  101. 


173 


POL  202.  State  and  Local  Government 4  hours 

This  course  is  a  survey  of  the  origin,  development,  and  characteristic  prob- 
lems of  state  and  local  government  in  the  United  States.  Prerequisite:  POL  101. 

POL  302.  American  Political  Parties 4  hours 

An  in-depth  study  of  the  development  of  party  organizations  in  the  United 
States  and  an  analysis  of  their  bases  of  power.  Prerequisite:  POL  101. 

POL  303.  Congress  and  the  Presidency 4  hours 

An  examination  of  the  original  arguments  for  the  current  American  govern- 
mental structure  and  the  problems  now  faced  by  these  institutions.  Prerequisite: 
POL  101. 

ULP  303.  The  New  American  City 4  hours 

The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  examine  the  problems  and  prospects  of  poli- 
tics and  policymaking  in  the  new  American  city  and  its  environs.  Consideration 
will  be  given  to  the  political  and  sociological  significance  of  a  number  of  the 
factors  that  characterize  this  new  development,  including  the  extremes  of  wealth 
and  poverty,  the  mix  of  racial  and  ethnic  groups,  and  the  opportunities  and  chal- 
lenges provided  by  progress  in  transportation  and  technology.  Offered  annually. 

POL  311.  United  States  Foreign  Policy 4  hours 

A  history  of  American  foreign  policy  since  1945,  emphasis  in  this  course  will 
be  on  the  description,  explanation,  and  evaluation  of  events  and  policies,  not  the 
study  of  policy-making  as  such. 

POL  331.  Politics  in  Japan  4  hours 

This  course  will  examine  the  processes  and  institutions  of  the  Japanese  politi- 
cal system.  It  will  investigate  traditional  areas  of  interest  such  as  political  parties, 
legislative  politics,  the  bureaucracy,  and  public  policy  formation  and  then  look  at 
related  phenomena  within  the  broader  society.  Prerequisite:  POL  101  or  POL 
131. 

POL  341.  Political  Philosophy  I:  Ancient  and  Medieval  4  hours 

This  is  an  examination  of  the  origins  of  philosophical  reflection  on  the  fun- 
damental issues  of  politics,  which  is  designed  to  lead  to  the  critical  consideration 
of  the  political  views  of  our  time.  Among  the  topics  discussed  are  the  relationship 
between  knowledge  and  political  power  and  the  character  of  political  justice.  Por- 
tions of  the  works  of  Aristophanes,  Plato,  Aristotle,  Aquinas,  and  Alfarabi  are 
examined.   Prerequisite:  COR  201  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

POL  342.  Political  Philosophy  II:  Modern 4  hours 

This  is  a  critical  examination  of  the  peculiarly  modern  political  and  philo- 
sophical stance  beginning  where  Political  Philosophy  I  concludes.  Among  the 
authors  discussed  are  Machiavelli,  Hobbes,  Rousseau,  Kant,  and  Kojeve.  Prerequi- 
site: POL  341  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 


174 


POL  350.  Special  Topics  in  Politics 4  hours 

A  variety  of  courses  will  be  offered  to  respond  to  topical  needs  of  the  curricu- 
lum. Recent  courses  include  Theorists  of  International  Order,  Shakespeare's  Poli- 
tics, Criminal  Law,  and  Citizenship  in  Theory  and  Practice. 

POL  401.  Business  and  Politics 4  hours 

In  this  course,  the  role  of  business  groups  in  public  affairs  and  the  role  of 
government  in  business  affairs  will  be  examined.  Discussion  will  include  the  struc- 
ture of  interest  groups,  their  lobbying  activities,  and  the  politics  of  regulation, 
among  other  topics.  It  is  intended  to  serve  as  the  "capstone"  for  the  study  of  Ameri- 
can politics  in  the  major.   Prerequisite:  POL  101  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

POL  411.  Advanced  Topics  in  International  Relations 4  hours 

An  in-depth  treatment  of  one  or  more  of  the  issues  introduced  in  Interna- 
tional Relations.  Topics  vary  from  year  to  year.  Prerequisite:  POL  1 1 1  or  POL  311. 

POL  431.  Seminar  in  Politics  and  Culture 4  hours 

This  will  be  an  upper-level  seminar  in  the  study  of  the  relationship  of  politics 
and  culture.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  understanding  the  nature  and  difficulties 
of  cultural  study,  with  particular  attention  to  ethnographic  or  participant  observer 
research  methods.  Focus  of  the  seminar  will  change  yearly  but  may  include  Juda- 
ism and  Jewishness  or  Women  and  Politics.  Prerequisite:  POL  lOlor  junior  stand- 
ing. 

POL  441.  Studies  in  Political  Philosophy 4  hours 

An  intensive  examination  of  a  text  or  theme  introduced  in  the  Political  Phi- 
losophy sequence.  Among  the  topics  have  been  Rousseau's  Emile,  Spinoza,  and 
The  German  Enlightenment.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor. 

POL  450.  Independent  Study  in  Politics 1-4  hours 

Supervised  research  on  a  selected  topic.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  in- 
structor. 

POL  451.  Internship  in  Politics 1-4  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formalized  experiential  learning  op- 
portunity to  qualified  students.  The  internship  generally  requires  the  student  to 
obtain  a  faculty  supervisor,  submit  a  learning  agreement,  work  30-35  hours  for 
every  hour  of  academic  credit,  keep  a  written  journal  of  the  work  experience,  have 
regularly  scheduled  meetings  with  the  faculty  supervisor,  and  write  a  research 
paper  dealing  with  some  aspect  of  the  internship.  An  extensive  list  of  internships 
is  maintained  by  the  Career  Services  Office,  including  opportunities  at  the  Geor- 
gia State  Legislature,  the  United  States  Department  of  State,  the  Carter  Center, 
and  the  Superior  Court  of  Fulton  County.  Graded  on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory 
basis.  Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  faculty  supervisor  and  qualification  for  the 
internship  program. 


175 


Pre-law  Studies 


Students  planning  to  enter  law  school  after  graduation  from  Oglethorpe  should 
realize  that  neither  the  American  Bar  Association  nor  leading  law  schools  en- 
dorse a  particular  pre-law  major.  The  student  is  advised,  however,  to  take  courses 
that  enhance  the  basic  skills  of  a  liberally  educated  person:  reading  with  compre- 
hension, writing,  speaking,  and  reasoning.  The  student  is  encouraged  to  become 
more  familiar  with  political,  economic,  and  social  institutions  as  they  have  devel- 
oped historically  and  as  they  function  in  contemporary  society. 

Students  interested  in  pursuing  a  legal  career  should  ask  the  Registrar  for  the 
names  of  faculty  members  serving  as  pre-law  advisors. 


Pre-medical  Studies 


A  student  who  plans  to  attend  a  professional  school  of  medicine,  dentistry, 
optometry,  pharmacy  or  veterinary  medicine  should  plan  a  program  of  studies  at 
Oglethorpe  in  consultation  with  a  faculty  member  who  is  a  designated  pre-medi- 
cal advisor.  It  is  desirable  for  the  pre-medical  student  to  have  a  pre-medical  advi- 
sor from  the  outset  of  the  planning  of  his  or  her  undergraduate  program.  It  is 
essential  that  the  student  establish  contact  with  a  pre-medical  advisor  by  the  sec- 
ond semester  of  the  student's  freshman  year. 

Professional  schools  of  health  science  require  for  admission  successful  comple- 
tion of  a  specified  sequence  of  courses  in  the  natural  sciences,  courses  in  the 
humanities  and  social  sciences,  as  well  as  the  submission  of  acceptable  scores  on 
appropriate  standardized  tests.  However,  pre-medical  students  have  wide  latitude 
of  choice  with  regard  to  the  major  selected.  Students  should  familiarize  them- 
selves with  the  particular  admission  requirements  of  the  type  of  professional  school 
they  plan  to  enter  prior  to  deciding  on  the  course  of  study  to  be  pursued  at 
Oglethorpe.  An  excellent  starting  point  for  this  preliminary  study  is  "A  Gateway 
to  Health  Professions  Websites"  at  http://iviuw.naahp.org. 

Some  schools  of  medicine,  dentistry,  and  veterinary  medicine  will  admit  highly 
qualified  applicants  who  have  completed  all  admission  requirements  for  the  pro- 
fessional school  during  three  years  of  study  at  an  undergraduate  institution.  (Four 
years  of  undergraduate  work  and  a  bachelor's  degree  are  standard  requirements; 
admission  after  three  years  is  highly  atypical  and  is  not  available  at  all  schools.)  It 
is  possible  for  students  to  enter  an  allopathic,  osteopathic  or  podiatric  medical 
school,  dental  school  or  veterinary  school  (no  other  health  professions  schools  are 
eligible)  after  three  years  of  study  at  Oglethorpe  and  to  complete  their  bachelor's 
degree  under  the  Professional  Option.  By  specific  arrangement  between  the  pro- 
fessional school  and  Oglethorpe  University,  and  in  accordance  with  regulations  of 
both  institutions,  after  successful  completion  of  all  academic  requirements  of  the 
first  year  in  the  professional  school,  the  student  receives  a  degree  from  Oglethorpe 
University  when  certified  to  be  in  good  standing  at  the  professional  school.  Stu- 
dents interested  in  this  possibility  should  consult  with  their  advisors  to  make  cer- 
tain that  all  conditions  are  met;  simultaneous  enrollment  in  several  science  courses 
each  semester  during  the  three  years  at  Oglethorpe  likely  will  be  required  to  meet 
minimum  expectations  for  taking  professional  school  admissions  tests  and  to  meet 


176 


admission  requirements  for  the  professional  school.  All  Oglethorpe  core  courses 
must  be  completed  before  the  student  enrolls  in  the  professional  school. 


Psychology 


The  Department  of  Psychology  endorses  a  view  of  psychology  as  the  use  of 
scientific  methods  to  study  a  broad  range  of  factors  that  often  interact  to  produce 
human  behavior,  including  cognitive,  developmental,  personality,  physiological, 
and  social  variables.  Therefore,  students  who  major  in  psychology  are  expected 
to: 

1.  Learn  to  apply  empirical  methods  to  understand  human  and  animal  be- 
havior. Students  should  be  able  to  use  and  critique  a  variety  of  research 
methods,  ranging  from  controlled  laboratory  experiments  to  naturalistic 
observations.  Specific  skills  to  be  acquired  include  the  ability  to  opera- 
tionally define  concepts  for  empirical  stud' ;  to  collect,  analyze,  and  inter- 
pret empirical  data;  and  to  clearly  communicate  findings  to  larger 
audiences  through  oral  and  written  presentations  (for  example,  APA  style 
research  papers,  posters,  and  presentations). 

2.  Learn  major  theoretical  and  empirical  advances  in  a  variety  of  disciplines 
within  the  field  of  psychology  (for  example,  clinical,  cognitive,  develop- 
mental, motivational,  organizational,  personality,  physiological,  social). 
This  objective  should  include  the  ability  to  compare  and  contrast  explana- 
tions offered  by  different  schools  of  thought  within  each  discipline  (for 
example,  behavioral,  biological,  cognitive,  dispositional,  psychoanalytic, 
social  learning).  It  also  should  include  an  understanding  of  both  current 
and  historically  prominent  developments  in  the  various  disciplines. 

3.  Learn  ways  in  which  psychological  concepts  can  be  applied  for  the  ben- 
efit of  oneself  and  society.  Students  will  learn  about  clinical,  educational 
and  organizational  applications  of  psychological  research  and  will  con- 
sider ways  in  which  psychological  principles  may  be  relevant  to  personal 
life  and  civic  participation.  In  addition,  students  are  expected  to  become 
more  precise  and  tolerant  observers  of  human  behavior  and  individual 
differences. 

Major 

The  major  consists  of  at  least  nine  psychology  courses  (36  semester  hours) 
beyond  Psychological  Inquiry.  These  nine  courses  must  include  Statistics,  Intro- 
duction to  Quantitative  Research  Methods,  Advanced  Experimental  Psychology, 
and  History  and  Systems  of  Psychology.  Psychology  majors  also  are  required  to 
complete  General  Biology  I  and  II  as  directed  electives  and  at  least  one  semester 
of  a  foreign  language  at  the  second  semester  elementary-level  or  higher.  The  de- 
gree awarded  is  the  Bachelor  of  Arts. 

Minor 

A  minor  in  psychology  consists  of  any  four  psychology  courses  (20  semester 
hours)  beyond  Psychological  Inquiry.  No  course  can  be  used  to  satisfy  both  major 
and  minor  requirements. 

PSY  101.  Psychological  Inquiry 4  hours 

This  course  presents  a  unique  way  of  understanding  ourselves:  the  use  of  the 
empirical  method  to  obtain  information  about  human  and  animal  behavior.  Psy- 

177 


chological  experimentation  will  be  shown  to  contribute  to  human  self-understand- 
ing through  its  production  of  interesting,  reliable,  and  often  counter-intuitive  re- 
sults. Topics  to  be  considered  may  include  obedience  to  authority,  memory, 
alcoholism,  persuasion,  intelligence,  and  dreaming.  These  topics  will  be  exam- 
ined from  a  variety  of  potentially  conflicting  perspectives:  behavioral,  cognitive, 
developmental,  biological,  and  psychoanalytic. 

PSY  201.  Child  and  Adolescent  Psychology 4  hours 

The  ways  in  which  individuals  understand  the  world  and  each  other  change 
dramatically  from  birth  to  adolescence.  This  course  will  trace  these  developments, 
particularly  those  of  cognition,  social  behavior,  and  self-concept.  The  factors  in- 
fluencing development,  such  as  heredity  and  the  social/cultural  environment, 
will  be  emphasized.  Prerequisite:  PSY  101  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher. 

PSY  202.  Organizational  Psychology 4  hours 

Organizations  and  the  individuals  who  function  within  them  will  be  exam- 
ined from  the  perspective  of  psychological  theory  and  research.  Consideration 
will  be  given  both  to  broad  topics  relevant  to  all  organizations,  such  as  communi- 
cations, groups,  and  leadership,  and  to  topics  specific  to  the  work  environment, 
such  as  employee  selection,  training,  and  evaluation.  Prerequisite:  PSY  101  with  a 
grade  of  "C-"  or  higher. 

PSY  203.  Learning  and  Conditioning 4  hours 

This  course  examines  the  empirical  and  theoretical  issues  surrounding  learned 
behavior.  Most  of  the  data  discussed  come  from  studies  in  animal  learning  but 
special  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  how  learning  principles  explain  everyday  hu- 
man behavior  and  are  used  in  the  treatment  of  abnormal  behavior  patterns.  Pre- 
requisite: PSY  101  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher. 

PSY  204.  Social  Psychology 4  hours 

Social  psychology  is  the  study  of  human  beings  in  interaction  with  each  other 
or  under  the  pressure  of  forces  of  social  influence.  The  course  will  include  a 
consideration  of  conformity,  persuasion,  attraction,  aggression,  self-presentation, 
and  other  relevant  aspects  of  the  social  life.  Prerequisite:  PSY  101  with  a  grade  of 
"C-"  or  higher. 

PSY  205.  Theories  of  Personality 4  hours 

The  goal  of  this  course  is  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the  major  theories  of 
personality  and  with  approaches  to  the  scientific  evaluation  of  them.  Students  will 
be  encouraged  to  engage  in  critical  analysis  and  theoretical  comparisons  of  the 
ideas  presented  from  diverse,  and  often  contradictory,  perspectives.  Prerequisite: 
PSY  101  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher. 

PSY  301.  Introduction  to  Quantitative  Research  Methods 4  hours 

Through  a  combination  of  class  discussion  and  hands-on  research  activity, 
this  course  provides  students  with  exposure  to  a  variety  of  research  approaches. 
The  course  begins  with  an  examination  of  descriptive  methods,  such  as  naturalis- 
tic observation,  surveys,  and  archival  research,  and  concludes  with  an  analysis  of 
controlled  experimental  methods.  Quasi-experimental  designs  and  applications 


178 


of  research  methods  are  also  explored.  Offered  annually.  Prerequisites:  PSY  101 
with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  and  MAT  111. 

PSY  302.  Advanced  Experimental  Psychology 4  hours 

This  sequel  to  the  introductory  research  methods  course  provides  an  in-depth 
analysis  of  controlled  experimentation  in  a  laboratory  setting.  Each  student  will 
design  and  conduct  an  individual  research  project  to  fulfill  the  laboratory  compo- 
nent of  the  course.  Prerequisite:  PSY  301. 

PSY  303.  Psychological  Testing 4  hours 

This  course  covers  the  selection,  interpretation,  and  applications  of  psycho- 
logical tests,  including  tests  of  intellectual  ability,  vocational  and  academic  apti- 
tudes, and  personality.  The  most  common  uses  of  test  results  in  educational 
institutions,  clinical  settings,  business,  government,  and  the  military  will  be  con- 
sidered. The  history  of  psychological  testing  and  the  interpretation  of  test  results 
also  will  be  considered  from  both  traditional  and  critical  perspectives.  Although 
students  will  have  the  opportunity  to  see  many  psychological  tests,  this  course  is 
not  intended  to  train  students  actually  to  administer  tests.  Prerequisites:  PSY  101 
with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  and  MAT  111. 

PSY  306.  Abnormal  Psychology 4  hours 

There  are  three  main  goals  in  this  course.  The  first  is  to  enhance  the  student's 
understanding  of  psychopathology  and  major  treatment  approaches.  The  second 
is  to  help  the  student  learn  to  evaluate  critically  the  research  evidence  regarding 
therapeutic  interventions.  The  third  is  to  encourage  a  self-examination  of  the 
student's  attitudes  and  those  of  our  society  regarding  mental  illness  and  the  full 
range  of  human  individual  differences.  Prerequisites:  PSY  101  with  a  grade  of  "C- 
"  or  higher  and  PSY  205. 

PSY  307.  Cognitive  Psychology  4  hours 

This  course  explores  the  nature  and  function  of  human  thought  processes. 
Topics  to  be  considered  include  perception,  attention,  remembering  and  forget- 
ting, mental  imagery,  psycholinguistics,  problem  solving,  and  reasoning.  Prereq- 
uisite: PSY  101  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher. 

PSY  308.  Sensation  and  Perception 4  hours 

This  course  explores  how  the  brain  and  body  transduce,  organize,  and  inter- 
pret information  from  the  environment.  Topics  covered  will  include  psychophysi- 
cal methods,  signal  detection  theory,  and  the  neural  mechanisms  underlying  vision, 
hearing,  taste,  smell,  and  touch.  Prerequisites:  PSY  101  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or 
higher  and  BIO  102.  (Biology  majors  only  need  BIO  102.) 

PSY  309.  Behavioral  Neuroscience  4  hours 

This  course  focuses  on  the  neural  and  hormonal  correlates  of  behavior  in- 
cluding sleep,  feeding,  sexual  behavior,  learning  and  memory,  language,  move- 
ment, and  psychopathology  including  mood  disorders  and  schizophrenia.  Other 
topics  include  methods  used  in  the  brain  sciences,  the  connection  between  stress 
and  illness,  and  how  the  brain  recovers  from  injury.  Prerequisites:  PSY  101  with  a 
grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  and  BIO  102.  (Biology  majors  only  need  BIO  102.) 


179 


PSY  401.  Special  Topics  in  Psychology 4  hours 

The  seminar  will  provide  examination  and  discussion  of  various  topics  of 
contemporary  interest  in  psychology.  Prerequisite:  PSY  101  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or 
higher. 

PSY  402.  Topics  in  Clinical  Psychology 4  hours 

The  focus  of  the  course  is  on  the  examination  and  discussion  of  topics  of 
contemporary  interest  in  clinical  psychology.  Prerequisite:  PSY  306. 

PSY  403.  Drugs,  the  Brain,  and  Behavior 4  hours 

This  course  examines  the  effects  of  psychoactive  drugs  on  the  central  ner- 
vous system  and  behavior.  Both  recreational  and  illicit  drugs  (opiods,  stimulants, 
sedatives,  hallucinogens)  and  those  used  to  treat  mental  disorders  (antianxiety 
agents,  antidepressants,  antipsychotics)  will  be  covered.  Drug  action  at  the  synap- 
tic level,  dose-response  functions,  tolerance  and  sensitization,  and  toxicity  will  be 
discussed.  Prerequisites:  PSY  101  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  and  BIO  102. 
(Biology  majors  only  need  BIO  102.) 

PSY  405.  History  and  Systems  of  Psychology 4  hours 

A  study  of  the  historic  development  of  modern  psychology,  this  course  covers 
its  philosophical  and  scientific  ancestry,  the  major  schools  of  thought,  the  con- 
temporary systems  of  psychology,  and  their  theoretical  and  empirical  differences. 
Recommended  for  the  senior  year.  Prerequisites:  Two  or  more  psychology  courses 
and  senior  status  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

PSY  406.  Directed  Research  in  Psychology 4  hours 

Original  investigations  and  detailed  studies  of  the  literature  in  selected  areas 
of  psychology  will  be  supervised  by  a  faculty  member.  Emphasis  will  be  on  origi- 
nal research.  Prerequisites:  PSY  301  and  permission  of  the  instructor. 

PSY  407.  Internship  in  Psychology 1-4  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formalized  experiential  learning  op- 
portunity to  qualified  students.  The  internship  generally  requires  the  student  to 
obtain  a  faculty  supervisor,  submit  a  learning  agreement,  work  30-35  hours  for 
every  hour  of  academic  credit,  keep  a  written  journal  of  the  work  experience,  have 
regularly  scheduled  meetings  with  the  faculty  supervisor,  and  write  a  research 
paper  dealing  with  some  aspect  of  the  internship.  An  extensive  list  of  internships 
is  maintained  by  the  Career  Services  Office,  including  opportunities  at  the  Geor- 
gia Psychological  Association,  Atlanta  Center  for  Eating  Disorders,  and  Yerkes 
Regional  Primate  Center.  Graded  on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis.  Prereq- 
uisites: Permission  of  the  faculty  supervisor  and  qualification  for  the  internship 
program. 

PSY  408.  Independent  Study  in  Psychology 1-4  hours 

This  course  provides  the  opportunity  for  an  intense  study  of  diverse  topics 
under  the  direct  supervision  of  the  instructor.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the 
instructor. 


ISO 


Sociology 

Sociology  is  the  study  of  human  society,  culture,  and  conduct  from  a  variety 
of  perspectives  that  include  interpersonal,  institutional,  and  aggregate  levels  of 
analyses.  At  the  interpersonal  level,  sociologists  may  study  personality  formation 
in  social  contexts  or  how  the  individual  responds  to  social  opportunities  and  con- 
straints. At  the  institutional  level,  sociologists  attempt  to  analyze  social  institu- 
tions (such  as  the  family,  religion,  and  the  state)  and  social  structures  (such  as 
social  classes  and  racial  and  ethnic  stratification)  that  shape  human  conduct.  And 
at  the  aggregate  level,  sociology  focuses  on  the  study  of  large-scale  influences 
ranging  from  demographics  to  social  movements  to  cultural  systems. 

The  mission  of  the  sociology  faculty  at  Oglethorpe  is  to  introduce  students  to 
such  studies  within  a  liberal  arts  setting  by  developing  each  student's  analytical, 
writing,  speaking,  and  methodological  skills,  as  well  as  his  or  her  ability  to  com- 
prehend and  explicate  difficult  texts.  Sociology  majors  should  be  able,  through 
written  and  oral  analyses,  to  make  arguments  whose  conclusions  follow  from  evi- 
dence carefully  and  logically  presented.  They  should  be  able  to  distinguish  be- 
tween informed  and  uninformed  opinion.  In  addition,  each  sociology  student  at 
Oglethorpe  will  be  expected  to  master  essential  knowledge  within  the  areas  of 
sociological  theory,  research  methodology,  and  statistics,  and  within  at  least  three 
content  areas.  In  order  to  encourage  a  practical  understanding  of  social  problems 
and  institutions,  students,  where  appropriate,  are  urged  to  seek  internships.  Stu- 
dents bound  for  graduate  school  are  encouraged  to  master  a  foreign  language. 

Major 

The  sociology  major  consists  of  a  minimum  of  nine  sociology  courses  (36 
semester  hours)  beyond  Human  Nature  and  the  Social  Order  I  and  II.  These  nine 
courses  must  include  Introduction  to  Sociology,  Statistics,  Introduction  to  Quanti- 
tative Research  Methods,  Sociological  Theory,  and  five  additional  sociology  courses 
selected  by  the  student.  Of  the  nine  courses,  at  least  six  must  be  completed  at 
Oglethorpe  for  a  major  in  sociology.  Human  Nature  and  the  Social  Order  I  and  II 
must  be  completed  by  all  majors  who  enter  Oglethorpe  below  the  junior  level.  In 
addition,  at  least  one  semester  of  a  foreign  language  at  the  second  semester  el- 
ementary-level or  higher  is  required.  The  degree  awarded  is  the  Bachelor  of  Arts. 

Minor 

A  minor  in  sociology  consists  of  Introduction  to  Sociology  and  any  other 
three  sociology  courses  (16  semester  hours)  beyond  Human  Nature  and  the  Social 
Order  I  and  II.  No  course  can  be  used  to  satisfy  both  major  and  minor  require- 
ments. Of  the  four  sociology  courses,  at  least  three  must  be  completed  at 
Oglethorpe  for  a  minor  in  sociology. 

Sociology  with  Social  Work  Concentration 

Major 

A  major  in  sociology  with  a  concentration  in  social  work  consists  of  seven 
courses  (28  semester  hours)  beyond  Human  Nature  and  the  Social  Order  I  and  II, 
in  addition  to  a  semester  of  field  placement  (16  semester  hours).  Required  courses 

181 


include  Introduction  to  Sociology,  Field  of  Social  Work,  and  Methods  of  Social 
Work,  in  addition  to  four  sociology  electives.  Successful  completion  of  at  least 
one  semester  of  a  foreign  language  at  the  second  semester  elementary-level  or 
higher  also  is  required.  The  degree  awarded  is  the  Bachelor  of  Arts. 

SOC  101.  Introduction  to  Sociology 4  hours 

This  course  offers  an  introduction  to  topics  central  to  the  study  of  human 
society,  culture,  and  conduct.  Selected  fields  of  study  frequently  include  culture, 
formation  of  the  self,  social  classes,  power  structures,  social  movements,  criminal 
behavior,  and  a  variety  of  social  institutions.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  basic  con- 
cepts and  principal  findings  of  the  field.   Offered  annually. 

SOC  201.  The  Family 4  hours 

This  course  focuses  primarily  on  the  20th-century  American  family.  The  top- 
ics discussed  include  trends  in  marriage,  the  age  of  marriage,  fertility,  illegiti- 
macy, divorce,  remarriage,  and  domestic  abuse.  The  possible  social  and  economic 
causes  and  consequences  of  these  trends  are  also  discussed.   Offered  annually. 

SOC  202.  The  American  Experience  4  hours 

The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  acquaint  students  with  basic  aspects  of  the 
American  experience.  Special  attention  is  paid  to  the  individual's  relationship  to 
the  community.  Specific  topics  of  discussion  include  Populism,  Federalism,  the 
role  of  advertising  in  folk  culture,  the  relationship  of  technology  and  democracy, 
and  America's  exploring  spirit.   Offered  biennially. 

SOC  204.  Social  Problems 4  hours 

This  course  studies  the  impact  of  current  social  forces  upon  American  soci- 
ety. Deviation  from  social  norms,  conflict  concerning  social  goals  and  values, 
and  social  disorganization  as  these  apply  to  family,  economic,  religious,  and  other 
institutional  and  interpersonal  situations  are  of  primary  concern.  Offered  bienni- 
ally. 

SOC  205.  Crime  and  Deviance 4  hours 

This  course  will  examine  behaviors  that  do  not  conform  to  moral  and  legal 
codes  and  the  ways  in  which  societies  control  such  behaviors.  Particular  emphasis 
will  be  given  to  American  society.  Readings  will  include  classic  and  current  analy- 
ses of  deviance  and  crime.   Offered  biennially. 

SOC  302.  The  Sociology  of  Work  and  Occupations 4  hours 

This  course  has  three  purposes:  first,  to  analyze  the  means  by  which  non- 
economic  institutions,  especially  the  family,  schools,  and  religious  institutions  in- 
fluence the  formation  of  "human  capital,"  second,  to  study  the  history  and 
contemporary  nature  of  the  professions;  and  third,  to  analyze  the  relationship 
between  the  external  control  of  workers  and  their  internal  motivation.  A  cross- 
culturaj  approach  is  employed  in  the  course.   Offered  biennially. 

SOC  303.  Field  of  Social  Work 4  hours 

This  course  will  study  and  analyze  the  historical  development  of  social  work 
and  social  work  activities  in  contemporary  society.  Offered  annually. 


182 


ULP  303.  The  New  American  City 4  hours 

The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  examine  the  problems  and  prospects  of  poli- 
tics and  policymaking  in  the  new  American  city  and  its  environs.  Consideration 
will  be  given  to  the  political  and  sociological  significance  of  a  number  of  the 
factors  that  characterize  this  new  development,  including  the  extremes  of  wealth 
and  poverty,  the  mix  of  racial  and  ethnic  groups,  and  the  opportunities  and  chal- 
lenges provided  by  progress  in  transportation  and  technology.  Offered  annually. 

SOC  304.  Methods  of  Social  Work 4  hours 

This  course  is  a  study  of  the  methods  used  in  contemporary  social  work.  Of- 
fered annually.  Prerequisite:  SOC  303. 

SOC  305.  Film  and  Society 4  hours 

This  course  is  designed  to  help  students  analyze  and  interpret  films  from  the 
perspectives  of  social  theory.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  upon  exploring  visions  of 
the  self  and  society  in  a  variety  of  film  genres,  including  mysteries,  comedies,  film 
noir,  westerns,  musicals,  etc.  Films  studied  in  recent  classes  include  Citizen  Kane, 
Vertigo,  The  Maltese  Falcon,  Red  River,  Cabaret,  and  others.   Offered  biennially. 

SOC  306.  Race,  Ethnicity,  and  Immigration 4  hours 

This  course  treats  contemporary  ethnic  relations  and  the  history  of  immigra- 
tion in  the  United  States.  It  considers  the  role  of  markets,  government  policy,  and 
culture  in  the  formation  of  ethnic  identity  and  the  well  being  of  ethnic  groups. 
Although  the  chief  concern  is  with  the  United  States,  a  comparative  approach  is 
taken.   Offered  biennially. 

SOC  307.  Elites  and  Inequality 4  hours 

An  examination  is  made  in  this  course  of  the  social  stratification  of  privileges 
and  deprivations  in  contemporary  societies,  focusing  on  the  distribution  of  wealth, 
status,  and  power.  The  course  studies  social  stratification  historically  and  com- 
paratively, the  American  upper,  middle,  and  lower  classes,  institutionalized  power 
elites,  race  and  gender  stratification,  status  systems,  and  economic  inequality.  Of- 
fered biennially. 

SOC  308.  Culture  and  Society 4  hours 

A  study  of  the  dynamics  of  traditional,  modern,  and  postmodern  cultures  that 
focuses  on  the  analysis  of  symbolic  forms  and  boundaries,  social  memory,  cer- 
emonies and  rituals,  bodily  habits,  cultural  elites,  and  cultural  revolutions.  Spe- 
cial attention  is  given  to  "culture  wars,"  the  impact  of  mass  media,  and 
postmodernism  in  contemporary  societies.  The  course  is  comparative  in  approach. 
Offered  biennially. 

SOC  309.  Religion  and  Society 4  hours 

This  course  will  examine  religion  as  a  social  institution,  its  internal  develop- 
ment, relationship  to  other  institutions,  and  its  cultural  and  social  significance  in 
modern  and  traditional  societies.  Special  attention  will  be  given  to  the  conflict 
between  spirit  and  institution  in  Christianity;  the  rise  and  decline  of  denomina- 
tionalism;  contemporary  forms  of  spirituality;  the  modern  psychologization  of 
religion,  and  the  comparative  study  of  religions.   Offered  biennially. 


183 


SOC  401.  Nations  and  Nationalism 4  hours 

This  course  examines  the  rise  and  persistence  of  nation-states  and  national- 
ism in  the  modern  world.  Theories  of  nationalism,  nationalist  visions,  and  case 
studies  of  particular  nations,  including  France,  Germany,  and  Russia  will  be  cov- 
ered. Topics  to  be  addressed  include  radical  nationalism  (for  example,  Nazism 
and  Fascism),  problems  of  national  "self-determination,"  Zionism,  and  the  fall  of 
Communism. 

SOC  402.  Field  Experience  in  Social  Work 16  hours 

Students  concentrating  in  social  work  spend  a  semester  in  social  work  agen- 
cies in  the  Atlanta  area  for  on-the-job  practicum  experience.  Successful  field  place- 
ments have  been  made  in  a  variety  of  settings  in  recent  years,  including  Wesley 
Woods  Health  Center,  West  Paces  Ferry  Hospital,  and  Atlanta  shelters  for  the 
homeless.  Prerequisites:  SOC  303,  permission  of  the  academic  advisor  and  faculty 
supervisor,  and  signature  of  the  Director  of  Career  Services. 

SOC  403.  Sociological  Theory 4  hours 

This  course  will  study  classical  and  contemporary  theory  with  an  emphasis 
upon  the  latter.  Contemporary  theories  covered  usually  include  utilitarian  indi- 
vidualism (sociobiology,  exchange  theory,  and  rational-choice  theory), 
communitarianism,  civil  society  theory,  critical  theory,  and  post-modernism.  Of- 
fered biennially. 

SOC  404.  Special  Topics  in  Sociology 4  hours 

A  seminar  providing  examination  and  discussion  of  various  topics  on  con- 
temporary and  historical  interest  in  sociology.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  in- 
structor. 

SOC  405.  Internship  in  Sociology 1-4  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formalized  experiential  learning  op- 
portunity to  qualified  students.  The  internship  generally  requires  the  student  to 
obtain  a  faculty  supervisor,  submit  a  learning  agreement,  work  30-35  hours  for 
every  hour  of  academic  credit,  keep  a  written  journal  of  the  work  experience,  have 
regularly  scheduled  meetings  with  the  faculty  supervisor,  and  write  a  research 
paper  dealing  with  some  aspect  of  the  internship.  An  extensive  list  of  internships 
is  maintained  by  the  Career  Services  Office,  including  opportunities  at  the 
Gainesville/Hall  Senior  Center,  the  Georgia  Bureau  of  Investigation,  and  the  Part- 
nership Against  Domestic  Violence.  Graded  on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  ba- 
sis. Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  faculty  supervisor  and  qualification  for  the 
internship  program. 

SOC  406.  Independent  Study  in  Sociology 1-4  hours 

An  intense  study  of  diverse  topics  under  the  direct  supervision  of  the  instruc- 
tor. Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor. 

SOC  407.  Internship  in  American  Studies 1-4  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formalized  experiential  learning  op- 
portunity to  qualified  students.  The  internship  generally  requires  the  student  to 
obtain  a  faculty  supervisor,  submit  a  learning  agreement,  work  30-35  hours  for 


184 


every  hour  of  academic  credit,  keep  a  written  journal  of  the  work  experience,  have 
regularly  scheduled  meetings  with  the  faculty  supervisor,  and  write  a  research 
paper  dealing  with  some  aspect  of  the  internship.  An  extensive  list  of  internships 
is  maintained  by  the  Career  Services  Office.  Graded  on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfac- 
tory basis.  Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  faculty  supervisor  and  qualification 
for  the  internship  program. 

Spanish 

A  Spanish  major  is  designed  to  help  the  student  become  increasingly  knowl- 
edgeable about  the  language,  literature  and  cultures  of  the  people  who  speak  and 
live  the  Spanish  language.  Courses  that  focus  on  developing  language  skills  (read- 
ing, writing,  listening  comprehension,  and  speaking)  are  followed  by  more  ad- 
vanced study  in  literature,  film,  and  civilization.  Acquiring  familiarity  with  culture 
in  the  Spanish-speaking  world  is  a  goal  throughout  the  program.  The  study  of 
another  language  should  provide  the  means  to  appreciate  more  fully  the  global 
community  to  which  all  of  us  increasingly  belong.  It  should  also  furnish  an  insight- 
ful view  of  one's  own  culture  and  language.  Students  can  pursue  graduate  degrees 
or  prepare  themselves  for  careers  in  international  business  or  politics. 

The  study  of  another  culture  and  language  is  greatly  enhanced  by  an  experi- 
ence studying  and  living  where  the  language  is  spoken.  Spanish  majors  are  there- 
fore required  to  study  and  live  in  a  Spanish-speaking  country  for  one  semester 
after  having  completed  an  initial  sequence  of  courses  and  before  beginning  ad- 
vanced classes  in  the  language  at  Oglethorpe.  This  can  be  accomplished  by  par- 
ticipating in  the  exchange  program  with  one  of  the  University's  partners  or  by 
making  other  suitable  arrangements  in  consultation  with  the  student's  advisor. 
Native  speakers  of  Spanish  may  complete  the  study  abroad  portion  of  the  major  at 
Oglethorpe  or  through  cross  registration  for  courses  at  Atlanta  Regional  Consor- 
tium for  Higher  Education  (ARCHE)  institutions. 

Spanish  majors  are  also  strongly  recommended  to  consider  courses  in  Span- 
ish and  Latin  American  history  and  studies,  or  other  related  fields. 

All  students  with  previous  study  or  experience  in  Spanish  must  take  a  lan- 
guage placement  examination  during  Make  the  Connection  weekend  or  immedi- 
ately prior  to  fall  registration.  They  will  be  placed  in  the  course  sequence  according 
to  their  competence.  Under  no  circumstances  should  students  with  past  experi- 
ence in  the  language  place  themselves  in  courses,  especially  at  the  elementary 
level.  Students  are  not  eligible  to  enroll  in  elementary  and  intermediate  courses  in 
their  primary  languages. 

Major 

Students  who  major  in  Spanish  must  first  complete  the  following  require- 
ments: 

SPN  201    Intermediate  Spanish 
SPN  302    Advanced  Spanish 
SPN  302    Introduction  to  Hispanic  Literature 
Students  will  then  complete  a  semester  in  an  approved  study  abroad  program, 
which  should  include  a  minimum  of  12  semester  hours.  Returning  students  must 
complete  three  upper-level  (300  or  400)  courses  in  Spanish. 


185 


Elementary  French  I  or  equivalent  as  determined  through  the  French  place- 
ment test  is  also  required.  It  is  recommended  that  this  requirement  be  completed 
during  the  student's  first  two  years. 

The  degree  awarded  is  the  Bachelor  of  Arts. 

Minor 

A  minor  in  Spanish  consists  of  these  three  obligatory  courses: 

SPN  201    Intermediate  Spanish 

SPN  301   Advanced  Spanish 

SPN  302    Introduction  to  Hispanic  Literature 
One  upper-level  course  (300  or  400)  is  required  to  complete  the  minor.  Cer- 
tain requirements  may  be  met  through  an  approved  study  abroad  program. 

SPN  101,  SPN  102.  Elementary  Spanish  I,  II 4  plus  4  hours 

These  courses  are  an  introduction  to  understanding,  speaking,  reading,  and 
writing  Spanish.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  acquiring  a  foundation  in  basic  gram- 
mar as  well  as  on  listening  comprehension  and  spoken  Spanish  through  class  ac- 
tivities, tapes,  and  videos.  Prerequisite:  None  for  SPN  101;  SPN  101  required  for 
SPN  102,  or  placement  by  testing. 

SPN  201.  Intermediate  Spanish  4  hours 

This  course  is  intended  to  review  basic  grammar  and  develop  more  complex 
patterns  of  written  and  spoken  Spanish.  Short  compositions,  readings  from  Span- 
ish and  Spanish-American  literature  and  class  discussions  require  active  use  of 
students'  acquired  knowledge  of  Spanish  and  form  the  basis  for  the  expansion  of 
vocabulary  and  oral  expression.  Prerequisite:  SPN  102  or  placement  by  testing. 

SPN  301.  Advanced  Spanish 4  hours 

This  course  is  designed  to  improve  students'  skills  to  a  sophisticated  level  at 
which  they  are  able  to  discuss  and  express  opinions  in  both  oral  and  written  form. 
Readings  of  essays  and  short-stories  as  well  as  film  viewing  in  Spanish  are  used  as 
the  basis  for  discussion,  introduction  to  cultural  issues,  and  written  expression. 
Frequent  writing  assignments.  Prerequisite:  SPN  20 lor  placement  by  testing. 

SPN  302.  Introduction  to  Hispanic  Literature 4  hours 

This  course  offers  an  introduction  to  literary  analysis  based  on  a  rigorous 
program  of  readings  from  Spanish  and  Spanish  American  literatures.  It  is  a  skills- 
building  course  that  familiarizes  students  with  the  lexicon  of  literary  criticism  in 
Spanish  and  trains  them  to  be  active  readers  of  Hispanic  literature.  Students  read 
and  analyze  (orally  and  in  writing)  representative  works  of  the  four  fundamental 
genres  of  literature:  Narrative,  Poetry,  Drama,  and  Essay.  Taught  in  Spanish.  Pre- 
requisite: SPN  301  or  placement  by  testing. 

SPN  305.  Spanish  for  International  Relations  and  Business 4  hours 

In  this  course  students  will  learn  vocabulary  appropriate  to  the  world  of  inter- 
national relations  and  business  in  order  to  understand  both  oral  and  written  ma- 
terial on  relevant  issues.  Students  will  read  and  discuss  articles  and  newspapers  in 
Spanish  and  explore  common  cross-cultural  clashes  and  misunderstandings  in  or- 
der to  improve  intercultural  communications  as  a  means  of  succeeding  in  the 
global  marketplace.  When  possible,  there  will  be  Spanish-speaking  guests  from 

186 


the  diplomatic  and  business  communities  of  Atlanta.  Taught  in  Spanish.  Prerequi- 
site: SPN  301  or  placement  by  testing. 

SPN  401.  Special  Topics  in  Hispanic  Languages,  Literatures,  and 

Cultures 4  hours 

This  course  provides  the  opportunity  to  study  particular  aspects  of  the  lan- 
guages, literatures  and  cultures  of  Spain,  Spanish  America  or  United  States  His- 
panic communities  not  covered  in  the  other  courses.  This  course  may  be  repeated 
for  credit  as  course  content  changes.  Prerequisite:  SPN  301. 

SPN  403.  Political  Issues  in  Spanish  American  Literature  and  Film 4  hours 

The  social  and  political  upheavals  that  took  place  in  several  Spanish  Ameri- 
can countries  during  the  20th  century  spawned  the  development  of  a  rich  literary 
and  cinematic  corpus.  This  course  will  examine  part  of  that  corpus  in  its  historical 
and  cultural  context  and  how  political  issues  are  aesthetically  elaborated  in  fic- 
tion, poetry,  essay  and  film.  Among  the  topics  to  be  studied  are  revolution,  testi- 
mony, exile,  and  the  Other  as  a  figure  of  resistance.  Taught  in  Spanish.  Prerequisite: 
SPN  302. 

SPN  405.  20th-century  Spanish  American  Literature 4  hours 

This  is  a  study  of  Spanish  American  literature  from  the  1930s  to  the  present, 
focusing  on  its  departure  from  the  Realist  tradition  and  its  adoption  of  experi- 
mentation, self-reflection,  parody,  magical  realism  or  the  fantastic.  Modern  and 
post-modern  trends  will  be  examined.  Readings  include  fiction  by  Borges,  Fuentes, 
Cortazar,  Garcia  Marquez,  and  Puig.  Taught  in  Spanish.   Prerequisite:  SPN  302. 

SPN  410.  The  Development  of  Latin  American  Cultures 4  hours 

This  course  introduces  students  to  the  diverse  cultural  heritage  of  Latin 
America  paying  special  attention  to  the  impact  and  consequences  of  the  encoun- 
ter between  European,  Native  and  African  cultures  in  art,  politics,  and  religion. 
Manifestations  of  cultural  syftcretism  and  diversity  from  the  times  of  the  Spanish 
conquest  and  colonization  to  the  post-colonial  polemics  of  cultural  identity  will  be 
examined.  Taught  in  Spanish.   Prerequisites:  SPN  302. 

Theatre 

Courses  in  theatre  history,  film,  and  characterization,  combined  with  the 
University's  unique  apprenticeship  program,  offer  students  a  study  of  theatre  that 
is  interactive  in  approach  and  broad  in  scope.  Students  who  enter  Oglethorpe 
with  a  background  in  theatre,  as  well  as  those  with  an  interest  but  no  experience, 
will  find  ample  opportunities  in  the  theatre  program  to  develop  their  skills  and 
expertise.  As  such,  a  theatre  minor  serves  as  an  appropriate  complement  to  a 
variety  of  majors  in  communications  and  the  humanities,  as  well  as  a  preparation 
for  graduate  and  professional  work  in  theatre. 

The  Oglethorpe  University  theatre  program  is  dedicated  to  presenting  stimu- 
lating and  enjoyable  theatre  for  audiences  of  all  types  and  ages,  and  integrating 
theatre  into  Oglethorpe  University's  academic  curriculum.  Mounting  three  full 
productions  per  school  year,  the  program  pursues  an  artistic  policy  that  celebrates 
the  diversity  of  its  dramatic  heritage  by  engaging  texts  of  diverse  periods,  cul- 

187 


tures,  and  styles.  Through  The  Playmakers  (the  theatre  program's  official  perfor- 
mance company)  laboratory  opportunities  are  provided  as  students  and  faculty 
come  together  to  create  live  performance  events  for  the  campus  community  and 
the  city  of  Atlanta. 

Minor 

Students  are  required  to  take  the  following  courses: 

THE  201    Beginning  Characterization 

THE  301    Advanced  Characterization 

THE  310  Apprenticeship  in  Theatre 
In  addition,  one  course  selected  from  the  following  is  required: 

THE  210  The  History  of  Comedy 

THE  220  The  History  of  Tragedy 

THE  201.  Beginning  Characterization 4  hours 

This  course  focuses  on  the  training  of  the  body  and  voice  as  tools  used  in 
characterization.  Students  will  explore  the  basic  principles  and  techniques  of  stage 
combat,  mime,  movement,  vocalization,  and  contemporary  characterization.  Stu- 
dents will  be  expected  to  perform  scenes  with  partners  as  well  as  individual  mono- 
logues. 

THE  301.  Advanced  Characterization 4  hours 

This  course  allows  students  to  work  with  texts  from  various  periods  in  theatri- 
cal history,  examining  the  costuming  and  mannerisms  of  each  period  and  apply- 
ing these  observations  to  the  performance  of  both  scene  and  monologue  work. 
Periods  studied  will  include:  Greek,  Medieval,  Elizabethan,  Commedia  dell'arte, 
French  Neoclassic,  Restoration,  and  Early  20th-century  Realism.  Prerequisite:  THE 
201. 

THE  210.  The  History  of  Comedy 4  hours 

In  this  course  the  student  will  examine  the  history  and  development  of  com- 
edy as  a  theatrical  art  form,  using  not  only  the  texts  but  the  performing,  costum- 
ing, and  staging  practices  of  the  period  as  keys  to  a  better  understanding  of  the 
genre.  Writers  studied  will  include  Aristophanes,  Menander,  Plautus,  Terence, 
Shakespeare,  Jonson,  Congreve,  Moliere,  Goldoni,  Gozzi,  and  Sheridan. 

THE  220.  The  History  of  Tragedy 4  hours 

In  this  course  the  student  will  examine  the  history  and  development  of  trag- 
edy as  a  theatrical  art  form,  using  not  only  the  texts  but  the  performing,  costum- 
ing, and  staging  practices  of  the  period  as  keys  to  a  better  understanding  of  the 
genre.  Writers  studied  will  include  Sophocles,  Euripides,  Seneca,  Marlowe,  Kyd, 
Shakespeare,  Corneille,  Racine,  Goethe,  and  Ibsen. 

THE  310.  Apprenticeship  in  Theatre  4  hours 

The  apprenticeship  is  designed  to  provide  a  hands-on  learning  experience  in 
theatre.  Students  may  focus  on  one  of  three  areas  of  study:  preparation  and  per- 
formance, theatrical  design,  or  directing.  All  students. participating  in  the  appren- 
ticeship program  in  a  given  semester  will  share  a  common  reading,  to  be  discussed 
at  weekly  seminar  meetings,  and  will  be  expected  to  present  their  work  for  evalu- 
ation by  a  panel  of  faculty  and  students  once  during  the  semester.  Open  to  juniors 

188 


and  seniors  only  and  may  be  taken  for  credit  only  once.  Prerequisite:  Permission 
of  the  instructor. 

THE  320.  Special  Topics  in  Theatre 4  hours 

This  course  will  be  a  study  of  a  selected  topic  in  theatre,  such  as  Feminist 
Theatre,  Shakespeare  in  Performance,  Gender  in  Performance,  The  Hero  in  Ameri- 
can Film,  or  Hollywood's  Treatment  of  Women.  Prerequisite:  THE  201  or  permis- 
sion of  the  instructor. 

THE.  407.  Internship  in  Theatre 4  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formalized  experiential  learning  op- 
portunity to  qualified  students.  The  internship  generally  requires  the  student  to 
obtain  a  faculty  supervisor,  submit  a  learning  agreement,  work  30-35  hours  for 
every  hour  of  academic  credit,  keep  a  written  journal  of  the  work  experience,  have 
regularly  scheduled  meetings  with  the  faculty  supervisor,  and  write  a  research 
paper  dealing  with  some  aspect  of  the  internship.  An  extensive  list  of  internships 
is  maintained  by  the  Career  Services  Office.  Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  fac- 
ulty supervisor  and  qualification  for  the  internship  program. 

THE.  408.  Independent  Study  in  Theatre  1-4  hours 

Supervised  research  on  a  selected  topic.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  in- 
structor. 

Women's  and  Gender  Studies 

Women's  and  gender  studies  is  intended  to  introduce  the  student  to  the  his- 
tory of  women  and  to  the  effects  of  gender  on  the  forms  of  and  approaches  to 
disciplinary  study  and  practice. 

Minor 

Five  courses  must  be  completed,  one  of  which  must  be  either  Introduction  to 
Women's  Studies— Theory  or  Introduction  to  Women's  Studies— History.  Students 
must  select  courses  from  at  least  three  different  disciplines  in  addition  to  courses 
identified  as  WGS  courses.  Examples  of  other  courses  applicable  to  the  minor  are 
as  follows: 

COM  390      Special  Topics  in  Communications:  Women  in  the  History 

of  Rhetoric 
COM  390      Special  Topics  in  Communications:  Gender  and  Communica- 
tion 
ECO    224      Labor  Economics 
ENG    304      Images  of  Women  in  Literature 

ENG    312      Special  Topics  in  Literature  and  Culture:  Gender  and  Auto- 
biography 
ENG    312      Special  Topics  in  Literature  and  Culture:  Contemporary 

Women  Writers 
ENG    314      Special  Topics  in  Major  British  and  American  Authors:  Jane 

Austen 
FRE     401       Special  Topics  in  French  Language,  Literature,  and  Culture: 
Great  French  Actresses  and  Their  Film  Roles 

189 


MUS  430       Special  Topics  in  Music:  Women  in  Music 

PSY    40 1        Special  Topics  in  Psychology:  Gendering  (Social  Constructions 
of  Gender) 

PSY    401        Special  Topics  in  Psychology:  Psychology  of  Women 

SOC  201       The  Family 

SPN   401        Special  Topics  in  Hispanic  Languages,  Literatures,  and  Cul- 
tures: Contemporary  Latin  American  Women  Writers 

THE  320       Special  Topics  in  Theatre:  Feminist  Theatre 

THE  320       Special  Topics  in  Theatre:  The  Good,  the  Bad,  and  the  Beauti- 
ful—Hollywood's Treatment  of  Women 

WGS  301.  Introduction  to  Women's  Studies  -  Theory 4  hours 

The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  examine  the  diverse  theoretical  approaches 
which  have  evolved  as  scholars  and  activists  have  endeavored  to  incorporate  the 
concerns  and  experiences  of  diverse  groups  of  women  into  dominant  world  views. 
The  seminar  will  explore  the  issues  of  race,  class,  and  gender,  paying  close  atten- 
tion to  how  these  variables  affect  the  development  of  women's  identities  and  rela- 
tionships. 

WGS  302.  Introduction  to  Women's  Studies  -  History 4  hours 

The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  explore  the  history  of  feminism.  By  examin- 
ing a  wide  range  of  texts,  this  seminar  will  investigate  the  development  of  ideas, 
which  have  come  to  be  recognized  as  feminist-womanist  and  the  discipline  that 
has  developed  into  women's  studies  in  the  context  of  Western  civilization.  Included 
will  be  Raine  Eisler's  The  Chalice  and  the  Blade,  which  examines  the  position  on 
women  in  the  beginnings  of  civilization,  Mary  Wollstonecrafts's  Vindication  of  the 
Rights  of  Women  (1792),  Mary  Beard's  Women  as  a  Force  in  History,  De  Beauvoir's 
Second  Sex,  Susan  Faludi's  Backlash,  and  Ellen  Carol  Dubois's  Unequal  Sisters:  A 
Multi-Cultural  Reader  in  U.S.  Women's  History. 

WGS  303.  The  Literature  and  History  of  Immigrant  and  Minority 

Women  in  America 4  hours 

The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  explore  the  experiences  of  immigrant  and 
minority  women  in  North  America  from  the  interdisciplinary  perspectives  of  his- 
tory, literature,  and  women's  studies.  Through  extensive  reading,  discussion,  and 
research  this  seminar  will  attempt  to  recapture  women's  sense  of  their  own  identi- 
ties in  relation  to  the  dominant  ideologies  of  race,  class,  and  gender. 

WGS  304.  Women  Poets 4  hours 

This  course  is  a  survey  of  poetry  by  women,  from  ancient  Chinese,  Persian, 
and  others  in  translation,  to  medieval  Irish  and  Renaissance  English,  to  19lh-  and 
20(h-century  Americans,  as  well  as  Eastern  Europeans  and  Latin  Americans  in 
translation.  Included  will  be  several  recent  poets  such  as  Gwendolyn  Brooks, 
Adrienne  Rich,  and  Mary  Oliver  in  order  to  discover  what  themes,  images,  and 
attitudes  seem  to  emerge  from  the  works.  Prerequisites:  COR  101  or  COR  102. 

WGS  305.  Special  Topics  in  Women's  and  Gender  Studies  4  hours 

This  course  is  intended  to  introduce  the  student  to  the  study  of  women  and 
gender.  Special  emphasis  is  placed  on  the  intersection  of  gender  with  the  episte- 
mological  foundations  of  other  disciplines,  and  on  the  theory  and  practice  of  the 
study  of  gender.  Courses  are  not  limited  to,  for  example.  Southern  Women's  Lit- 

190 


erature  and  History,  but  will  often  be  under  the  same  rubric  of  other  disciplines 
such  as  are  listed  under  the  requirements  of  the  minor. 

WGS  407.  Internship  in  Women's  and  Gender  Studies 1-4  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formalized  experiential  learning  op- 
portunity to  qualified  students.  The  internship  generally  requires  the  student  to 
obtain  a  faculty  supervisor,  submit  a  learning  agreement,  work  30-35  hours  for 
every  hour  of  academic  credit,  keep  a  written  journal  of  the  work  experience,  have 
regularly  scheduled  meetings  with  the  faculty  supervisor,  and  write  a  research 
paper  dealing  with  some  aspect  of  the  internship.  An  extensive  list  of  internships 
is  maintained  by  the  Career  Services  Office.  Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  fac- 
ulty supervisor  and  qualification  for  the  internship  program. 


Writing 


A  writing  minor  is  open  to  all  students  except  those  pursuing  a  minor  or 
major  in  communications. 

Minor 

The  writing  minor  consists  of  five  courses  beyond  Narratives  of  the  Self  I  and 
II,  one  of  which  may  be  an  internship: 

ARC    201       Seminar  for  Student  Tutors  (must  be  taken  four  times  to  consti- 
tute one  writing  minor  course) 

Investigative  Writing 

Persuasive  Writing 

Journalism 

Writing  for  Business  and  the  Professions 

Internship  in  Communications  (writing-intensive  internship 
supervised  by  communications  faculty  member) 

Creative  Writing 

Biography  and  Autobiography 

Writing  Poetry 

Writing  Prose,  Fiction,  and  Nonfiction 

Internship  in  English  (writing-intensive  internship  supervised 
by  English  faculty  member) 

Independent  Study  in  Writing 

Special  Topics  in  Writing 

ARC  201.  Seminar  for  Student  Tutors 1  hour 

Peer  tutors  at  the  Academic  Resource  Center  spend  two  hours  per  week  assist- 
ing other  students,  individually  or  in  groups,  with  course  material,  papers,  and 
preparation  for  examinations.  In  addition,  they  participate  in  support  and  train- 
ing meetings  with  the  ARC  directors  and  with  instructors  of  the  courses  in  which 
they  tutor.  They  discuss  how  to  work  with  texts  in  different  disciplines,  encourage 
study  group  members  to  help  each  other  learn,  and  foster  student  engagement 
with  and  assimilation  of  course  content.  Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  instruc- 
tor and  Associate  Provost  for  Student  Achievement. 


COM 

220 

COM 

221 

COM 

240 

COM 

340 

COM 

401 

ENG 

230 

ENG 

231 

ENG 

330 

ENG 

331 

ENG 

401 

WRI 

381 

WRI 

391 

191 


COM  220.  Investigative  Writing 4  hours 

This  expository  writing  course  is  designed  to  develop  research  and  writing 
skills.  Emphasis  will  be  on  learning  a  wide  range  of  library  and  Internet-based 
research  techniques  and  purposefully  presenting  informaetry. 

In  weekly  assignments  students  will  try  free  verse  and  various  forms  in  the 
effort  to  discover  and  to  embody  more  and  more  truly  what  they  have  to  say.  Much 
time  will  be  spent  reading  published  poets,  responding  to  student  work  in  class, 
and  trying  to  generate  language  that  reveals  rather  than  explains  intangible  "mean- 
ings."  Prerequisites:  COR  101  and  COR  102. 

COM  221.  Persuasive  Writing 4  hours 

This  course  is  designed  to  develop  sophisticated  strategies  of  persuasion  for 
analyzing  and  generating  arguments  responsive  to  targeted  audiences  in  a  variety 
of  contexts,  including  civic,  professional,  and  academic.  Students  will  learn  both 
classical  and  contemporary  strategies  of  persuasion.  Emphasis  will  be  on  present- 
ing clear,  coherent,  and  logical  arguments.  Students  will  be  asked  to  define  their 
own  projects  within  assigned  contexts.  Students  will  evaluate  their  own  and  oth- 
ers' writing  to  enable  the  revision  process.  Investigative  Writing  or  Persuasive 
Writing  is  a  prerequisite  for  upper-level  communications  courses.  Prerequisites: 
COR  101  and  COR  102. 

ENG.  230.  Creative  Writing 4  hours 

This  course  is  an  introduction  to  writing  poetry  and  prose  fiction.  The  stu- 
dent will  be  asked  to  submit  substantial  written  work  each  week,  keep  a  journal, 
and  read  published  writers.  Much  class  time  will  be  spent  discussing  student  and 
published  work.   Prerequisites:  COR  101  and  COR  102. 

ENG  231.  Biography  and  Autobiography 4  hours 

This  course  is  an  introduction  to  biographical  and  autobiographical  writing 
with  practice  in  the  personal  narrative  as  well  as  other  forms  such  as  the  profile 
and  the  interview.  Students  will  submit  substantial  written  work  each  week  and 
keep  a  journal.  The  class  will  follow  a  workshop  format,  discussing  the  students' 
and  published  work.   Prerequisites:  COR  101  and  COR  102. 

COM  240.  Journalism 4  hours 

This  course  teaches  the  fundamentals  of  journalistic  news  writing  and  report- 
ing. From  interviews  to  the  Internet,  students  will  learn  how  to  gather  information 
from  a  variety  of  sources  and  write  stories  using  different  types  of  leads,  endings, 
and  structures.  They  will  also  engage  in  a  critique  of  today's  journalistic  practices. 
Prerequisites:  COM  101  and  COM  220  or  COM  221. 

ENG  330.  Writing  Poetry 4  hours 

In  weekly  assignments  students  will  try  free  verse  and  various  forms  in  the 
effort  to  discover  and  to  embody  more  and  more  truly  what  they  have  to  say.  Much 
time  will  be  spent  reading  published  poets,  responding  to  student  work  in  class, 
and  trying  to  generate  language  that  reveals  rather  than  explains  intangible  "mean- 
ings."  Prerequisites:  COR  101  and  COR  102. 

ENG  331.  Writing  Prose,  Fiction,  and  Nonfiction 4  hours 

Students  will  get  instruction  and  substantial  practice  in  writing  fictional  and 
nonfictional  prose  which  aims  at  getting  what  Henry  James  called  "a  sense  of  felt 

192 


life"  onto  the  page.  The  class  will  follow  a  workshop  format  with  weekly  assign- 
ments, journal  writing,  extensive  discussion  of  student  work,  and  reading  of  pub- 
lished examples.   Prerequisites:  COR  101  and  COR  102. 

COM  340.  Writing  for  Business  and  the  Professions 4  hours 

A  course  for  students  who  have  mastered  the  basic  skills  and  insights  of  writ- 
ing and  who  wish  to  improve  their  ability  to  write  clear,  concise,  persuasive  prose 
designed  for  audiences  in  business  and  the  professions.  Students  are  required  to 
write  a  variety  of  texts,  such  as  proposals,  progress  reports,  recommendation  re- 
ports, and  manuals.  Other  elements  of  the  course  may  include  desktop  publishing 
and  oral  presentations.  Prerequisites:  COM  101  and  COM  220  or  COM  221. 

WRI  381.  Independent  Study  in  Writing 1-4  hours 

Supervised  independent  writing  project.  Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  in- 
structor and  the  student  must  be  pursuing  a  minor  in  writing  or  a  major  in  com- 
munications. 

WRI  391.  Special  Topics  in  Writing 4  hours 

Study  of  a  selected  topic  in  the  field  of  writing,  such  as  Scientific  and  Techni- 
cal Writing,  Oral  History,  Contrastive  Rhetoric  and  Analytical  Writing,  Writing 
for  Educators,  or  The  Art  of  the  Essay.  The  topic  will  vary  from  year  to  year  and 
may  be  offered  by  communications  or  English  faculty.  Prerequisites  for  special 
topics  taken  with  communications  faculty:  COM  101  and  COM  220  or  COM  221. 

COM  401.  Internship  in  Communications  1-4  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formalized  experiential  learning  op- 
portunity to  qualified  students.  The  internship  generally  requires  the  student  to 
obtain  a  faculty  supervisor,  submit  a  learning  agreement,  work  30-35  hours  for 
every  hour  of  academic  credit,  keep  a  written  journal  of  the  work  experience,  have 
regularly  scheduled  meetings  with  the  faculty  supervisor,  and  write  a  research 
paper  dealing  with  some  aspect  of  the  internship.  An  internship  for  the  writing 
minor  must  be  writing  intensive.  An  extensive  list  of  internships  is  maintained  by 
the  Career  Services  Office,  including  opportunities  at  CNN,  Fox  5,  Pineapple 
Public  Relations,  Carrol/White  Advertising,  and  Atlanta  Journal  Constitution. 
Graded  on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis.  Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the 
faculty  supervisor  and  qualification  for  the  internship  program. 

ENG  401.  Internship  in  English 1-4  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formalized  experiential  learning  op- 
portunity to  qualified  students.  The  internship  generally  requires  the  student  to 
obtain  a  faculty  supervisor,  submit  a  learning  agreement,  work  30-35  hours  for 
every  hour  of  academic  credit,  keep  a  written  journal  of  the  work  experience,  have 
regularly  scheduled  meetings  with  the  faculty  supervisor,  and  write  a  research 
paper  dealing  with  some  aspect  of  the  internship.  An  extensive  list  of  internships 
is  maintained  by  the  Career  Services  Office,  including  opportunities  at  Atlanta 
Magazine,  The  Knight  Agency,  and  Peachtree  Publishers.  Graded  on  a  satisfac- 
tory/unsatisfactory basis.  Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  faculty  supervisor  and 
qualification  for  the  internship  program. 


193 


University  College 


Three  of  Oglethorpe's  degrees— Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Liberal  Studies,  Bachelor 
of  Business  Administration,  and  Master  of  Business  Administration— are  degrees 
that  may  be  earned  in  programs  of  study  offered  through  University  College.  These 
distinctive  programs  are  offered  with  the  working  professional  in  mind.  Informa- 
tion on  these  programs  is  provided  in  the  University  College  Bulletin  and  available 
from  the  University  College  Office,  located  in  Goodman  Hall. 

Undergraduate  Program 

The  undergraduate  program  within  University  College  offers  a  curriculum 
for  the  adult  learner  that  builds  on  the  foundation  of  a  liberal  arts  education  and 
aims  to  enhance  the  student's  skills  in  critical  thinking,  communication,  and  basic 
academic  competencies.  The  underlying  vision  of  the  College  reflects  the  two- 
fold philosophical  and  institutional  mission  of  Oglethorpe  University  and  its  com- 
mitment to  "make  a  life  and  make  a  living."  The  degree  requirements  include 
general  education  requirements  designed  to  assure  that  each  graduate  acquires  a 
broad  comprehensive  liberal  education.  In  addition,  study  in  a  major  field  and 
the  integration  of  theory  and  practice  provides  educational  experiences  that  de- 
velop the  student's  chosen  career.  The  total  experience  is  designed  to  be  of  last- 
ing benefit  as  a  source  for  personal  growth,  professional  renewal,  and  career 
advancement. 

Majors  offered  are:  Accounting  and  Business  Administration,  leading  to  a 
Bachelor  of  Business  Administration  degree;  American  Studies,  Communications, 
Organizational  Management,  and  Psychology,  leading  to  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  in 
Liberal  Studies. 

Traditional  undergraduate  students  may  take  University  College  courses  with 
written  permission  of  their  advisors  and  the  University  College  administration. 
Traditional  students  who  take  University  College  courses  are  subject  to  the  rules 
and  regulations  set  forth  in  the  University  College  Bulletin. 

Graduate  Program 

The  primary  purpose  of  the  Master  of  Business  Administration  program  is 
to  provide  graduates  with  the  expertise  necessary  to  become  effective,  profes- 
sional leaders  and  managers  in  business  and  non-business  organizations.  The 
curriculum  is  designed  to  help  students  acquire  an  understanding  of  the  context 
in  which  modern  organizations  operate,  a  knowledge  of  the  content  of  manage- 
ment operations,  and  an  appreciation  of  the  interrelationships  involved.  The  stu- 
dent will  have  an  understanding  of  the  economic,  political,  and  social  environments 
in  which  organizations  operate,  domestically  and  internationally,  and  the  behav- 
ioral skills  that  are  essential  in  the  modern  organizational  environment. 


194 


Board  of  Trustees 


The  University  is  under  the  control  and  direction  of  the  Board  of  Trustees. 
Among  the  responsibilities  of  the  Board  are  establishing  broad  institutional  poli- 
cies, contributing  and  securing  financial  resources  to  support  adequately  the  in- 
stitutional goals,  and  selecting  the  President. 


Officers 


Warren  Y.  Jobe 

Chair 

Belle  Turner  Lynch 

Vice  Chair 


Arnold  B.  Sidman 

Secretary 

John  J.  Scalley 
Treasurer 


Harald  R.  Hansen 

Vice  Chair 

Trustees 


G.  Douglass  Alexander  '68 
President 
Alexander  Haas  Martin  8c  Partners 

Yetty  L.  Arp  '68 
Associate  Broker 
Southeast  Commercial  Properties 

Joselyn  Butler  Baker  '91 

Director  of  Communications  for  the 

Governor 
Georgia  State  Capitol 

Pin  Pin  Chau 

President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer 
Summit  National  bank 

Kenneth  S.  Chestnut 
Principal 
The  Integral  Group,  L.L.C. 

Terry  Tribbet  Davis  '82 

President  and  Creative  Director 
See  See  Eye 


William  A.  Emerson 

Retired  Senior  Vice  President 
Merrill  Lynch  Pierce,  Fenner 

and  Smith 
St.  Petersburg,  Florida 

Norman  P.  Findley 

Executive  Vice  President,  Marketing 
Coca-Cola  Enterprises  Inc. 

Joel  Goldberg 
President 
The  Rich  Foundation 

William  R.  Goodell 
Bronxville,  New  York 

Deborah  S.  Griffin  '90 
Clinical  Social  Worker 
Private  Practice 


195 


Jack  Guynn 

President  and  Chief  Executive 

Officer 
Federal  Reserve  Bank  of  Atlanta 

Harald  R.  Hansen 

Retired  Chairman,  President,  and 

Chief  Executive  Officer 
First  Union  Corporation  of 
Georgia 

Warren  Y.  Jobe 

Retired  Executive  Vice  President 
Georgia  Power  Company 

David  L.  Kolb 

Retired  Chairman  and  Chief 

Executive  Officer 
Mohawk  Industries,  Inc. 

Roger  A.  Littell  '68 

Waxhaw,  North  Carolina 

Belle  Turner  Lynch  '61 
Atlanta 


John  J.  Scalley 

Retired  Executive  Vice  President 
Genuine  Parts  Company 

O.K.  Sheffield  '53 

Retired  Vice  President 
BankSouth,  NA 

Anne  Rivers  Siddons 
Author 
Charleston,  South  Carolina 

Arnold  B.  Sidman 
Of  Counsel 

Chamberlain,  Hrdlicka,  White, 
William  and  Martin 

Susan  M.  Soper  '69 
Newsroom  Coach 
The  Atlantajournal/Constitution 

Mark  L.  Stevens 
Managing  Director 
Licensing  Management  Inc. 
Carlsbad,  California 


Clare  (Tia)  Magbee  '56 
Atlanta 

Stephen  E.  Malone  '73 
First  Vice  President 
Merrill  Lynch 

J.  Anthony  (Tony)  Meyer  '71 
Chairman  and  Chief  Executive 

Officer 
Trilogy  Business  Services,  L.L.L. 
Dadeville,  Alabama 

R.  D.  Odom,Jr. 

Executive  Vice  President,  Network 

Operations 
BellSouth 


Timothy  P.  Tassopoulos  '81 

Senior  Vice  President  of  Operations 
Chick-fil-A 

Cathy  Appling  Vinson  '92 
Immigration  and  Employment 

Attorney 
U.S.  Department  of  Justice 

John  W.  Wuichet  '90 

President,    Oglethorpe  National 

Alumni  Association 
Principal 
Ecotone,  L.L.C. 


196 


Trustee  Emeriti 


Franklin  L.  Burke  '66 

Retired  Chairman  and  Chief 

Executive  Officer 
BankSouth,  N.A. 

Miriam  (Bimby)  H.  Conant 
President 

John  H.  and  Wilhelmina  D.  Harland 
Charitable  Foundation 

Elmo  I.  Ellis 

Retired  Vice  President 

Cox  Broadcasting  Corporation 

George  E.  Goodwin 

Retired  Senior  Counselor 
Manning,  Selvage  8c  Lee 

C.  Edward  (Ned)  Hansell 
Retired  Senior  Counselor 
Jones,  Day,  Reavis  and  Pogue 

Arthur  Howell 

Retired  Senior  Partner 
Alston  &  Bird 

J.  Smith  Lanier 

Retired  Chairman  and  Chief  Executive 

Officer 
J.  Smith  Lanier  and  Company 
West  Point,  Georgia 

James  P.  McLain 
Attorney 
McLain  and  Merritt,  PC. 

Stephen  J.  Schmidt  '40 
Chairman  of  the  Board  and 

Chief  Executive  Officer 
Dixie  Seal  &  Stamp  Company 


197 


President's 
Advisory  Council 


The  President's  Advisory  Council  is  composed  of  business  and  professional 
leaders.  The  group  provides  a  means  of  two-way  communication  with  the  commu- 
nity and  serves  as  an  advisory  group  for  the  President  of  the  University. 


Officers 


William  J.  Hogan 

Chair 


Raymond  S.  Willoch 
Vice  Chair 


Members 


Gordon  A.  Anderson  '73 
Principal 
The  Anderson  Group 

Herbert  E.  Drake,  Jr. 
President 
Drake  &  Funsten,  Inc. 

Harry  S.  Feldman  '75 
Chief  Executive  Officer 
Daycon  Products 
Upper  Marlboro,  Maryland 

Donna  C.  Findling  '96 

Regional  District  Manager 
Subaru  of  America 

Marion  B.  Glover 
President 
Glover  Capital  Inc. 

Kenneth  P.  Gould  '85 
Potomac,  Maryland 

William  J.  (Jep)   Hogan  '72 
Financial  Consultant 
Robinson-Humphrey  Company,  Inc. 


Walter  R.  Huntley 
President 
Huntley  &  Associates 

Robert  M.  Kane  '81 

Vice  President  of  Finance 
Southwire  Company 

Jin  Matsumoto  '74 

Senior  Vice  President  /  General 

Manager 
Mitsubishi  International 

Corporation 
Irving,  Texas 

John  O.  Mitchell 

Retired  President 
Mitchell  Motors,  Inc. 

Thomas  W.  Phillips,  M.D.  '63 
Institute  for  Cancer  Control 
Atlanta  Oncology  Associates,  PC. 

Susan  R.  Randolph 
Trustee 
Benwood  Foundation 


IMS 


M.  Collier  Ross 

Retired  Lieutenant  General 
United  States  Army 

Horace  E.  Shuman  '81 
Division  Manager 
Citizens  Trust  Bank  Mortgage 
Services,  Inc. 

Robert  C.  Watkins,Jr. 
Vice  President 
Conveyors  &  Drives,  Inc. 

Raymond  S.  Willoch  '80 

Senior  Vice  President  /  General 

Counsel  and  Secretary 
Interface,  Inc. 

John  W.  Wuichet  '90 
Principal 
Ecotone,  L.L.C. 


199 


National  Alumni  Association 
Board  of  Directors 


As  the  primary  representatives  of  Oglethorpe  University's  alumni  body,  the 
National  Alumni  Association  Board  of  Directors  works  closely  with  the  Alumni 
Office  to  achieve  the  Association's  goal  of  establishing  and  encouraging  an  active 
and  involved  alumni  network.  The  purpose  of  this  network  is  to  build  mutually 
beneficial  relationships  between  alumni,  students,  and  the  University,  demonstrat- 
ing that  the  student  experience  is  just  the  beginning  of  a  lifelong  relationship  with 
Oglethorpe. 


Officers 


John  W.  Wuichet  '90 

President 

Nathan  E.  Briesemeister  '94 

Vice  President 


Aron  C.  Palefsky  '75 

Secretary 

Janice  McNeal  Smith  '98 
Pa  rlia  mentaria  n 


Directors 


William  C.  Aitken  '64 
Psychologist 

East  Virginia  Medical  School 
Virginia  Beach,  Virginia 

Susan  Harman  Alou  '84 
Senior  Accountant 

Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation 
St.  Simons  Island,  Georgia 

Elizabeth  Kidder  Ambler  '76 

Accountant 
Williams  Antiques 

A.  Diane  Baker '77 

Attorney  at  Law 

Jacqueline  Miles  Boles  '56 
Professor 
Georgia  State  University 


Nathan  E.  Briesemeister  '94 
Audit  Manager 
PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP 

Michael  A.  Burke  '83 

Assistant  Professor  of  Psychiatry 
Emory  School  of  Medicine 

JamesJ.  Hagelow  '69 

Managing  Director 
Marsh  USA  Inc. 
Hills,  Illinois 

John  E.  Harms  '58 

Retired  Colonel,  United  States 

Marine  Corps 
Retired  Educational  Counselor 
Kailua,  Hawaii 

Antonio  V.  Lentini  '87 
Collections  Representative 
BellSouth  Advertising 


200 


Mary  Louise  MacNeil  '51 
Retired  Research  Chemist 
Centers  for  Disease  Control  and  Prevention 

Scott  M.  McKelvey  '91 

Vice  President  of  Finance 
IntelliTrans,  L.L.C. 

James  P.  Milton  '57 

Retired  Store  General  Manager 
Sears,  Roebuck  8c  Company 

Aron  C.  Palefsky  '75 

District  Sales  Representative 
Milton's  Foodservice,  Inc. 

J.  Anthony  Paredes  '61 
Cultural  Anthropologist 
National  Park  Service  -  Southeast  Region 

Elizabeth  Ward  Pearce  '66 

Retired  Personal  Concierge 
Black  Tie  to  Blue  Jeans 

Janice  McNeal  Smith  '98 

John  W.  Wuichet  '90 
Principal 
Ecotone,  L.L.C. 


201 


The  Faculty 


(Year  of  appointment  in  parentheses) 


J.  David  Alvis  (2002) 

Visiting  Lecturer  in  Politics 
B.A.,  M.A.,  University  of  Dallas 

G.  Malcolm  Amerson  (1968) 
James  Edward  Oglethorpe 

Professor  of  Biology 
B.S.,  Berry  College 
M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Clemson  University 

Keith  H.  Aufderheide  (1980) 
Professor  of  Chemistry 
B.S.,  Wilmington  College 
Ph.D.,  Miami  University 

Charles  L.  Baube(1996) 
Associate  Professor  of  Biology 
B.A.,  Alfred  University 
M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University 

Christian  Y.  Benton  (1999) 
Director  of  Accounting  Studies 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland, 

College  Park 
M.A.,  Webster  University 
C.P.A.,  Maryland,  North  Carolina, 

South  Carolina 

Robert  A.  Blumenthal  (1989) 
Professor  of  Mathematics 
B.A.,  University  of  Rochester 
Ph.D.,  Washington  University 

James  A.  Bohart  (1972) 

Associate  Professor  of  Music 
B.S.,  M.M.,  Northern  Illinois 
University 

William  L.  Brightman  (1975) 
Professor  of  English 
A.B.,  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Washington 


Ronald  L.Carlisle  (1985) 
Professor  of  Computer  Science 

and  Mathematics 
Director  of  Computer  Services 
B.A.,  Emory  University 
M.A.,  Atlanta  University 
Ph.D.,  Emory  University 

John  S.  Carton  (1998) 

Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 
B.A.,  Wake  Forest  University 
M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Emory  University 

Robert  B.  Carton  (2001) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Business 

Administration 
B.S.,  Duke  University 
M.B.A.,  University  of  Georgia 
C.P.A.,  Georgia 

Mario  A.  Chandler  (2001) 
Assistant  Professor  of  Spanish 
B.A.,  Iowa  State  University 
M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

Cassandra  C.  Copeland  (2000) 
Assistant  Professor  of  Economics 
B.S.,  Florida  State  University 
Ph.D.,  Auburn  University 

John  A.  Cramer  (1980) 
Professor  of  Physics 
B.S.,  Wheaton  College 
M.A.,  Ohio  State  University 
Ph.D.,  Texas  A&M  University 

Roberta  K.  Deppe  (1996) 

Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 
B.A.,  University  of  Northern  Iowa 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin 


202 


Timothy  Doyle  (2000) 

Visiting  Assistant  Professor  of 

History 
B.A.,  Wabash  College 
M.A.,  Emory  University 

Judith  Lynn  Gieger  (2002) 
Assistant  Professor  of  Education 
B.S.,  Millsaps  College 
M.A.,  M.A.T.,  Duke  University 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

Stephen  B.  Herschler  (2001) 
Assistant  Professor  of  Politics 
B.A.,  Princeton  University 
M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago 

Bruce  W.  Hetherington  (1980) 
Professor  of  Economics 
B.B.A.  Madison  College 
M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Virginia  Polytechnic 
Institute 

Holly  Hofmann(  1999) 
Lecturer  in  Accounting 
B.B.A.,  M.B.A.,  Baylor  University 
C.P.A.,  Georgia 

Robert  B.  Hornback  (2000) 
Assistant  Professor  of  English 
B.A.,  University  of  California, 

Berkeley 
M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Texas, 

Austin 

Rebecca  C.  Hyman  (1998) 
Assistant  Professor  of  English 
B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Virginia 

Arzu  Ilsev  (2002) 

Visiting  Assistant  Professor  of 

Business  Administration 
B.A.,  M.B.A.,  Hacettepe  University  - 

Turkey 

Elizabeth  C.Johnson  (2000) 
Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 
B.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University 
M.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Georgia 


Peter  J.  Rower  (2002) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Economics 
B.A.,  Arizona  State  University, 

Tempe 
M.I.M.,  American  Graduate  School 

of  International  Management, 

Thunderbird  Campus 
M.A.,  University  of  Colorado, 

Denver 
Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University, 

Columbus 

Charlotte  Lee  Rnippenberg  '82  (1990) 
Director  of  the  Theatre  Program 
B.A.,  Oglethorpe  University 
M.F.A.,  University  of  Georgia 

Joseph  M.  Rnippenberg  (1985) 
Professor  of  Politics 
Director  of  Rich  Foundation  Urban 

Leadership  Program 
Associate  Provost  for  Student 

Achievement 
B. A.,  James  Madison  College  of 

Michigan  State  University 
M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Toronto 

Alan  Loehle(2001) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Art 
B.F.A.,  University  of  Georgia 
M.F.A.,  University  of  Arizona 


Jay  Lutz  (1! 

Professor  of  French 

Frances  I.  Eeraerts  '76  Professor  of 

Foreign  Language 
B.A.  Antioch  University 
M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Yale  University 

Nicholas  B.  Maher(1998) 
Assistant  Professor  of  History 
B.A.,  University  of  Michigan 
M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago 


203 


Alexander  M.  Martin  (1993) 
Associate  Professor  of  History 
B.A.,  Cornell  University 
M.A.,  Columbia  University 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Douglas  McFarland  (1992) 
Associate  Professor  of  English 
B.A.,  Pomona  College 
M.A.,  San  Francisco  State 

University 
Ph.D.,  University  of  California, 
Berkeley 

John  C.  Nardo  (2000) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 
B.A.,  Wake  Forest  University 
M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Emory  University 

Philip  J.  Neujahr(1973) 
Professor  of  Philosophy 
B.A.  Stanford  University 
M.Phil.,  Ph.D.,  Yale  University 

Caroline  R.  Noyes(1995) 

Associate  Professor  of  Education 

and  Psychology 
A.B.,  Randolph-Macon  Woman's 

College 
M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

John  D.  Orme(1983) 
Professor  of  Politics 
B.A.,  University  of  Oregon 
M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University 

VivianaP.  Plotnik  (1994) 

Associate  Professor  of  Spanish 
Licenciatura,  Universidad 

de  Belgrano  -  Argentina 
M.A.,  University  of  Minnesota 
Ph.D.,  New  York  University 

W.  Irwin  Ray  (1986) 

Director  of  Musical  Activities 
B.M.,  Samford  University 
M.C.M.,  D.M.A.,  Southern 

Baptist  Theological  Seminary 


Beth  Roberts  (2000) 

Vera  A.  Milner  Associate  Professor 

of  Elementary  Education 
Director  of  Master  of  Arts  in  Teaching  — 

Early  Childhood  Education  Program 
B.A.,  M.A.T.,  Ph.D.,  Emory 

University 

Anne  Rosenthal  (1997) 

Associate  Professor  of  Communications 
B.A.,  Bethel  College 
M.A.,  University  of  St.  Thomas 
Ph.D.,  Purdue  University 

Michael  K.  Rulison  (1982) 
Professor  of  Physics 
Director  of  Honors  Program 
B.S.,  University  of  Illinois 
M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

John  A.  Ryland(1985) 
Librarian 
B.A.,  M.A.,  Florida  State 

University 
Bibliotekarseksamen,  Royal 

School  of  Librarianship  - 

Denmark 

Daniel  L.  Schadler  (1975) 
Professor  of  Biology 
A.B.,  Thomas  More  College 
M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University 

Seema  Shrikhande  (2002) 
Assistant  Professor  of 

Communications 
B.A.,  Elphinstone  College  -  India 
M.A.,  Bombay  University  -  India 
M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University 

W.  Bradford  Smith  (1993) 
Associate  Professor  of  History 
B.A.,  University  of  Michigan 
Ph.D.,  Emory  University 


204 


Robert  Steen  (1995) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Japanese 

B.A.,  Oberlin  College 

M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University 

BradL.  Stone  (1982) 
Professor  of  Sociology 
B.S.,  M.S.,  Brigham  Young 

University 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois 

William  F.  Straley  (1990) 

Professor  of  Business  Administration 

and  Mathematics 
B.S.,  M.S.,  M.B.A.,  Georgia  State 

University 
Ph.D.,  Auburn  University 

Linda  J.  Taylor  (1975) 
Professor  of  English 
A.B.,  Cornell  University 
Ph.D.,  Brown  University 

Philip  D.  Tiu(  1995) 

Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 
B.S.,  University  of  San  Carlos  - 

Philippines 
A.M.,  Ph.D.,  Dartmouth  College 

J.  Dean  Tucker  (1988) 

Professor  and  Mack  A  Rikard  Chair 

in  Economics  and  Business 

Administration 
B.S.,  M.A.,  Ohio  State  University 
Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University 

James  M.  Turner  (1995) 

Associate  Professor  of  Accounting 
B.B.A.,  University  of  Georgia 
Ph.D.,  Georgia  State  University 

Ginger  Williams  (2000) 

Lecturer  in  Education  and  Director 

of  Field  Experiences 
B.S.Ed.,  Georgia  Southern 

University 
M.Ed.,  Mercer  University 


Jason  M.  Wirth(1994) 

Associate  Professor  of  Philosophy 
B.A.,  College  of  the  Holy  Cross 
M.A.,  Villanova  University 
Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New 
York 

Monte  W.  Wolf  (1978) 
Professor  of  Chemistry 
B.S.,  University  of  California 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Southern 
California 

AlanN.  Woolfolk  (1989) 
Professor  of  Sociology 
Director  of  Core  Curriculum 
Manning  M.  Pattillo  Professor  of 

Liberal  Arts 
B.S.,  M.A.,  University  of 

Pennsylvania 
M.S.,  University  of  Oregon 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Philip  P.  Zinsmeister  (1973) 
Professor  of  Biology 
B.S.,  Wittenberg  University 
M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois 


205 


Professors  Emeriti 


Keith  E.  Baker  (1983) 

Director  Emeritus  of  Accounting  Studies 
B.S.,  Youngstown  State  University 
M.A.,  University  of  Florida 
C.P.A.,  Georgia 

Barbara  R.  Clark  (1971) 
Professor  Emerita  of  English 
B.A.,  Georgia  State  University 
M.A.,  University  of  Kansas 
M.P.A.,  Georgia  State  University 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Georgia 
C.P.A.,  Georgia 

Charlton  H.Jones  (1974) 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Business 

Administration 
B.S.,  University  of  Illinois 
M.B.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Michigan 

Nancy  H.  Kerr  (1983) 

Provost  and  Professor  Emerita  of 

Psychology 
B.A.,  Stanford  University 
Ph.D.,  Cornell  University 

J.  Brien  Key  (1965) 

Professor  Emeritus  of  History 

A.B.,  Birmingham-Southern  College 

M.A.,  Vanderbilt  University 

Ph.D.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University 


Philip  F.  Palmer  (1964) 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Political  Studies 
A.B.,  M.A.,  University  of 
New  Hampshire 

William  O.  Shropshire  (1979) 
Professor  Emeritus  of  Economics 
B.A.,  Washington  and  Lee 

University 
Ph.D.,  Duke  University 

T.  LavonTalley(1968) 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Education 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Ed.D.,  Auburn  University 

David  N.  Thomas  (1968) 
Professor  Emeritus  of  History 
A.B.,  Coker  College 
M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  North 

Carolina 
D.H.,  Francis  Marion  College 

Louise  M.  Valine  (1978) 

Professor  Emerita  of  Education 
B.S.,  University  of  Houston 
M.Ed.,  University  of  Georgia 
Ed.D.,  Auburn  University 

Martha  H.  Vardeman  (1966) 
Professor  Emerita  of  Sociology 
B.S.,  M.S.,  Auburn  University 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Alabama 


David  K.  Mosher(1972) 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Mathematics 
B.A.,  Harvard  University 
B.S.A.E.,  Ph.D.,  Georgia  Institute  of 
Technology 

Ken  Nishimura  (1964) 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Philosophy 
A.B.,  Pasadena  College 
M.Div.,  Asbury  Theological 

Seminary 
Ph.D.,  Emorv  University 


206 


University  Officers 

(Year  of  appointment  in  parentheses) 


Larry  D.  Large  (1999)  Artie  Lee  Travis  (1999) 

President  Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs 

B.S.,  Portland  State  University  B.A.,  M.A.,  Western  Illinois 

M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Oregon  University 

Ed.D.,  University  of  South  Carolina 
Christopher  Ames  (2001) 

Provost  Victoria  L.  Weiss  (1977) 

B.A.,  University  of  Texas,  Austin  Vkg  President  jor  University  Relations 

Ph.D.,  Stanford  University  B  A    St  Norbert  College 

James  T.  Hakes  (2001)  MA  '  PhD"'  Lehi§h  UniversitY 

Vice  President  for  Business  and  Finance 
B.A.,  Wheaton  College 
M.B.A.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Dennis  T  Matthews  (1983) 
Vice  President  for  Enrollment 
A. A.,  Anderson  College 
B.M.,  M.A.,  University  of  Tennessee, 
Knoxville 

Manning  M.  Pattillo,  Jr.  (1975) 
Honorary  Chancellor 
B.A.,  University  of  the  South 
A.M.,  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Chicago 
LL.D.,  LeMoyne  College 
LL.D.,  St.  John's  University 
L.H.D.,  University  of  Detroit 
L.H.D.,  College  of  New  Rochelle 
L.H.D.,  Park  College 
Litt.D.,  St.  Norbert  College 
D.C.L.,  The  University  of  the  South 
LL.D.,  Oglethorpe  University 

DonaldS.  Stanton  (1988) 
President  Emeritus 
A.B.,  Western  Maryland  College 
M.Div,  Wesley  Seminary 
M.A.,  The  American  University 
Ed.D.,  University  of  Virginia 
L.H.D.,  Columbia  College 
LL.D.,  Western  Maryland  College 
Litt.D.,  Albion  College 
Litt.D.,  Oglethorpe  University 

207 


Academic  Affairs 


Christopher  Ames 
Provost 

B.A.,  University  of  Texas,  Austin 
Ph.D.,  Stanford  University 

Tricia  Clayton 

Reference  Librarian 

B.A.,  University  of  Virginia 

M.A.,  M.L.S.,  Indiana  University 

Holly  M.  Frey 

Library  Assistant  -  Technical  Services 
B.A.,  Emory  University 

Joseph  M.  Knippenberg 

Associate  Provost  for  Student 

Achievement 
Professor  of  Politics 
Director  of  Rich  Foundation  Urban 

Leadership  Program 
B.A.,  James  Madison  College  of 

Michigan  State  University 
M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Toronto 

Heidi  I.  Leonard 

Secretary  for  Faculty  Services 
B.A.,  King  College 

John  B.  Lowther 

Coordinator  for  International  Studies 
B.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin 

Stephanie  L.  Phillips  '90 

Library  Assistant  -  Circulation 
B.A.,  Oglethorpe  University 
M.A.,  University  of  Vermont 

Penelope  M.  Rose  '65 

Library  Assistant  -  Periodicals/Serials 
B.A.,  Oglethorpe  University 

John  A.  Ryland 
Librarian 
B.A.,  M.A.,  Florida  State 

University 
Bibliotekarseksamen,  Royal 

School  of  Librarianship  -  Denmark 


Jo  Ann  Santoro 

Secretary  for  Faculty  Services 
B.A.,  Wellesley  College 

David  A.  Stockton 

Technical  Services  Librarian 
B.A.,  M.S.L.S.,  University  of  North 
Carolina 

Pamela  G.  Tubesing 

Administrative  Assistant  to  the  Provost 
A.B.,  Indiana  University 

RoseMary  Watkins 

Director  of  Learning  Resources  Center 
B.A.,  University  of  South  Alabama 
E.M.R.A.,  University  of  San  Francisco 

Joanne  R.  Yendle 

Library  Assistant  -  Circulation 
A.B.,  Manhattanville  College 

Judy  Zahn 

Library  Assistant  -  Circulation 
B.S.,  Dr.  Martin  Luther  College 


208 


Athletics 


Artie  Lee  Travis  Michael  Scoggins 

Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs  Head  Volleyball  Coach 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Western  Illinois  Assistant  Men's  and  Women's  Golf  Coach 

University  B.S.,  Kennesaw  State  University 

Ed.D.,  University  of  South  Carolina 

Robert  L.  Unger 

Hugh  K.  Brown  Director  of  Athletics 

Head  Soccer  Coach  Head  Cross  Country  and 

B.S.,  Georgia  Institute  of  Technology  Track  Coach 

B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley  College 

KathyCorbett  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago 

Head  Women 's  Basketball  Coach 

Assistant  Track  Coach 

B.A.,  Rollins,  College 

M.A.,  Furman  University 

Steven  Green 

Sports  Information  Coordinator 
Assistant  Track  Coach 

Adam  Grier 

Athletic  Trainer 
Assistant  Soccer  Coach 

Jill  Orlando  '02 

Assistant  to  the  Director  of  Athletics 
Assistant  Cross  Country  Coach 
B.A.,  Oglethorpe  University 

James  C.  Owen 

Head  Men 's  Basketball  Coach 

Head  Men's  and  Women's  Golf  Coach 

B.S.,  Berry  College 

M.Ed.,  Georgia  State  University 

Philip  Ponder 

Head  Men's  and  Women's  Tennis  Coach 
Assistant  Men's  Basketball  Coach 
B.A.,  LaGrange  College 

William  C.  Popp 

Head  Baseball  Coach 

B.A.,  Kennesaw  State  University 


209 


Business  Affairs 


James  T.  Hakes 

Vice  President  for  Business  and  Finance 
B.A.,  Wheaton  College 
M.B.A.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Jewel  R.  Bolen 

Director  of  Data  Processing 

Linda  W.  Bucki  79 

Associate  Dean  for  Administration 
B.A.,  Oglethorpe  University 

Kami  Bush  '01 

Help  Desk  Specialist  in  Network 

Resources 
B.S.,  Oglethorpe  University 

J.  Heath  Coleman  '95 

Assistant  to  the  Director  of  Auxiliary 

Services 
B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Oglethorpe  University 

Thomas  J.  Couch 

Director  of  Certification  Programs 
B.A.,  Georgia  State  University 

BrendaJ.  Deacon 

Administrative  Assistant  to  the 
Vice  President  for  Business  and 
Finance  and  Associate  Dean  for 
Administration 

Kate  E.  Fitzpatrick  '02 
University  Receptionist 
B.A.L.S.,  Oglethorpe  University 

Renae  Glass 

Secretary  for  Physical  Plant 

Angela  R  Huynh 

Accounts  Receivable  Supervisor 

James  R.  King 
Grounds  Manager 
B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 


Jim  R.  Ledbetter 

Director  of  the  Physical  Plant 

Betsy  Lee 

Business  Manager  of  Certification 

Programs 
B.A.,  University  of  Georgia 
M.A.C.C.,  University  of  Georgia 

Sheryl  D.  Murphy 

Assistant  Manager  of  Bookstore 
B.A.,  Drake  University 

Hilda  G.  Nix 

Accounts  Payable  and  Payroll 
Supervisor 

Connie  L.  Pendley  '94 

Director  of  the  Business  Office 
B.B.A.,  Oglethorpe  University 

Adrina  G.  Richard 

Director  of  Auxiliary  Services 
B.A.,  Georgia  State  University 

Jennifer  Richards 

Server  Administrator  in  Network 

Resources 
A. A.,  Gordon  College 

Virginia  R.  Tomlinson  '93 
Director  of  Netiuork  Resources 
B.A.,  Oglethorpe  University 

Charles  M.  Wingo 

Manager  of  Bookstore 
B.S.,  Georgia  Institute  of 
Technology 


210 


Enrollment  Management 


Dennis  T.  Matthews 

Vice  President  for  Enrollment 
A. A.,  Anderson  College 
B.M.,  M.A.,  University  of 
Tennessee,  Knoxville 

Susan  A.  Bacher 
Registrar 

B.A.,  Tift  College 
M.S.W.,  University  of  Georgia 

Kristy  R.  Beck '01 
Admission  Counselor 
B.A.,  Oglethorpe  University 

Patrick  N.  Bonones 

Director  of  Financial  Aid 

B.P.A.,  Mississippi  State  University 

Karen  S.  Carter 

Director  of  University  College 
B.B.A.,  Kennesaw  State  University 
M.P.A.,  Georgia  College  and 
State  University 

Angie  Conner 

Financial  Aid  Coordinator 

B.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina 

Jessica  A.  De  Maria  '02 
Admission  Counselor 
B.A.,  Oglethorpe  University 

Troy  A.  Dwyer  '96 

Admission  Communications  Specialist 
B.A.,  Oglethorpe  University 
M.F.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin 

Sherily  Elliot 
Records  Clerk 

Janet  Grant 

Assistant  Director  of  Financial  Aid 
A. A.,  Interboro  Institute 

Jason  D.  Hamilton 

Assistant  Director  of  Admission/ 

International  Counselor 

B  A.  The  University  of  the  South 

Barbara  B.  Henry  '85 
Director  of  Admission 
B.B.A.,  Oglethorpe  University 


Sandra  K.  Howard 

Assistant  to  the  Director  of 
Admission 

Willita  Hutto 

Financial  Aid  Counselor 
B.B.A.,  Middle  Tennessee  State 

Evelyne  Imber 

Assistant  Registrar 

Deborah  B.  Kirby 

Assistant  to  the  Vice  President  for 

Enrollment 
B.A.,  Southern  Adventist  University 

Nathalie  Mesadieu 

University  College  Operations 
Coordinator 

Tonia  Minor 

Assistant  Director  of  University  College 
B.A.,  M.A.,  Virginia  Polytechnic 
Institute  and  State  University 

Thomas  A.  Namey  '02 

Coordinator  of  Digital  Communications 
B.A.,  Oglethorpe  University 

Laura  M.  O'Neill 
Admission  Counselor 
B.A.,  Rhodes  College 

Cynthia  A.  Sexton 

Associate  Director  of  Admission 
B.A.,  M.Ed.,  M.A.,  University  of 
Arkansas 

Angela  Stroy 

Operations  Manager 

A.A.S.,  Wayne  State  University 

Joshua  M.  Waller 

Senior  Assistant  Director  of  University 

College 
B.S.,  St.  Joseph's  University 


211 


President's  Staff 


Larry  D.  Large 
President 

B.S.,  Portland  State  University 
M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Oregon 

Tiffany  A.  Kirkland 

Assistant  Director  of  Marketing  and 

Public  Relations 
B.A.,  Clemson  University 

Janet  H.  Maddox 

Special  Assistant  to  the  President 
Director  of  Institutional  Research 
B.A.,  Georgia  State  University 

Vicki  Miller 

Assistant  to  the  President  and 

Public  Relations 
B.A.,  Georgia  State  University 


La-Shena  K.  Tatum  '02 

Administrative  Assistant  to  the 

President 
B.B.A.,  Oglethorpe  University 

Jennifer  M.  Tracy 

Special  Events  Coordinator 

B.A.,  University  of  South  Dakota 

Rebecca  A.  Whicker 

Director  of  Marketing  and  Public 

Relations 
B.S.,  Kennesaw  State  University 


212 


Student  Affairs 


Artie  Lee  Travis 

Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs 
B.A.,  M.A.,  Western  Illinois 

University 
Ed.D.,  University  of  South  Carolina 

Scott  Cole 

Director  of  Dining  Services 

A. S.,  Johnson  Wales  University 

Rus  Drew 

Assistant  Dean  of  Student  Affairs  / 

Director  of  Campus  Safety 
B.S.,  Bellevue  University 

Kathleen  Duda  '99 

Associate  Director  of  Campus  Safety 
B.A.,  Oglethorpe  University 

Cathy  Grote 

Director  of  Health  Services 

A.A.S.,  Raymond  Walters  College 

Bonnie  L.  Kessler 

University  Psychologist  and  Director 

of  the  Counseling  Center 
B.A.,  Emory  University 
M.A.,  Georgia  State  University 
Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Joe  LoCascio 

Assistant  Director  for  Residential 
Services/  Director  of  Greek 
Affairs 

B.A.,  M.S.,  Syracuse  University 

John  Mahan 

Campus  Safety  Officer 

Marshall  R.  Nason 

Associate  Dean  of  Student  Affairs 
Student  Center  Director 
International  Student  Advisor 

B.A.,  University  of  New  Mexico 

M.A.,  Emory  University 


Eileen  O'Laughlin 

Assistant  to  the  Assistant  Dean  for 
Student  Development  / 

Director  of  Career  Services 
B.A.,  Georgia  State  University 
M.S.,  Southern  Polytechnic  State 

University 

Robbie  Ouzts 

Assistant  Dean  for  Student 
Development  /Director  of  Career 

Services 
B.S.E.,  M.Ed.,  Delta  State  University 

Marcus  Petty 

Sergeant/ Operations  Coordinator 
B.A.,  Clark  Atlanta  University 

Janelle  W.  Smith 

Administrative  Coordinator  for 

Student  Affairs 
A. S.,  Jacksonville  State  University 

Chad  Yarborough 

Manager  /  Technical  Director  for 

The  Conant  Performing  Arts  Center 
B.A.,  University  of  South  Carolina 
M.F.A.,  Ohio  State  University 


213 


University  Relations 


Victoria  L.  Weiss 

Vice  President  for  University 

Relations 
B.A.,  St.  Norbert  College 
M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Lehigh  University 

Susan  B.  Brandt 

Director  of  Major  and  Planned  Gifts 
B.A.,  Iowa  State  University 
M.Ed.,  Vanderbilt  University 

Deborah  Charron 

Director  of  Development  Services 

Mary  Crosby 

Alumni  Relations  Assistant 
B.A.,  University  of  Arizona 

Therese  D'Agostino 

Administrative  Assistant  to  the  Vice 

President  for  University  Relations 
B.S.,  Northern  Michigan  University 

Kathleen  C.  Guy 

Museum  Gift  Shop  Manager 
A.B.,  Washington  University 

Chad  Lowe  '00 

Manager  of  Development  Research 

and  Records 
B.A.,  Oglethorpe  University 

Barbara  C.  McKay 

Gift  Processing  and  Steiuardship 

Manager 
B.A.,  University  of  Mississippi 

Lloyd  Nick 

Director  of  Oglethorpe  University 

Museum  of  Art 
B.F.A.,  Hunter  College 
M.F.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Kelei  G.  Sabatino 

Director  of  Alumni  Relations  and 

Annual  Giving 
B.S.,  Georgia  Southern  University 

Kim  Phillips  Sasso  '98 

Alumni  Services  Coordinator 
B.A.,  Oglethorpe  University 

Nicole  Smith  '96 

Director  of  Museum  Operations 
B.A.,  Oglethorpe  University 

Troy  Winfrey 

Development  Officer  - 

Corporations  and  Foundations 
B.A.,  New  College  of  the 

University  of  South  Florida 
M.A.,  Svracuse  University 


214 


imhm 


4484  Peachtree  Road,  N  E. 

Atlanta.  Georgia  30319-2797 

(404)  261-1441 


HEBWANCE 


216 


Directions  to  Campus 

From  1-85: 

Take  Exit  89,  North  Druid  Hills  Road. 
Go  north  about  2  miles  to  Peachtree 
Road  and  turn  right  (north).  Go  about  1 
mile  on  Peachtree.  Oglethorpe  is  on 
the  left. 

From  1-285: 

Take  Exit  31 -A,  Peachtree  Industrial 
Blvd.  South  and  go  about  4  miles.  The 
campus  is  on  the  right.  Or,  take  Exit  29 
,  Ashford-Dunwoody  Road,  and  go 
south  to  the  end.  Turn  right  on 
Peachtree  Road.  Campus  is  on  the 
right. 


Legend  for  Campus  Map 


1. 

MacConnell  Gate  House 

13. 

2. 

Lupton  Hall 

14. 

3. 

Phoebe  Hearst  Hall 

15. 

4. 

Crypt  of  Civilization 

16. 

5. 

Goodman  Hall 

17. 

6. 

Traer  Residence  Hall 

18. 

7. 

Philip  Weltner  Library 

19. 

8. 

Oglethorpe  University  Museum 

20. 

9. 

Robinson  Hall 

21. 

0. 

Goslin  Hall 

22. 

1. 

Emerson  Student  Center 

23. 

2. 

Dining  Hall 

24. 

Swimming  Pool  25. 

New  Residence  Hall  26. 

Jacobs  Residence  Hall  27. 

Alumni  Residence  Hall  28. 

Trustee  Residence  Hall  29. 

Dempsey  Residence  Hall  30. 

Schmidt  Residence  Hall  31. 

Soccer  Field  32. 
Sheffield  Alumni  Center 
Greek  Row 
Seigakuin  School 
Conant  Performing  Arts  Center 


Track 

Tennis  Courts 
Dorough  Field  House 
Schmidt  Center 
Anderson  Field  (Baseball) 
Hermance  Stadium 
Maintenance  Building 
Lanier  House  (president's  home, 
not  pictured) 


217 


Index 


Academic  Advising 68 

Academic  Calendar 4 

Academic  Departments 100 

Academic  Dismissal 71 

Academic  Good  Standing 71 

Academic  Regulations 67 

Academic  Resource  Center 81 

Access  to  Student  Records 77 

Accounting  Programs 100 

Administration 207 

Admission 25 

Allied  Health  Studies 103 

American  Studies  Major 104 

AP  (Advanced  Placement  Credit)  ...  31 

Application  for  Admission 26 

Application  for  Financial  Assistance40 

Art  Programs 105 

Athletics 61 

Atlanta  Regional  Consortium  for 

Higher  Education 19,  68 

Auditing  Courses 73 

Biology  Programs 109 

Board  of  Trustees 195 

Business  Administration  Programs  .112 
Business  Administration  and 

Behavioral  Science  Major 116 

Business  Administration  and 

Computer  Science  Major 117 

Campus  Facilities 17 

Campus  Visit 27 

Career  Services 89 

Chemistry  Programs 118 

Class  Attendance 70 

CLEP  (College  Level  Examination 

Program) 31 

Commencement  Exercises 74 

Communications  Programs 121 

Community  Life  -  See  Student 

Affairs  55 

Computer  Applications  Proficiency 

Requirement 101,  113,  117,  127 

Computer  Facilities  and  Services  ....  22 

Computer  Science  Minor 125 

Computer  Use  Policy 22 

Conant  Performing  Arts  Center 18 

Core  Curriculum 91 


Counseling  Services 57 

Course  Substitutions  72 

Credit  by  Examination  31 

Cross  Registration  68 

Dean's  List 73 

Degrees 98 

Degrees  With  Honors  Thesis  74 

Degrees  With  Latin  Academic  Honors 74 

Disability  Access 18 

Disability  Programs  and  Services....  82 
Discriminatory  Harassment  Policy...  62 

Dorough  Field  House 18 

Double  Major  Policy 75 

Drop  and  Add 69 

Dual  Degree  Programs: 

Art 108 

Engineering 136 

Environmental  Studies 141 

Early  Admission  30 

Economics  Programs 127 

Education  Programs 130 

Emerson  Student  Center 18 

Engineering  Program 136 

English  Programs 137 

Environmental  Studies  Program...  141 

Experiential  Education 83 

Faculty 202 

Fees  and  Costs 50 

Final  Examinations 72 

Financial  Assistance 35 

First- Year  Experience 80 

Fraternities 60 

French  Programs  143 

Fresh  Focus 80 

Freshman  Forgiveness  Policy 71 

General  Science  Courses  145 

German  Courses  146 

Goodman  Hall  18 

Goslin  Hall  19 

Grade  Appeal  Policy 72 

Grading 70 

Graduate  Education  132 

Graduation  Exercises 74 

Graduation  Requirements  73 

Greek  Courses 147 

Greek  Organizations  60 


218 


Health  Services 57 

Hearst  Hall  19 

History  Programs 147 

History  of  Oglethorpe 1 1 

Home  School  Students 31 

Honor  Code  77 

Honors  and  Awards 64 

Honors  Program 84 

Housing 57 

IB  (International  Baccalaureate 

Credit) 32 

Individually  Planned  Major 152 

Individually  Planned  Minor 153 

Interdisciplinary  Studies 153 

International  Exchange 

Partnerships 86 

International  Students 29,  56 

International  Studies  Major 154 

International  Studies-Asia 

Concentration  Major 155 

Internships  -  See  Experiential 

Education 83 

Intramural  and  Recreational  Sports  ....  61 

Japanese  Minor  157 

Joint  Enrollment 29 

Latin  Academic  Honors 74 

Latin  Courses  159 

Learning  Resources  Center 82 

Library  (Lowry  Hall) 19 

Lupton  Hall 20 

Major  Programs 98 

Mathematics  and  Computer  Science 

Minor 162 

Mathematics  Programs 159 

Meals 57 

Mission 7 

Minor  Programs 99 

Museum  of  Art 20 

Music  Minor 163 

Music  Performance 163 

National  Alumni  Association 

Board  of  Directors 200 

Non-Traditional  Students 30 

Normal  Academic  Load 76 

The  O  Book 58 

Oglethorpe  Student  Association 59 

Orientation 56 

Part-Time  Fees 51 

Personal  Development 57 


Philosophy  Programs  164 

Physics  Programs 169 

Policies: 

Disability  Programs  and 

Services 81 

Discriminatory  and  Sexual 

Harassment 62 

E-mail  and  Computer  Use 22 

Freshman  Forgiveness  71 

Grade  Appeal 72 

Residency  Requirement... 28,  74,135 

Tuition  Refund 51 

Politics  Programs 172 

Pre-law  Studies  Program 176 

Pre-medical  Studies  Program 176 

Preregistration  68 

President's  Advisory  Council 198 

Presidents  of  the  University 16 

Probation  and  Dismissal  71 

Professional  Option 180 

Psychology  Programs  177 

Refund  Policy 51 

Registration 68 

Residence  Halls 21 

Residency  Requirement 28,  74,  133 

Rich  Foundation  Urban  Leadership 

Program 87 

Robinson  Hall 20 

Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory  Option  ..  72 
Schmidt  Sport  &  Recreation  Center..  20 

Scholarships 36,  42 

Second  Baccalaureate  Degree  75 

Semester  System 76 

Senior  Transitions 81 

Sexual  Harassment  Policy 62 

Sheffield  Alumni  Center 21 

Social  Work  Program 181 

Sociology  Programs 181 

Sophomore  Choices 80 

Sororities  60 

Spanish  Programs 185 

Special  Students 30 

Student  Affairs 55 

Student  Organizations 59 

Student  Responsibilities 58 

Study  Abroad 86 

Teacher  Education  Programs 130 

Theatre  Minor 187 

Tradition,  Purpose,  and  Goals 7 


219 


Transfer  Students  and  Policies  27 

Transient  Students 30 

Tuition 49 

Tutoring  (ARC) 81 

University  College 194 

University  Map 216 

University  Officers  and  Staff 207 

Urban  Leadership  Program 87 

Withdrawal  from  a  Course 51,69 

Withdrawal  from  the  University  ...  51,  69 
Women's  and  Gender 

Studies  Minor 189 

Writing  Minor 191 


220 


tdllUIIW 

leinniu 

i!!i 


Please  send  me  additional  information 
Name 


S     "^        T        V 


Address 


City State Zip. 

Phone  ( ) 


School  Attending. 
Graduation  Year 


Field  of  Interest  (if  decided) 
Non-Academic  Interests 


Mail  to:  Admission  Office 

Oglethorpe  University 
4484  Peachtree  Road,  N.E. 
Atlanta,  Georgia  30319 


Please  send  me  additional  information: 
Name 


Address 


City State Zip. 

Phone  ( ) 


School  Attending. 
Graduation  Year 


Field  of  Interest  (if  decided) 
Non-Academic  Interests 


Mail  to:  Admission  Office 

Oglethorpe  University 
4484  Peachtree  Road,  N.E. 
Atlanta,  Georgia  30319 


BUSINESS  REPLY  MAIL 

FIRST  CLASS  MAIL        PERMIT  NO.  1 542        ATLANTA,  GA 


POSTAGE  WILL  BE  PAID  BY  ADDRESSEE 


Admission  Office 
Oglethorpe  University 
4484  Peachtree  Road,  N.E. 
Adanta,  Georgia  30319 


NO  POSTAGE 

NECESSARY 

IF  MAILED 

IN  THE 

UNITED  STATES 


BUSINESS  REPLY  MAIL 

FIRST  CLASS  MAIL        PERMIT  NO.  1 542        ATLANTA,  GA 


POSTAGE  WILL  BE  PAID  BY  ADDRESSEE 


Admission  Office 
Oglethorpe  University 
4484  Peachtree  Road,  N.E. 
Adanta,  Georgia  30319 


NO  POSTAGE 

NECESSARY 

IF  MAILED 

IN  THE 

UNITED  STATES